As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 21, 1998
Registration No. 333-41281
================================================================================
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
---------------
PRE-EFFECTIVE
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
FORM S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
Under
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
---------------
COMMUNITY DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
CDI GROUP, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
22-1833660
DELAWARE 5912
22-3349976
(States or other jurisdictions of (Primary Standard Industrial
incorporation or organization) Classification Code Number) (I.R.S. Employer Identification Nos.)
</TABLE>
251 Industrial Parkway Branchburg Township Somerville, NJ 08876
(908) 722-8700
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of
registrants' principal executive offices)
---------------
Todd H. Pluymers
Chief Financial Officer
Community Distributors, Inc.
251 Industrial Parkway
Branchburg Township
Somerville, NJ 08876
(908) 722-8700
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
of agent for service)
---------------
With a Copy to:
John R. Utzschneider, Esq.
Bingham Dana LLP
150 Federal Street
Boston, MA 02110
(617) 951-8852
Facsimile No. (617) 951-8736
---------------
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon
as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in
connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with
General Instruction G, check the following box. [ ]
---------------
The Registrants hereby amend this Registration Statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant
shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration
Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement
shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said
Section 8(a), may determine.
================================================================================
<PAGE>
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JANUARY 21, 1998
[RED HERRING]
Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A
registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement becomes
effective. This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these securities
in any State in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.
[/RED HERRING]
PROSPECTUS
OFFER TO EXCHANGE UP TO $80,000,000 OF 10-1/4% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2004, SERIES B
OF COMMUNITY DISTRIBUTORS, INC., WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, FOR ANY AND ALL
OF ITS OUTSTANDING 10-1/4% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2004
Community Distributors, Inc.
CDI Group, Inc.
THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M.,
NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON , 1998, UNLESS EXTENDED
----------
Community Distributors, Inc. (the "Company") hereby offers, upon the terms
and subject to the conditions set forth in this Prospectus and the accompanying
letter of transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal," and together with this
Prospectus, the "Exchange Offer"), to exchange up to an aggregate amount of
$80,000,000 of the Company's 10-1/4% Senior Notes Due 2004, Series B (the "New
Notes"), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "Securities Act"), pursuant to a Registration Statement of which
this Prospectus is a part, which New Notes shall be guaranteed (the "New
Guarantee") by CDI Group, Inc. (the "Holding Company"), and any future
subsidiaries of the Company (collectively, the "Guarantors") for a like
principal amount of the Company's outstanding 10-1/4% Senior Notes due 2004 (the
"Existing Notes"), of which $80,000,000 in aggregate principal amount is
outstanding as of the date hereof, which Existing Notes have been guaranteed by
the Holding Company (the "Existing Guarantee" and, together with the New
Guarantee, the "Guarantees"). The terms of the New Notes and the New Guarantee
are identical in all material respects to the terms of the Existing Notes and
the Existing Guarantee, except for certain transfer restrictions and
registration rights relating to the Existing Notes. The New Notes will be
issued pursuant to, and entitled to the benefits of, the Indenture, dated as of
October 16, 1997, between the Company and the Holding Company and The Bank of
New York, as trustee, governing the Existing Notes. The New Notes and the
Existing Notes are hereinafter sometimes collectively referred to as the
"Notes."
The New Notes will constitute unsecured obligations of the Company and
rank pari passu in right of payment with all present and future senior
indebtedness of the Company. Although the New Notes are titled "senior", they
will be effectively subordinated to borrowings under the Company's New Credit
Facility to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness
and to any additional secured indebtedness of the Company permitted under the
indenture governing the Notes. As of December 31, 1997, the aggregate amount of
secured indebtedness of the Company, to which the Notes are effectively
subordinated, was approximately $0.2 million, and the Company had not issued
(and had no commitments to issue) any indebtedness that is or will be expressly
subordinated to the Notes. The Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed
on a senior unsecured basis by the Holding Company and the Company's future
subsidiaries, if any. The Guarantees are effectively subordinated in right of
payment to all existing and future secured indebtedness of the Guarantors to
the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. As of
December 31, 1997, the Holding Company had no secured indebtedness, no
indebtedness ranking pari passu in right of payment to the Guarantees, and
approximately $17.7 million of indebtedness (consisting of the Holding
Company's outstanding Subordinated Notes due 2005), including accrued interest,
that was expressly subordinated to the Guarantees.
The Company will accept for exchange any and all Existing Notes that are
validly tendered on or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date the
Exchange Offer expires, which will be , 1998, unless the Exchange
Offer is extended (the "Expiration Date"). Tenders of Existing Notes may be
withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the business
day prior to the Expiration Date. The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon
any minimum principal amount of Existing Notes being tendered for exchange.
However, the Exchange Offer is subject to certain conditions which may be
waived by the Company and to the terms and provisions of the Notes Registration
Rights Agreement (as defined herein). See "Exchange Offer." The Company has
agreed to pay the expenses of the Exchange Offer.
Holders of Existing Notes whose notes are not tendered and accepted in the
Exchange Offer will continue to hold such Existing Notes. Following
consummation of the Exchange Offer, the holders of Existing Notes will continue
to be subject to the existing restrictions upon transfer thereof and, except as
provided herein, the Company and the Holding Company will have no further
obligation to such holders to provide for the registration under the Securities
Act of the Existing Notes held by them or the Existing Guarantee.
SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 15 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN RISKS
THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY HOLDERS OF EXISTING NOTES AND PROSPECTIVE
PURCHASERS OF NEW NOTES.
----------
The Company will not receive any proceeds from this Exchange Offer and no
underwriter is being utilized in connection with this Exchange Offer.
THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR
HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY
REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE
----------
The date of this Prospectus is , 1998.
<PAGE>
PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE NOT TO CONSTRUE THE CONTENTS OF THIS PROSPECTUS
AS INVESTMENT, LEGAL OR TAX ADVICE. EACH INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN
COUNSEL, ACCOUNTANT AND OTHER ADVISORS AS TO LEGAL, TAX, BUSINESS, FINANCIAL
AND RELATED ASPECTS OF A PURCHASE OF THE NOTES. NEITHER THE COMPANY NOR THE
INITIAL PURCHASERS ARE MAKING ANY REPRESENTATION TO ANY OFFEREE OR PURCHASER OF
THE NOTES REGARDING THE LEGALITY OF AN INVESTMENT THEREIN BY SUCH OFFEREE OR
PURCHASER UNDER APPROPRIATE LEGAL INVESTMENT OR SIMILAR LAWS. IN MAKING AN
INVESTMENT DECISION REGARDING THE EXCHANGE NOTES OFFERED HEREBY, PROSPECTIVE
INVESTORS MUST RELY ON THEIR OWN EXAMINATION OF THE COMPANY AND THE TERMS OF
THE EXCHANGE OFFER, INCLUDING THE MERITS AND RISKS INVOLVED. THE EXCHANGE OFFER
IS BEING MADE ON THE BASIS OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY DECISION TO EXCHANGE NOTES
IN THE EXCHANGE OFFER MUST BE BASED ON THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN. EACH
PROSPECTIVE PURCHASER OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES MUST COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE
LAWS AND REGULATIONS IN FORCE IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH IT PURCHASES, OFFERS
OR SELLS THE EXCHANGE NOTES OR POSSESSES OR DISTRIBUTES THIS PROSPECTUS AND
MUST OBTAIN ANY CONSENT, APPROVAL OR PERMISSION REQUIRED BY IT FOR THE
PURCHASE, OFFER OR SALE BY IT OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES UNDER THE LAWS AND
REGULATIONS IN FORCE IN ANY JURISDICTION TO WHICH IT IS SUBJECT OR IN WHICH IT
MAKES SUCH PURCHASES, OFFERS OR SALES, AND NEITHER THE COMPANY NOR THE INITIAL
PURCHASERS SHALL HAVE ANY RESPONSIBILITY THEREFOR. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT
CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY OF THE
NOTES TO ANY PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH AN
OFFER OR SOLICITATION.
UPON REQUEST OF THE INITIAL PURCHASERS OR THE COMPANY, PROSPECTIVE
INVESTORS MAY OBTAIN SUCH ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AS THEY MAY REASONABLY REQUEST
IN CONNECTION WITH THE DECISION TO PURCHASE ANY OF THE NOTES.
NOTICE TO NEW HAMPSHIRE RESIDENTS
NEITHER THE FACT THAT A REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR AN APPLICATION FOR A LICENSE
HAS BEEN FILED UNDER RSA 421-B WITH THE STATE OF NEW HAMPSHIRE NOR THE FACT
THAT A SECURITY IS EFFECTIVELY REGISTERED OR A PERSON IS LICENSED IN THE STATE
OF NEW HAMPSHIRE CONSTITUTES A FINDING BY THE SECRETARY OF STATE THAT ANY
DOCUMENT FILED UNDER RSA 421-B IS TRUE, COMPLETE AND NOT MISLEADING. NEITHER
ANY SUCH FACT NOR THE FACT THAT ANY EXEMPTION OR EXCEPTION IS AVAILABLE FOR A
SECURITY OR A TRANSACTION MEANS THAT THE SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF NEW
HAMPSHIRE HAS PASSED IN ANY WAY UPON THE MERITS OR QUALIFICATION OF, OR
RECOMMENDED OR GIVEN APPROVAL TO, ANY PERSON, SECURITY OR TRANSACTION. IT IS
UNLAWFUL TO MAKE, OR CAUSE TO BE MADE, TO ANY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASER, CUSTOMER
OR CLIENT ANY REPRESENTATION INCONSISTENT WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THIS
PARAGRAPH.
THE INITIAL PURCHASERS WHO PARTICIPATED IN THE OFFERING OF THE INITIAL NOTES
MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS THAT STABILIZE, MAINTAIN, OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE
PRICE OF THE NOTES. SPECIFICALLY, THE INITIAL PURCHASERS MAY BID FOR AND
PURCHASE INITIAL NOTES AND EXCHANGE NOTES IN THE OPEN MARKET.
ii
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
The following is a summary of certain information contained elsewhere in
this Prospectus and is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
information and financial statements and the related notes thereto appearing
elsewhere in this Prospectus. As used in this Prospectus, the terms "fiscal
1993," "fiscal 1994," "fiscal 1996," "fiscal 1997," "fiscal 1998" and "fiscal
1999" refer to the fiscal years ended July 25, 1993, July 31, 1994, July 28,
1996, July 26, 1997, July 25, 1998 and July 31, 1999, respectively, of the
Predecessor Company, the Company or the Holding Company, as applicable. All
references to the twelve months ended July 30, 1995 are to the 52 weeks ended
July 30, 1995, and all information presented for this period represents the
mathematical addition of the results of operations of the Company for the six
months immediately prior to the acquisition of the Company by the Holding
Company on January 30, 1995 and the results of operations of the Company for
the six months ended July 30, 1995.
THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDING COMPANY
The Company is among the largest regional drugstore chains in the United
States and the only regional chain focused primarily on the densely populated
northern and central New Jersey markets, although several national and other
regional drugstore chains have operations in this area. The Holding Company is
the owner of all of the outstanding capital stock of the Company. The Company
operates a chain of 43 drug and general merchandise stores under two separate
formats, Drug Fair and Cost Cutters, and ranks as the number two or three
competitor in its primary market areas based on sales of similar merchandise.
Of the Company's 43 stores, 18 have been opened since 1989 and all but one of
the remaining stores have been refurbished since 1991. The Company has been
consistently profitable and each of the Company's mature stores (those open for
more than 24 months) is profitable on an operating basis prior to the
allocation of certain corporate overhead. The Company's revenues, Adjusted
EBITDA (as defined) and income before incomes taxes were $231.0 million, $18.7
million and $9.8 million, respectively, in fiscal 1997. Adjusted EBITDA is
calculated as net income plus depreciation and amortization, income taxes, net
interest expense, changes in LIFO inventory reserves and non-cash rental
expense. The calculation of Adjusted EBITDA differs from the calculation of
income before income taxes in that it adds back to net income certain expenses
that do not impact the Company's cash flows. The Company believes that, while
Adjusted EBITDA should not be used as a substitute for other measures of
financial performance determined under generally accepted accounting
principles, the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA is meaningful to holders of
Existing Notes and possible purchasers of New Notes because EBITDA is commonly
used by certain investors and analysts to analyze and compare companies on the
basis of operating performance, leverage and liquidity and to determine a
company's ability to service debt. See "Summary Financial and Other Data" and
"Selected Financial Data of the Company."
Drug Fair. Drug Fair is a chain of 26 large-format drugstores with an
average store size of approximately 17,000 square feet. All of the stores
contain a pharmacy in the rear of the store, which is the focal point of the
store layout. In fiscal 1997, the Company's pharmacies (including four at Cost
Cutters locations) filled over 1.5 million prescriptions, an average weekly
volume of approximately 1,000 scripts per pharmacy, and pharmacy sales
increased 16.3% over fiscal 1996. Currently, approximately 72% of the Company's
prescription sales are made to participants in managed health care plans and
other third-party payer plans ("Third-Party Plans"). Drug Fair's strategy is to
utilize large-format stores to capitalize on the increased customer traffic
associated with its growing pharmacy business to increase sales of higher
margin non-pharmacy merchandise, including health and beauty care items,
housewares, greeting cards, stationery, candy and seasonal items. General
merchandise accounted for approximately 61% of Drug Fair revenues in fiscal
1997, significantly higher than the average of other large drugstore chains.
The Company believes that its broad selection of non-pharmacy merchandise is a
significant competitive strength that has enabled it to increase its overall
gross margins from 27.3% in fiscal 1993 to 29.4% in fiscal 1997. Drug Fair
stores are primarily located in neighborhood shopping centers that are easily
accessible and generate significant customer traffic.
Cost Cutters. Cost Cutters is a 17-store general merchandise chain with an
average store size of approximately 29,000 square feet. Cost Cutters stimulates
customer traffic by offering a non-pharmacy merchandise mix similar to Drug
Fair, a high-impact merchandise presentation and an everyday low price
strategy, with prices generally 10%-15% lower than Drug Fair. Cost Cutters
offers a broader selection of products than Drug Fair while still focusing on
health and beauty care items, housewares, greeting cards, stationery, candy and
seasonal items. Currently, four locations have pharmacies, two within the store
and two as separate Drug Fair storefronts adjacent
1
<PAGE>
to the store, and the Company believes there is an opportunity to open Drug
Fair pharmacies at certain additional Cost Cutters locations. Cost Cutters
stores are primarily located near major highways, drawing customers from a
wider area than a typical drugstore and emphasizing their destination-store
orientation.
Since 1990, the Company has experienced significant growth led by Frank
Marfino, the Company's Chief Executive Officer. During this period, the Company
expanded its store base by 12 stores, with revenues increasing from $168.4
million in fiscal 1993 to $231.0 million in fiscal 1997 and Adjusted EBITDA and
income before income taxes increasing from $10.4 million and $8.6 million in
fiscal 1993 to $18.7 million and $9.8 million, respectively, in fiscal 1997.
Net income decreased from $7.7 million in fiscal 1993 to $4.6 million in fiscal
1997, primarily as a result of debt-related expense and goodwill amortization
incurred by the Company in connection with its Acquisition by the Holding
Company in January 1995 (the "Acquisition.") During this period, the Company
also increased its Adjusted EBITDA margin (which is calculated as the ratio of
Adjusted EBITDA to net sales) from 6.2% to 8.1% of sales. This improved
operating performance and growth have resulted primarily from rationalization
and expansion of the store base, improved centralized controls over purchasing,
effective merchandising, pricing and loss-prevention strategies, increased
pharmacy business with Third-Party Plan participants and cost control measures.
The Company was acquired in January 1995 (the "Acquisition") by the
Holding Company, whose shareholders include a group of investors led by
BancBoston Ventures Inc. ("BancBoston"), Harvest Technology Partners, L.P.
("Harvest") and affiliates, and management. Since the Acquisition, the Company
has placed increased emphasis on growing its pharmacy sales to Third-Party Plan
participants and, as a result, has grown its pharmacy sales by 40.4% from
fiscal 1994 to fiscal 1997. Similarly, improved non-pharmacy merchandising and
pricing strategies, combined with increased customer traffic resulting from
higher pharmacy sales, have enabled the Company to increase its gross margin
from 27.9% in fiscal 1994 to 29.4% in fiscal 1997. This increase occurred
despite continued pharmacy margin erosion resulting from increased sales to
Third-Party Plan participants.
According to Drug Store News, the U.S. drugstore industry accounted for
$91 billion of retail sales in 1996 and has grown by 70.1% since 1987. During
this period, sales at chain drugstores, such as those operated by the Company,
grew by 106.0%, as independent drugstores lost significant market share to the
larger and more efficient national and regional chains, such as the Company.
During 1996, pharmacy sales at chain drugstores increased by approximately
17.4% to $30.3 billion, representing 61% of the $49.4 billion pharmacy market,
while pharmacy sales at independent drugstores grew less than 4% in 1996, to an
estimated $19.1 billion, a 39% market share. During fiscal 1996 and fiscal
1997, the Company's pharmacy sales increased by approximately 10.8% and 16.3%,
respectively. Industry revenues are expected to continue to grow at similar
rates due to the aging of the U.S. population, greater participation in Third-
Party Plans and continued growth in new pharmaceutical products. According to
industry sources, households headed by persons aged 55 to 64 and 65 to 74 spend
approximately 20% more and 105% more, respectively, on prescriptions than the
average household. According to the United States Bureau of the Census, people
55 years of age and over represent the fastest growing segment of the U.S.
population and are expected to grow from 55.8 million in 1997 to 74.7 million
in 2010, an increase of 33.9%. In addition, the percentage of prescriptions
purchased through Third-Party Plans has increased from 50% in 1993 to 67% in
1996 and is expected to continue to increase. As pharmacy sales at national and
regional chains have grown, sales of other higher-margin non-pharmacy
merchandise offered in chain drugstores have also experienced positive growth
as a result of increased customer traffic. The Company's non-pharmacy sales
increased from $168.0 million in fiscal 1996 to $175.5 million in fiscal 1997,
a 4.5% increase.
COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS
The Company attributes its success in the marketplace to the following
competitive strengths:
Strong Market Position in Attractive Regional Market. As the largest
drugstore chain focused primarily on the densely populated northern and central
New Jersey markets, the Company's operations serve an estimated population of
over 5.7 million. New Jersey offers a highly attractive customer base, with
among the highest income per capita in the United States. The Company has
operated in these markets for its entire 43-year history and has profitably
managed its operations through changing economic conditions and an environment
of increasing competition. Since 1990, a period of significant incremental
competition, management has successfully expanded its store base, increased
same-store sales each year, and increased its Adjusted EBITDA margin and gross
margin from 6.2% and 27.3% in fiscal 1993 to 8.1% and 29.4%, respectively, in
fiscal 1997. The State of New Jersey has adopted "Freedom of Choice" and "Any
Willing
2
<PAGE>
Provider" legislation, which together effectively allow any prescription
provider to service Third-Party Plan participants on terms identical to those
offered to other providers. Management believes this results in a "level
playing field" in New Jersey for regional drugstore chains such as the Company
and positions it to benefit from the continued growth in pharmacy sales.
Favorable Store Locations. The Company has generally located its stores in
convenient locations under favorable leases, many of which include attractive
long-term renewal rates. The Company's Drug Fair stores are primarily located
in neighborhood shopping centers that are easily accessible and generate
significant customer traffic. The Company's Cost Cutters stores are primarily
located near major highways, drawing customers from a wider area than a typical
drugstore and emphasizing their destination-store orientation. The Company
believes that the accessibility and manageable size of its stores appeal to
consumers at a time when other discount merchandisers continue to open larger
and more complex stores that customers may find less convenient. The close
proximity of the Company's stores to its executive offices and distribution
centers also results in distribution and inventory management efficiencies and
permits close management supervision of store operations.
Successful Merchandising and Pricing Strategy. The Company believes that
its focus on consistent execution of its purchasing, pricing and merchandising
strategies has been instrumental to its success. Excluding pharmacy, Drug Fair
and Cost Cutters offer a similar merchandise mix, with over 90% of merchandise
common to both chains. The Company believes that its broader selection of
front-end merchandise is a significant competitive strength which enabled it to
realize an overall increase in its margins between fiscal 1993 and fiscal 1997.
The Company also believes that by operating both chains it is able to purchase
most of its products at competitive prices by purchasing products in truck-load
or container quantities. The Company employs a promotional pricing strategy at
Drug Fair and a modified everyday low price strategy at Cost Cutters, each
targeted towards the customers it seeks to attract. In addition, the Company's
comprehensive and integrated inventory management system and electronic
point-of-sale system record all sales data by scanner at the time of sale and
permit the Company to maintain in-stock positions in all key lines of
merchandise, promote higher inventory turns and provide the ability to monitor
sales and profitability by store location.
Well-Maintained Store Base. Of the Company's 43 stores, 18 have been
opened since 1989 and all but one of the 25 remaining stores have been
refurbished since 1991. As a result, the Company does not expect to incur an
extraordinary level of capital expenditures for store maintenance in the near
term. Furthermore, since 1991 the Company has rationalized its store base and
closed four underperforming stores. As a result of this rationalization and the
other operating improvements implemented by management, each of the Company's
38 mature stores is profitable on an operating basis prior to the allocation of
certain corporate overhead and management believes that the Company's Adjusted
EBITDA margin exceeds the industry average.
OPERATING AND GROWTH STRATEGY
The Company's operating and growth strategy consists of four principal
elements: (i) capitalize on favorable pharmacy trends, (ii) increase customer
traffic, (iii) further optimize retail execution and (iv) selectively expand
its store base.
Capitalize on Favorable Pharmacy Trends. The pharmacy business contributes
significantly to the Company's growth by increasing sales of non-pharmacy
merchandise, enhancing customer loyalty and generating customer traffic.
Primarily as a result of increasing sales to Third-Party Plan participants, the
Company's pharmacy sales have increased by 9.0%, 10.8% and 16.3% in the twelve
months ended July 30, 1995, fiscal 1996 and fiscal 1997, respectively.
Management expects favorable pharmacy sales trends to continue, and believes
that the Company is well-positioned to increase its higher margin non-pharmacy
merchandise sales by capitalizing on the increased customer traffic generated
by its pharmacies.
Increase Customer Traffic. With favorable pharmacy sales and resulting
customer traffic trends expected to continue, the Company believes that there
are opportunities to further improve customer traffic by providing various
products and services that increase consumer conveniences or otherwise attract
customers to the Company's stores, including offering on-site one-hour
photofinishing labs in a number of locations and increasing offerings of
convenience foods and seasonal merchandise. The Company is also offering new
products and services such as lottery ticket sales and automated teller
machines (ATMs) in selected stores to enhance customer traffic. The
3
<PAGE>
Company also builds customer loyalty and encourages repeat customer traffic by
keeping its stores orderly and clean and maintaining in-stock positions in
substantially all of its merchandise.
Further Optimize Retail Execution. The Company's non-pharmacy
merchandising strategies are designed to improve customer satisfaction,
selection and convenience and establish its stores as a destination for a
growing number of front-end merchandise categories. The Company believes that
effective merchandise management increases customer satisfaction and has
contributed significantly to increases in its gross margin. The Company will
continue to refine its merchandising and buying practices with the goal of
increasing sales of higher-margin items and improving inventory turnover. For
example, the Company is exploring opportunities to expand sales of over-
the-counter ("OTC") drugs, health and beauty care items, and private label
merchandise.
Selectively Expand Store Base. The Company expects to selectively expand
its store base as favorable market locations become available. The Company
believes that store expansion will increase sales and cash flow, strengthen its
market position and result in economies of scale in marketing and distribution
by leveraging its existing infrastructure. In addition, the Company believes
that increased sales volume may enable it to purchase inventory at better
prices. Management plans to expand its Drug Fair store base, as these stores
generally offer shorter payback periods and higher returns on investment and
better position the Company to capitalize on favorable trends affecting the
drugstore industry. The Company estimates that the average new store investment
is between $0.3 million and $0.6 million, not including inventory costs which
may range from $0.4 million to $0.5 million, and that the average investment
required to open a Drug Fair pharmacy at a Cost Cutters location is between
$75,000 and $100,000, not including inventory costs which may range from
$50,000 to $75,000. Such costs may be slightly higher in the event that the
Company elects to purchase prescription customer files from existing drugstores
in the area in which such stores are opened. In addition, as a general matter,
new Drug Fair stores historically have not been profitable on an operating
basis (that is, prior to the allocation of corporate overhead) until
approximately 30 months after opening. To the extent that capital is committed
to new store openings or funding initial operations, such funds will be
unavailable for other purposes such as the payment of interest or principal on
the Notes. The Company expects to open four new Drug Fair locations before the
end of fiscal 1998 and, depending on the availability of favorable locations,
intends to open an average of three to four new Drug Fair stores annually over
the next several years.
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Securities Offered .................. Up to $80,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10-1/4% Senior Notes
due 2004, Series B of the Company (the "New Notes"), together with
a guarantee hereof by the Holding Company (the "New Guarantee"),
in exchange for up to $80,000,000 aggregate principal amount of
outstanding 10-1/4% Senior Notes due 2004 of the Company (together
with a guarantee thereof by the Holding Company, referred to
hereinafter as the "Existing Guaranty," and together with the New
Guaranty, the "Guarantees"). The terms of the New Notes and the
New Guarantee and those of the Existing Notes and the Existing
Guarantee are identical in all material respects, except for certain
transfer restrictions relating to the Existing Notes. See "Description
of the Notes."
Registration Rights Agreement ...... The Existing Notes were issued on October 16, 1997 to Donaldson,
Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation and Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.
(the "Initial Purchasers"). The Initial Purchasers resold the Existing
Notes to certain qualified institutional buyers in reliance on, and
subject to the restrictions imposed pursuant to, Rule 144A under the
Securities Act. In connection therewith, the Company, the Holding
Company and the Initial Purchasers entered into the Registration
Rights Agreement, dated as of October 16, 1997 (the "Registration
Rights Agreement"), providing, among other things, for the Exchange
Offer. See "The Exchange Offer."
</TABLE>
4
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Resale of New Notes ................ Based on interpretations by the Staff of the Commission as set forth in
no-action letters issued to third parties, the Company believes that the
New Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be offered for
resale, resold or otherwise transferred by any holder thereof (other
than any such holder that is a broker-dealer or an "affiliate" of the
Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) without
compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of
the Securities Act, provided that (i) such New Notes are acquired in the
ordinary course of business, (ii) at the time of the commencement of the
Exchange Offer such holder has no arrangement or understanding with any
person to participate in a distribution of the New Notes and (iii) such
holder is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a
distribution of the New Notes. By tendering Existing Notes in exchange
for New Notes, each holder will represent to the Company that; (i) it is
not such an affiliate of the Company, (ii) at the time of the
commencement of the Exchange Offer it had no arrangement with any person
to participate in a distribution of the New Notes and, if such holder is
not a broker-dealer, it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage
in, a distribution of New Notes and (iii) any New Notes to be received
by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of business. If a holder
of Existing Notes is unable to make the foregoing representations, such
holder may not rely on the applicable interpretations of the Staff of
the Commission as set forth in such no-action letters, and must comply
with the registration and prospectus delivery requirement of the
Securities Act in connection with any secondary resale transaction.
Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account pursuant to
the Exchange Offer in exchange for Existing Notes, where such Existing
Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making
activities or other activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a
prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities act and that it
has not entered into any arrangement or understanding with the Company
or an affiliate of the Company to distribute the New Notes in connection
with any resale of such New Notes. The Letter of Transmittal states that
by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will
not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of
the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or
supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in
connection with resales of New Notes where such Existing Notes were
acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities
or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, starting on
the Expiration Date, and ending on the close of business 180 days after
the Expiration Date, it will make this Prospectus available to any
participating broker dealer for use in connection with any such resale.
See "Plan of Distribution."
</TABLE>
5
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
To comply with the securities laws of certain jurisdictions, it may be
necessary to qualify for sale or register the New Notes prior to
offering or selling such New Notes in such jurisdictions. The Company
has agreed, pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and subject to
certain specified limitations therein, to register or qualify the New
Notes for offer or sale under the securities or "blue sky" laws of such
jurisdictions as may be necessary to permit the holders of New Notes to
trade in New Notes without any material restrictions or limitations
under the securities laws of the several states of the United States.
The Exchange Offer ............... The New Notes are being offered in exchange for a like principal amount
of Existing Notes. Existing Notes may be exchanged only in existing
multiples of $1,000. The issuance of the New Notes is intended to
satisfy obligations of the Company under the Registration Rights
Agreement. For a description of the procedures for tendering, see
"Exchange Offer--Procedures for Tendering Existing Notes."
Expiration Date; Withdrawal ...... The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on ,
1998, or such later date and time to which it may be extended in the
sole discretion of the Company (the "Expiration Date"). The tender of
Existing Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at any
time prior to any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
business day prior to the Expiration Date. Any Existing Notes not
accepted for exchange for any reason will be returned without expense to
the tendering holders thereof as promptly as practicable after the
expiration or termination of the Exchange Offer. See "Exchange
Offer--Expiration Date; Extensions; Termination; Amendments; and
Withdrawal Rights."
Conditions to Exchange Offer ...... The Exchange Offer is subject to certain conditions. See "Exchange
Offer--Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer."
Procedures for Tendering Each holder of Existing Notes wishing to accept the Exchange Offer
Existing Notes .................. must complete, sign and date a Letter of Transmittal, or a facsimile
thereof, in accordance with the instructions contained herein and
therein, and mail or otherwise deliver such Letter of Transmittal, or
such facsimile, together with such Existing Notes and any other
required documents, to the Exchange Agent (as defined) at the address
set forth herein. See "Exchange Offer--Procedures for Tendering
Existing Notes."
Use of Proceeds .................. There will be no proceeds to the Company or the Holding Company
from the exchange of Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer.
Certain Federal Income Tax The exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer should not be a
Consideration ..................... taxable event to the holder for federal income tax purposes, and the
holder should not recognize any taxable gain or loss as a result of
such exchange. See "Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations."
</TABLE>
6
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Untendered Existing Notes ...... Upon consummation of the Exchange Offer, the holders of Existing Notes,
if any, will have no further rights under the Registration Rights
Agreement, except as provided herein. Holders of Existing Notes whose
Existing Notes are not tendered or are tendered but not accepted in the
Exchange Offer will continue to hold such Existing Notes and will be
entitled to all the rights and preferences and subject to the
limitations applicable thereto. Following consummation of the Exchange
Offer, the holders of Existing Notes will continue to be subject to the
existing restrictions upon transfer thereof and, except as provided
herein, the Company will have no further obligation to such holders to
provide for the registration under the Securities Act of the Existing
Notes held by them. To the extent that Existing Notes are tendered and
accepted in the Exchange Offer, the trading market for untendered and
tendered by unaccepted Existing Notes could be adversely affected.
Exchange Agent .................. The Bank of New York is serving as the Exchange Agent in
connection with the Exchange Offer.
</TABLE>
TERMS OF THE NOTES
Except as otherwise indicated, the following description relates both to
the Existing Notes issued pursuant to the Offering and to the New Notes to be
issued in exchange for Existing Notes in connection with the Exchange Offer.
The New Notes will be obligations of the Company evidencing the same
indebtedness as the Existing Notes, and will be entitled to the benefits of the
same Indenture. The form and terms of the New Notes are the same as the form
and terms of the Existing Notes, except that the New Notes have been registered
under the Securities Act and therefore will not bear legends restricting the
transfer thereof. For a more complete description of the Notes see "Description
of Notes." Throughout this Prospectus, references to the "Notes" refer to the
New Notes and the Existing Notes collectively.
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Issuer ..................... Community Distributors, Inc.
Securities Offered ......... $80,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10-1/4% Senior Notes due 2004,
Series B.
Maturity Date ............... October 15, 2004.
Interest on the Notes ...... The Existing Notes accrue interest at a rate of 10-1/4% per annum from
the Issue Date. The New Notes will accrue interest at a rate of 10-1/4%
per annum from the Issue Date or from the most recent date to which
interest had been paid on the Existing Notes.
Interest Payment Dates ...... April 15 and October 15, commencing on April 15, 1998.
</TABLE>
7
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Optional Redemption ...... The Notes will be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or
in part, on or after October 15, 2001, at the redemption prices set
forth herein, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of
redemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to October 15, 2000,
the Company may redeem from time to time up to 35% of the aggregate
principal amount of the Notes originally outstanding at a redemption
price equal to 110.25% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, with the net proceeds
of one or more Equity Offerings (as defined herein); provided that at
least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally
outstanding remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such
redemption. See "Description of Notes--Optional Redemption."
Guarantees ............... The Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured
basis by the Holding Company and the Company's future subsidiaries, if
any (such future subsidiaries are collectively referred to as the
"Subsidiary Guarantors" and, together with the Holding Company, as the
"Guarantors").
Ranking .................. The Notes and the Guarantees constitute unsecured obligations of the
Company and the Guarantors, respectively, and rank pari passu with all
present and future unsecured senior indebtedness of the Company and the
Guarantors, as applicable. Although the Notes are titled "senior," the
Notes and the Guarantees will be effectively subordinated to borrowings
under the Company's New Credit Facility to the extent of the value of
the assets securing such indebtedness and to any additional secured
indebtedness of the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, permitted
under the indenture governing the Notes (the "Indenture"). As of
December 31, 1997, the aggregate amount of secured indebtedness of the
Company, to which the Notes are effectively subordinated, was
approximately $0.2 million, and the Company had not issued (and had no
commitments to issue) any indebtedness that is or will be expressly
subordinated to the Notes. As of December 31, 1997, the Holding Company
had no secured indebtedness, no indebtedness ranking pari passu in right
of payment to the Guarantees, and approximately $17.7 million of
indebtedness (consisting of the Holding Company's outstanding
Subordinated Notes due 2005), including accrued interest, that was
expressly subordinated to the Guarantees. See "Description of
Notes--General" and "Description of New Credit Facility and Certain
Other Indebtedness."
</TABLE>
8
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Change of Control Offer ...... Upon a Change of Control (as defined), the Company will be required to
offer to repurchase all outstanding Notes at 101% of the aggregate
principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to
the date of repurchase. Because the Company's obligation to make an
offer to repurchase Notes upon a "Change of Control" arises only upon
transactions that fit within the definition of such term, it is possible
that other transactions, such as certain types of highly leveraged
transactions, which could result in an effective change in the control
of the Company or the Holding Company could occur that are not covered
by such definition and, accordingly, would not cause this repurchase
obligation to arise. In such an event, the holders of the Notes could be
denied the benefits of the provision of the Indenture described under
the caption "Description of Notes--Certain Covenants--Repurchase of
Notes at the Option of the Holder Upon a Change of Control." See
"Description of Notes--Certain Covenants--Repurchase of Notes at the
Option of the Holder Upon a Change of Control."
Certain Covenants ............ The Indenture contains certain covenants with respect to the Company and
any subsidiaries that limit the ability of the Company and any
subsidiaries to, among other things, (i) incur additional Indebtedness
(as defined herein), (ii) pay dividends or make other distributions,
(iii) make certain investments, (iv) create certain liens, (v) sell
certain assets, (vi) enter into certain transactions with affiliates and
(vii) enter into certain mergers or consolidations involving the Company
or its subsidiaries. See "Description of Notes--Certain Covenants."
</TABLE>
COMPARISON OF NEW NOTES WITH EXISTING NOTES
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Freely Transferable ...... Generally, the New Notes will be freely transferable under the
Securities act by holders thereof other than any holder that is either
an affiliate of the Company or a broker-dealer that purchased the Notes
from the Company to resell pursuant to Rule 144A or any other available
exemption. The New Notes otherwise will be substantially identical in
all material respects (including interest rate and maturity) to the
Existing Notes. See "Exchange Offer."
Registration Rights ...... The holders of Existing Notes currently are entitled to certain
registration rights pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement (the
"Registration Rights Agreement"), dated as of October 16, 1997, among
the Company, the Holding Company and the Initial Purchasers. However,
upon consummation of the Exchange Offer, subject to certain exceptions,
holders of Existing Notes who do not exchange their Existing Notes for
New Notes in the Exchange Offer will no longer be entitled to
registration rights and will not be able to offer or sell their Existing
Notes, unless such Existing Notes are subsequently registered under the
Securities Act (which, subject to certain limited exceptions, the
Company will have no obligation to do), except pursuant to an exemption
from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and
applicable state securities laws. See "Risk Factors--Adverse
Consequences of Failure to Adhere to Exchange Offer Procedures."
</TABLE>
9
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Absence of a Public Market for the The New Notes are new securities and there is currently no
New Notes ..................... established market for the New Notes. Accordingly, there can be
no assurance as to the development or liquidity of any market for
the New Notes. The Company does not intend to apply for listing
on a securities exchange of the New Notes.
</TABLE>
For more complete information regarding the Existing Notes and the New
Notes, including the definitions of certain capitalized terms used above, see
"Description of the Notes."
Risk Factors
Holders of Existing Notes and prospective purchasers of New Notes should
consider carefully the information set forth under the caption "Risk Factors,"
and all other information set forth in this Prospectus, in connection with the
Exchange Offer.
10
<PAGE>
SUMMARY FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
The Company
The following summary financial data, operating data and pro forma data
for the periods and dates indicated set forth below have been derived from the
audited annual financial statements, unaudited interim and pro forma financial
statements of the Company and the audited financial statements of the
Predecessor Company (as defined below) and the related notes thereto included
elsewhere herein. The financial statements of the Predecessor Company for the
six months ended January 29, 1995, have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP,
and the financial statements of the Company for the six months ended July 30,
1995, fiscal 1996 and fiscal 1997 have been audited by Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
The Company was acquired by the Holding Company on January 30, 1995, and is
referred to below with respect to periods prior to that date as the
"Predecessor Company," and with respect to periods after that date as the
"Company." The summary financial and operating data of the Company presented
below under the caption "Statement of Operations Data" and "Balance Sheet Data"
for the three months ended October 25, 1997 and October 26, 1996, and the data
presented below under the caption "Pro Forma Data" and "Other Data" for all
periods presented, are unaudited and are not necessarily indicative of the
Company's results for the full fiscal year. The unaudited summary pro forma
financial and operating data of the Company for the twelve months ended July
26, 1997 and three months ended October 25, 1997 do not necessarily reflect the
results of operations or financial position of the Company that would have
actually resulted had the events referred to in the notes to the unaudited pro
forma financial information been consummated as of the dates indicated and are
not intended to project the Company's financial position or results of
operations for any future period.
The summary financial data, operating data and pro forma data presented
below should be read in conjunction with the audited annual financial
statements and notes thereto of the Company for the six months ended July 30,
1995, fiscal 1996 and fiscal 1997, the audited financial statements of the
Predecessor Company for the six months ended January 29, 1995, and the
unaudited interim financial statements of the Company for the three months
ended October 26, 1996 and October 25, 1997, and the pro forma financial
statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus. For additional information,
see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Predecessor The
Company Company The Company Pro Forma (1)
----------- --------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------
Twelve Months Three Months
Six Months Six Months Ended Ended Twelve Months Three Months
Ended Ended --------------------- ----------------------- Ended Ended
January 29, July 30, July 28, July 26, Oct. 26, Oct. 25, July 26, October 25,
1995 1995 1996 1997 1996 1997 1997 1997
(unaudited) (unaudited) (unaudited) (unaudited)
(dollars in thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Statement of Operations Data:
Net sales ..................... $101,687 $96,171 $215,731 $231,033 $52,073 $54,722 $231,033 $54,722
Cost of sales .................. 72,469 67,686 152,645 163,157 38,072 39,671 163,157 39,671
-------- ------- -------- -------- ------- ------- -------- -------
Gross profit .................. 29,218 28,485 63,086 67,876 14,001 15,051 67,876 15,051
Selling, general and
administrative expense ...... 21,468 21,635 47,487 50,831 11,752 12,678 50,831 12,678
Other income, net ............ 595 205 353 401 95 105 401 105
Administrative fees ............ 0 125 250 250 63 63 250 63
Depreciation and
amortization (2) ............ 884 1,980 4,341 4,399 1,116 1,467 4,720 1,200
-------- ------- -------- -------- ------- ------- -------- -------
Operating income ............ 7,461 4,950 11,361 12,797 1,165 948 12,476 1,215
Interest expense, net ......... 0 2,284 3,998 3,018 826 718 8,170 2,025
-------- ------- -------- -------- ------- ------- -------- -------
Income (loss) before
income taxes ............... 7,461 2,666 7,363 9,779 339 230 4,306 $ (810)
Provision for income taxes
(3) ........................ 186 1,598 3,659 5,216 393 349 2,282 (430)
-------- ------- -------- -------- ------- ------- -------- -------
Net income (loss) ............ $ 7,275 $ 1,068 $ 3,704 $ 4,563 $ (54) $ (119) $ 2,024 $ (380)
======== ======= ======== ======== ======= ======= ======== =======
</TABLE>
11
<PAGE>
As of October 25, 1997
------------------------
(unaudited)
(dollars in thousands)
Balance Sheet Data:
Working capital .................................... $ 18,083
Total assets ....................................... 91,041
Total debt .......................................... 80,197
Stockholder's equity (deficit) ..................... (17,542)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Twelve Months Ended
-----------------------
July 26, 1997
(unaudited)
(dollars in thousands)
<S> <C>
Additional Pro Forma Data (1):
Adjusted EBITDA (4) ............................................................ $ 18,696
Pro forma cash interest expense, net (5) ....................................... 8,170
Ratio of pro forma income before income taxes to pro forma cash interest expense,
net (5) ........................................................................ 0.5x
Ratio of Adjusted EBITDA to pro forma cash interest expense, net (6) ............ 2.3x
Pro forma net debt (7) ......................................................... $ 76,649
Ratio of pro forma total debt to pro forma income before income taxes ......... 17.8x
Ratio of pro forma net debt to Adjusted EBITDA (8) .............................. 4.1x
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Predecessor The
Company Company
------------------ ------------------------------------------------
Six Months Ended Six Months Ended Twelve Months Ended
------------------ ------------------ ---------------------------
January 29, July 30, July 28, July 26,
1995 1995 1996 1997
(dollars in thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Other Data (unaudited):
Adjusted EBITDA (4) ........................... $ 9,682 $ 7,714 $ 16,913 $ 18,695
Gross Margin ................................. 28.7 29.6 29.2 29.4
Adjusted EBITDA margin (9) .................. 9.5% 8.0% 7.8% 8.1%
Capital expenditures ........................ $ 1,313 $ 1,070 $ 2,887 $ 1,287
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (10) ...... 8.1x 1.7x 2.1x 2.7x
Pharmacy sales growth ........................ 7.8% 10.1% 10.8% 16.3%
Pharmacy sales as a % of total ............... 19.6 22.6 22.1 24.1
Third-Party Plan sales as a % of pharmacy
sales ....................................... 47.2 50.9 61.5 70.1
Store data:
Number of stores at end of period:
Drug Fair ................................. 22 22 25 26
Cost Cutters .............................. 15 16 17 17
------- ------- -------- --------
Total .................................... 37 38 42 43
======= ======= ======== ========
Same-store sales growth (11):
Drug Fair ................................. 4.0% 6.6% 3.5% 6.7%
Cost Cutters .............................. 4.0 4.3 0.9 2.7
------- ------- -------- --------
Total .................................... 4.0% 5.6% 2.4% 4.8%
======= ======= ======== ========
</TABLE>
- ------------
(1) Gives pro forma effect to the sale of the Existing Notes and the
application of the net proceeds therefrom as described under the caption
"Use of Proceeds" as of July 29, 1996.
(2) Depreciation and amortization amounts for the six month period ended July
30, 1995 and for the twelve months ended July 28, 1996, the twelve months
ended July 26, 1997 and the three months ended October 25, 1997 include
amortization of goodwill, beneficial leasehold intangibles and deferred
financing costs recorded in connection with the Acquisition in January
1995.
(3) Prior to its acquisition by the Holding Company on January 30, 1995, the
Predecessor Company was treated as a Subchapter S corporation for both
federal and state income tax purposes. Accordingly, the provision for
income taxes for the six months ended January 29, 1995
12
<PAGE>
and all prior periods is substantially less than that recorded for the
Company for the six months ended July 30, 1995 and each subsequent period.
If the Predecessor Company had been treated as a C corporation for federal
and state income tax purposes for the six month period ended January 29,
1995, the Predecessor Company's provision for income taxes for such period
would have been approximately $3,000 and its net income for such period
would have been approximately $4,461.
(4) Adjusted EBITDA represents net income plus depreciation and amortization,
income taxes, net interest expense, changes in LIFO inventory reserves and
non-cash rental expense. Changes in LIFO inventory reserves and non-cash
rental expense are included in Adjusted EBITDA because they reflect
non-cash expenses that do not directly impact the ability of the Company to
service its debt obligations, including under the Notes. Changes in LIFO
inventory reserves and non-cash rental expense aggregated $1,337, $784,
$1,211, and $1,500 for the six months ended January 29, 1995 and July 30,
1995, and the twelve months ended July 28, 1996 and July 26, 1997,
respectively. While Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as a substitute
for income from operations, net income, income before income taxes or cash
flows from operating activities (as defined by generally accepted
accounting principles), or other measures defined by generally accepted
accounting principles, in analyzing the Company's operating performance,
financial position or cash flows, the Company has included Adjusted EBITDA
because management understands that it is commonly used by certain
investors and analysts to analyze and compare companies on the basis of
operating performance, leverage and liquidity and to determine a company's
ability to service debt. Unlike net income or EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA may
not be a measure of the ultimate profitability of a company, and may not be
as meaningful to other investors or analysts. In addition, investors should
note that the method of calculating Adjusted EBITDA set forth above may be
different from calculations of EBITDA employed by other companies and,
accordingly, may not be directly comparable to such other calculations.
(5) For the purposes of Pro Forma Data, cash interest expense represents total
interest expense minus amortization of deferred financing costs.
(6) The ratio of Adjusted EBITDA to pro forma cash interest expense, net is
calculated as the amount of pro forma cash interest expense, net for a
period divided by the Adjusted EBITDA for such period. The Company believes
that the presentation of the ratio of Adjusted EBITDA to pro forma cash
interest expense, net is meaningful to an understanding of the Company's
financial position and results of operations because it is a more direct
measurement of the Company's ability to service its debt obligations out of
cash flow than other measures determined under generally accepted
accounting principles.
(7) Pro forma net debt represents total pro forma debt less pro forma cash and
cash equivalents. The Company believes that presentation of a pro forma net
debt calculation is meaningful to an understanding of the Company's
leverage and ability to service debt because, under the terms of the
Indenture, the Company's ability to make payments to equity holders and
certain other persons other than the holders of the Notes is restricted.
Accordingly, management believes it is meaningful to assume that cash on
hand may be used to repay indebtedness. See "Description of Notes--Certain
Covenants--Limitation on Restricted Payments."
(8) The ratio of pro forma net debt to Adjusted EBITDA is calculated as the
amount of pro forma net debt as of the end of a period divided by the
Adjusted EBITDA for such period. The Company believes that the presentation
of the ratio of pro forma net debt to Adjusted EBITDA is meaningful because
it is a more direct measurement of the Company's ability to service its
debt obligations out of cash flow than other measures determined under
generally accepted accounting principles.
(9) Adjusted EBITDA margin is calculated as the amount of Adjusted EBITDA for a
period divided by net sales for such period. While Adjusted EBITDA margin
should not be construed as a substitute for gross margin (as defined by
generally accepted accounting principles), or other measurements determined
by generally accepted accounting principles, in analyzing the Company's
operating performance, financial position or cash flows, the Company has
included presentation of Adjusted EBITDA because Management believes it is
commonly used by certain investors and analysts to analyze and compare
companies on the basis of operating performance, leverage and liquidity and
to determine a company's ability to service debt. Management believes that
Adjusted EBITDA margin is a meaningful supplement to gross margin because
it measures the Company's profitability on a cash flow basis, which is
material to a determination of the Company's ability to service its debt.
(10) Ratio of earnings to fixed charges is computed by adding fixed charges
(interest and one-third of rental expenses, which the Company believes is
representative of that portion of rental expenses attributable to
interest) to income before income taxes and dividing that sum by the sum
of the fixed charges. Assuming that all amounts outstanding under the Old
Credit Facility were repaid as of July 29, 1996, the ratios of earnings to
fixed charges for fiscal 1997 and the three months ended October 25, 1997
would have been 1.3x and 0.7x, respectively.
(11) Same-store sales growth is calculated based on net sales for stores open
for the whole of the indicated period and the previous period.
13
<PAGE>
The Holding Company
The following summary financial data and operating data for the periods
and dates indicated set forth below have been derived from the financial
statements of the Holding Company. The Holding Company was formed in January,
1995. The summary financial and operating data should be read in conjunction
with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations" and the Holding Company's audited annual financial statements,
unaudited interim financial statements and pro forma financial statements and
related notes thereto, included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Holding Company
Holding Company Pro Forma (1)
------------------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
Twelve Months
Six Months Ended Three Months Three Months Twelve Months Three Months
Ended --------------------- Ended Ended Ended Ended
July 30, July 28, July 26, October 26, October 25, July 26, October 25,
1995 1996 1997 1996 1997 1997 1997
(unaudited) (unaudited) (unaudited) (unaudited)
(dollars in thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Statement of Operations Data:
Net sales ............................ $96,171 $215,731 $231,033 $52,073 $54,722 $231,033 $ 54,722
Cost of sales ......................... 67,686 152,645 163,157 38,072 39,671 163,157 39,671
------- -------- -------- ------- ------- -------- --------
Gross profit ......................... 28,485 63,086 67,876 14,001 15,051 67,876 15,051
Selling, general and administrative
expense ............................ 21,635 47,487 50,831 11,752 12,678 50,831 12,678
Other income, net ................... 205 353 401 95 105 401 105
Administrative fees ................... 125 250 250 63 63 250 63
Depreciation and amortization (2) .... 1,980 4,341 4,399 1,116 1,467 4,720 1,200
------- -------- -------- ------- ------- -------- --------
Operating income ................... 4,950 11,361 12,797 1,165 948 12,476 1,215
Interest expense, net ................ 2,946 5,326 4,586 1,151 1,241 9,738 2,548
------- -------- -------- ------- ------- -------- --------
Income (loss) before income taxes ..... 2,004 6,035 8,211 14 (293) 2,318 (1,333)
Provision for income taxes .......... 1,366 3,442 4,433 279 166 1,451 (706)
------- -------- -------- ------- ------- -------- --------
Net income (loss) ................... $ 638 $ 2,593 $ 3,778 $ (265) $ (459) $ 1,287 $ (627)
======= ======== ======== ======= ======= ======== ========
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
As of October 25, 1997
-----------------------
(unaudited)
(dollars in thousands)
<S> <C>
Balance Sheet Data:
Working capital ..................................... $ 18,829
Total assets ........................................ 91,055
Total debt ........................................... 97,558
Redeemable Preferred and Common Stock ................ 1,278
Stockholder's equity (deficit) ...................... (34,604)
</TABLE>
- ------------
(1) Gives pro forma effect to the sale of the Existing Notes and the
application of the net proceeds therefrom as described under the caption
"Use of Proceeds" as of July 29, 1996, the first day of the stated period.
(2) Depreciation and amortization amounts include amortization of goodwill,
beneficial leasehold intangibles and deferred financing costs recorded in
connection with the Acquisition in January 1995.
14
<PAGE>
RISK FACTORS
Holders of Existing Notes and prospective purchasers of New Notes should
consider carefully the following risk factors in addition to the other
information set forth in this Prospectus before tendering their Existing Notes
for New Notes. Holders of Existing Notes should consider carefully the
following factors, which are generally applicable to the Existing Notes and the
New Notes. Certain of the statements in this Prospectus are forward-looking in
nature and, accordingly, are subject to risks and uncertainties. The actual
results that the Company and the Holding Company achieve may differ materially
from any forward-looking statements in this Prospectus. Factors that could
cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those
discussed below and those contained in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Business" and "Special Note
Regarding Forward-Looking Statements," as well as those discussed elsewhere in
this Prospectus.
Risks of Significant Leverage; Potential Inability to Service Indebtedness
In connection with the Offering, the Company incurred a significant amount
of indebtedness and used a significant portion of the proceeds from the sale of
such indebtedness to pay a dividend to securityholders of the Holding Company.
As a result, the Company is highly leveraged and has substantial repayment
obligations, as well as significantly increased interest expense, with the
portion of the net proceeds used to pay such dividend unavailable to service
such obligations and expenses or any other Company obligation. As of October
25, 1997, the Company's total indebtedness was approximately $80.2 million and
the Company had a stockholder's deficit of approximately $17.5 million. In
addition, subject to the restrictions in the New Credit Facility and the
Indenture, the Company and the Holding Company may incur additional
indebtedness from time to time to finance expansion or capital expenditures or
for other purposes.
The Company's ability to make scheduled payments of principal or interest
on, or to refinance, its indebtedness will depend on future operating
performance and cash flow, which are subject to prevailing economic conditions,
prevailing interest rates and financial, competitive, business and other
factors beyond its control. The degree to which the Company is leveraged could
have important consequences to holders of the Notes, including the following:
(i) the Company's ability to obtain additional financing for working capital,
capital expenditures, acquisitions or general corporate purposes may be
impaired; (ii) a substantial portion of the Company's cash flow from operations
must be dedicated to the payment of interest on the Notes and interest on its
other existing indebtedness, thereby reducing the funds available to the
Company for other purposes; (iii) the agreements governing the Company's
long-term indebtedness impose certain restrictive financial and operating
covenants on the Company; (iv) all of the indebtedness under the New Credit
Facility are at a variable rate of interest, which causes the Company to be
adversely affected by increases in interest rates; (v) all of the indebtedness
outstanding under the New Credit Facility is secured by all inventory and
accounts receivable of the Company and will become due prior to the time the
principal on the Notes will become due; (vi) the Company is substantially more
leveraged than certain of its competitors, which might place the Company at a
competitive disadvantage; (vii) the Company may be hindered in its ability to
adjust rapidly to changing market conditions; (viii) certain vendors'
willingness to give the Company favorable payment terms and certain landlords'
willingness to enter into store leases with the Company may be affected; and
(ix) the Company may be more vulnerable in the event of a downturn in general
economic conditions or in its business. See "Description of New Credit Facility
and Certain Other Indebtedness."
The Company believes that, based upon anticipated levels of operations, it
should be able to meet its debt service obligations, including interest
payments on the Notes, when due. If, however, the Company cannot generate
sufficient cash flow from operations to meet its obligations, the Company might
be required to refinance its debt or to dispose of assets to obtain funds for
such purpose. There is no assurance that refinancing or asset dispositions
could be effected on satisfactory terms, if at all, or would be permitted by
the terms of the New Credit Facility or the Indenture pursuant to which the
Notes were issued. Failure by the Company to refinance the New Credit Facility
or the Notes or raise funds through asset sales, sales of equity or otherwise,
if required, could have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial
condition and results of operations and its ability to pay principal of and
interest on the Notes.
The Company's obligations under the Notes is guaranteed on a senior,
unsecured basis by the Holding Company and any future subsidiaries of the
Company. Because the operations of the Company provide all of the cash flow of
the Holding Company, the Holding Company's ability to perform under its
Guarantee is currently entirely dependent upon the operations and financial
position of the Company.
15
<PAGE>
Risks Associated with Effective Subordination of the Notes and the Holding
Company Guarantee
The Indenture and the Holding Company's Guarantee permit the Company and
the Holding Company to incur additional senior indebtedness, provided certain
financial or other conditions are met. The Notes and the Holding Company's
Guarantee are senior unsecured obligations and rank pari passu in right of
payment with all existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness of the
Company and the Holding Company, respectively. As of December 31, 1997, the
aggregate amount of secured indebtedness of the Company, to which the Notes are
effectively subordinated, would have been approximately $0.2 million and the
aggregate amount of the Company's outstanding indebtedness ranking pari passu
with the Notes (consisting of trade accounts payable) was approximately $14.3
million. Holders of existing or future secured indebtedness of the Company
permitted under the Indenture, including the New Credit Facility, will have
claims with respect to the assets constituting collateral that are prior to the
claims of holders of the Notes. See "Description of Notes--Ranking."
In addition, any indebtedness that is incurred by any of the Guarantors
will be effectively senior to the claims of the holders of the Notes with
respect to the assets of such Guarantors, except to the extent that the holders
of the Notes may be creditors of a Guarantor pursuant to a Guarantee. Any such
claim by the holders of the Notes with respect to the assets of any Guarantor
will be effectively subordinated to secured indebtedness of such Guarantor with
respect to the assets securing such indebtedness. The rights of the Company and
its creditors, including holders of the Notes, to realize the assets of any
Guarantor upon such Guarantor's liquidation or reorganization (and the
consequent rights of holders of the Notes to participate in those assets) will
be subject to the prior claims of such Guarantor's creditors, except to the
extent that the Company may itself be a creditor with recognized claims against
such Guarantor or to the extent that the holders of the Notes may be creditors
with recognized claims against such Guarantor pursuant to the terms of a
Guarantee (subject, however, to the prior claims of creditors holding secured
indebtedness of any such Guarantor with respect to the assets securing such
indebtedness). As of December 31, 1997, the Holding Company had no secured
indebtedness, no indebtedness ranking pari passu with the Guarantee of the
Holding Company and the aggregate amount of the Holding Company's outstanding
indebtedness ranking expressly subordinate to the Guarantee of the Holding
Company (consisting of the Holding Company's outstanding Subordinated Notes due
2005) is approximately $17.7 million, including accrued interest.
Fraudulent Conveyance Risks
Various fraudulent conveyance laws have been enacted for the protection of
creditors and may be utilized by a court to subordinate or void the Notes and
the Guarantees in favor of other existing or future creditors of the Company
and the Guarantors.
Proceeds from the sale of the Existing Notes were used, in part, to make a
cash distribution to the Company's sole stockholder, the Holding Company, which
distributed these proceeds to its securityholders. If a court in a lawsuit on
behalf of any unpaid creditor of the Company or a representative of the
creditors of the Company were to find that, at the time the Company issued the
Existing Notes, the Company (x) intended to hinder, delay or defraud any
existing or future creditor or contemplated insolvency with a design to prefer
one or more creditors to the exclusion in whole or in part of others or (y) did
not receive fair consideration in good faith or reasonably equivalent value for
issuing the Existing Notes, and the Company (i) was insolvent, (ii) was
rendered insolvent by reason of such distribution, (iii) was engaged or about
to engage in business or transactions for which its remaining assets
constituted unreasonably small capital to carry on its business, or (iv)
intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to
pay such debts as they matured, such court could void the Notes and void such
transactions. Alternatively, in such event, claims of the holders of Notes
could be subordinated to claims of other creditors of the Company. The Company
may be viewed as insolvent at the time of or as a result of the sale of the
Existing Notes if the fair market value of its assets does not exceed its
probable liabilities at the time of, or following, the sale of the Existing
Notes. The Company's obligations under the Notes are guaranteed by the
Guarantors, and the Guarantees may also be subject to review under federal and
state fraudulent transfer laws. If a court were to determine that at the time a
Guarantor became liable under its Guarantee, it satisfied either of clauses (x)
or (y) above, the court could void the Guarantee and direct the repayment of
amounts paid thereunder.
Based upon financial and other information currently available to it,
management of the Company believes that the Notes and the Holding Company's
Guarantee were incurred for proper purposes and in good faith. Certain courts
have held, however, that a company's purchase of its own capital stock does not
constitute reasonably
16
<PAGE>
equivalent value or fair consideration for incurring indebtedness. By
extension, the sale of the Existing Notes and the use of the net proceeds of
the sale of the Existing Notes as described above may also be viewed as not
constituting reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration to the Company.
The Company believes that based upon forecasts and other financial
information, including the pro forma information reflecting the consummation of
the sale of the Existing Notes and the application of the net proceeds
therefrom as described under the caption "Use of Proceeds," the Company is and
will continue to be solvent, that it will have sufficient capital to carry on
its business and will be and will continue to be able to pay its debts as they
mature. In addition, in connection with the closing of the sale of the Existing
Notes, the Company received a solvency opinion from an investment bank that the
payment of the dividend described under the caption "Use of Proceeds" upon
consummation of the sale of the Existing Notes would not render the Company
insolvent, leave the Company with inadequate or unreasonably small capital or
result in the Company incurring debt beyond its ability to repay such debt as
it matures. There can be no assurance, however, that a court considering such
issues would agree with such conclusions or opinion.
Additionally, under federal bankruptcy or applicable state solvency law,
if a bankruptcy or insolvency were initiated by or against the Company within
90 days after any payment by the Company with respect to the Notes or by any
Guarantor with respect to a Guarantee, or within one year after any payment to
any insider of the Company (which will include the dividend paid by the Company
to the Holding Company), or if the Company or such Guarantor anticipated
becoming insolvent at the time of any such payment, all or a portion of the
payment could be voided as a preferential transfer and the recipient of such
payment could be required to return such payment. In rendering its opinion on
the validity of the Notes, neither counsel for the Company, nor counsel for the
Initial Purchasers, nor any other counsel, expressed any opinion as to federal
or state laws relating to fraudulent transfers, which means the holders of the
Notes have no independent legal verification that the Notes or the Guarantees
or payments on the Notes or the Guarantees will not be treated as a fraudulent
conveyance or preferential transfer, respectively, by a court if the Company
were to become insolvent. The obligations of each Guarantor under its
Guarantee, however, are limited in a manner intended to avoid it being deemed a
fraudulent conveyance under applicable law. See "Description of Notes."
Risks Associated with Restrictions Imposed by Terms of the Company's
Indebtedness
The Indenture and the New Credit Facility impose upon the Company certain
financial and operating covenants, including, among others, requirements that
the Company maintain certain financial ratios and satisfy certain financial
tests, limitations on capital expenditures, and restrictions on the ability of
the Company to incur debt, pay dividends, or take certain other corporate
actions, all of which may restrict the Company's ability to pursue its business
strategies. Changes in economic or business conditions, results of operations
or other factors could in the future cause a violation of one or more covenants
in the Company's debt instruments. See "Description of Notes--Certain
Covenants" and "Description of New Credit Facility and Certain Other
Indebtedness."
Risks Associated with Dependence on "Freedom of Choice" and "Any Willing
Provider" Legislation; Impact of Possible Repeal
In July 1994, the State of New Jersey adopted "Freedom of Choice"
legislation that requires Third-Party Plans to allow their customers to
purchase prescription drugs from the provider of their choice as long as the
provider meets uniformly established requirements, and "Any Willing Provider"
legislation that requires that any Third-Party Plan that has entered into an
agreement with a prescription provider must permit any other licensed provider
to participate in such Third-Party Plan as a preferred or contracting provider,
if such provider is willing to accept the terms of such agreement. Management
believes this results in a "level playing field" for regional drugstore chains
such as the Company. Although the Company is not aware of any pending
legislation which seeks to repeal or otherwise render ineffective the "Freedom
of Choice" or "Any Willing Provider" legislation, in the event of any repeal or
other termination of this legislation, larger national drugstore chains or
other distribution channels with which the Company competes could enter into
exclusive contracts with Third-Party Plans, similar to those in effect in other
states, pursuant to which such Third-Party Plans would require their members to
purchase their reimbursable prescriptions from such drugstore chains or other
distribution channels. Any such contracts could effectively prevent the Company
from competing for reimbursable prescription sales to participants in such
Third-Party Plans, which could impact the sales of all of the Company's
products by reducing customer traffic at the Company's stores. Furthermore,
other than Delaware, none of the states surrounding New Jersey has enacted
similar "Freedom of
17
<PAGE>
Choice" or "Any Willing Provider" legislation. Accordingly, in the event that
the Company determines to pursue expansion into surrounding states, it will
have to compete with larger drugstore chains or other distribution channels
that may have aligned themselves with certain Third-Party Plans in such states.
There can be no assurance that any repeal or other termination or amendment of
the "Freedom of Choice" or "Any Willing Provider" legislation in New Jersey
would not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition
and results of operations and its ability to pay principal of and interest on
the Notes and the New Credit Facility, or that the Company would be able to
compete successfully with larger drugstore chains or other distribution
channels in the event it determines to expand into states that do not have
"Freedom of Choice" or "Any Willing Provider" legislation. See "Business--The
Drugstore Industry."
Risk of Extensive Competition
The industries in which the Company operates are highly competitive. The
Company competes in most of its markets with several national, regional and
local drugstore chains, large grocery stores and supermarkets, membership
clubs, deep discount drugstores, combination food and drugstores, discount
general merchandise stores, mass merchandisers, independent drugstores and
local merchants. In addition to competition from the foregoing, the Company's
pharmacy departments also compete with hospitals, health maintenance
organizations and mail order providers. Many of the Company's competitors have
substantially greater financial resources than the Company. See
"Business--Competition."
Reliance on Trade Names, Service Marks and Trademarks; Risks Associated with
Possible Loss of Use of Trade Names
The Company uses various trade names, service marks and trademarks,
including "Drug Fair" and "Cost Cutters," in the conduct of its business.
Historically, the Company has relied on common law protection of its trade
names, service marks and trademarks. Common law provides the Company with
limited protection for its trade names, service marks and trademarks within its
product lines and in its geographic market areas. While the Company has filed a
federal service mark registration application for the service mark "Drug Fair,"
there can be no assurance that a federal service mark registration for the mark
"Drug Fair" will be issued to the Company. A third party presently owns an
issued federal service mark registration for the name "Cost Cutters," but does
not currently operate in the Company's market areas. However, there can be no
assurance that such third party will not commence operations in the Company's
geographic market areas or license the use of the name to a third party other
than the Company in such areas. In such an event, the Company may be required
to seek a license from the holder of the registration, and there can be no
assurance that such a license would be available on acceptable terms, if at
all. If the Company is unable to so license this service mark, it may be
required to cease using the "Cost Cutters" name. In addition, there can be no
assurance that the Company's use of the names "Drug Fair" and "Cost Cutters,"
or any other trade names, service marks or trademarks, will not otherwise be
challenged, invalidated, prevented or circumvented in the future, or that any
such challenge, invalidation, prevention or circumvention will not have a
material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition and results of
operations and its ability to pay principal and interest on the Notes and the
New Credit Facility. See "Business--Trade Names, Service Marks and Trademarks."
Risk of Changes in Economic Conditions and Regional Concentration
All of the Company's stores are located in northern and central New
Jersey. As a result, the Company is sensitive to economic, competitive, and
regulatory conditions in that region. The success of the Company's future
operations will be substantially affected by its ability to compete effectively
in New Jersey, and no prediction can be made as to economic conditions in that
state.
Risk that Change of Control May Cause Defaults
Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined in the Indenture),
the Company will be required to make an offer to purchase all of the
outstanding Notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof at
the date of purchase plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of
purchase. The occurrence of certain of the events that would constitute a
Change of Control may constitute a default under the New Credit Facility and
might constitute a default under other indebtedness of the Company. In
addition, the New Credit Facility may prohibit the purchase of the Notes by the
Company in the event of a Change of Control, unless and until such time as the
indebtedness under the New Credit Facility is repaid in full. The Company's
failure to purchase the Notes in such instance would result in a default under
the Indenture and possibly under the New Credit Facility. The
18
<PAGE>
inability to repay the indebtedness under the New Credit Facility, if
accelerated, could have material adverse consequences to the Company and to the
holders of the Notes. Future indebtedness of the Company may also contain
prohibitions of certain events or transactions that could constitute a Change
of Control or require such indebtedness to be repurchased upon a Change of
Control. See "Description of New Credit Facility and Certain Other
Indebtedness" and "Description of Notes--Certain Covenants--Repurchase of Notes
at the Option of the Holder Upon a Change of Control." In the event of a Change
of Control, there can be no assurance that the Company would have sufficient
assets to satisfy all of its obligations under the Notes and the New Credit
Facility.
Risks Associated with the Uncertainty of Lease Renewals on the Company's Stores
All of the Company's stores are leased, with the leases expiring at
various dates from December 31, 1997 to April 30, 2039 (assuming renewal
options are exercised). Four leases representing stores which generated 11.4%
of the Company's net sales in fiscal 1997 are scheduled to expire before the
end of 1999. Although the Company has historically been successful in renewing
its most important store leases when they have expired, there can be no
assurance that the Company will continue to be able to do so. The Company's
substantial leverage after the Offering may adversely impact certain landlords'
willingness to enter into store leases with the Company. If the Company is
unable to renew the leases for some of the Company's more successful store
locations, or find other favorable locations at acceptable lease rates, there
can be no assurance that such failures will not have a material adverse effect
on the Company's financial condition and results of operations or that its
ability to pay principal of and interest on the Notes and the New Credit
Facility would not be adversely affected. See "Business--Properties."
Risks Associated with a Potential Disruption of Operations as the Company Moves
to a New Facility
The Company intends to consolidate its two existing distribution centers
and corporate offices in a single new facility when its current distribution
center leases expire in 1998. In connection with the consolidation, the Company
plans to install a new MIS system at the new facility. While the Company
believes this consolidation effort may reduce the Company's warehousing and
distribution costs, there can be no assurance that this effort will result in
improved operating margins, or that the move to the new facility, the
commencement of operations at such facility, and the implementation of the new
MIS system to be installed at the new facility will not have a disruptive
effect on the Company's operations. A significant, unexpected disruption during
the course of this consolidation program could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's financial condition and results of operations and its ability
to pay principal of and interest on the Notes and the New Credit Facility. See
"Business--Properties."
Risks Associated with Changes in the Health Care Industry
Pharmacy sales accounted for approximately 22.1% of the Company's total
sales for fiscal 1996 and 24.1% for fiscal 1997. Pharmacy sales to Third-Party
Plan participants accounted for approximately 61.5% and 70.1% of the Company's
total prescription drug sales for fiscal 1996 and fiscal 1997, respectively.
The efforts of Third-Party Plans to contain costs have placed downward pressure
on gross profit margins from sales of prescription drugs. However, management
believes that, to date, such lower margins have been substantially offset by
the higher volume of pharmacy sales to Third-Party Plan participants and
therefore actively seeks to increase its business with these plans. The Company
expects that the rate of Third-Party Plan sales as a percentage of total
pharmacy sales will continue to increase, creating further downward pressure on
gross profit margins from prescription drug sales. There can be no assurance
that the Company will be able to offset these margin declines by continued
increased sales of pharmacy and non-pharmacy merchandise and by higher gross
profit margins from non-pharmacy merchandise. Furthermore, if the Company were
not able to generate higher volumes of pharmacy sales to Third-Party Plan
participants to offset this downward pressure on gross margins, it could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's gross profits and results of
operations. The Company's revenues from prescription drug sales may also be
affected by health care reform initiatives of federal and state governments,
including proposals designed to significantly reduce spending on Medicare,
Medicaid and other government programs, changes in programs providing for
reimbursement for the cost of prescription drugs by Third-Party Plans, and
regulatory changes relating to the approval process for prescription drugs.
Such initiatives could lead to the enactment of federal and state regulations
that may adversely impact the Company's prescription drug sales and,
accordingly, could have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial
condition and results of operations and its ability to pay principal of and
interest on the Notes and the New Credit Facility. See "Business--Government
Regulation."
19
<PAGE>
Risks Associated with Control of the Company by Insiders
The Holding Company owns all of the outstanding capital stock of the
Company. The existing stockholders of the Holding Company, which include the
Company's President and Chief Executive Officer, certain entities affiliated
with the other directors of the Company, and other officers and employees of
the Company, own 100% of the issued and outstanding common stock of the Holding
Company on a fully-diluted basis. Accordingly, such stockholders indirectly
control the Company and have the power to appoint new management and approve
any action requiring the approval of the holders of the capital stock of the
Company, including adopting amendments to the Company's certificate of
incorporation and approving mergers or sales of substantially all of the
Company's assets. There can be no assurance that the interests of the holders
of the capital stock of the Holding Company will not conflict with the
interests of the holders of the Notes. See "Management" and "Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions."
Risks Attendant to Potential Growth and Expansion Related Risks
The Company has grown in recent years by opening new stores, remodeling
and relocating existing stores and refining the product mix in existing stores.
There can be no assurance that the Company will continue to be able to maintain
or expand its market presence in its current locations or to successfully enter
other markets. The ability of the Company to continue to grow in the future
will depend on a number of factors including existing and emerging competition,
the availability of working capital to support such growth, the Company's
ability to manage costs and maintain margins in the face of pricing pressures,
and the ability to recruit and train additional qualified personnel. Because
the Company intends to continue its practice of leasing its stores, any delays
or other difficulties in the negotiation of satisfactory store leases or the
inability on the part of prospective landlords to obtain financing for new
store buildings may delay or interfere with such new store openings. In
addition, there can be no assurance that the sites which the Company identifies
for new store locations will actually be available to the Company, and various
zoning, site acquisition, environmental, traffic, construction, and other
contingencies may also delay or prevent the opening of a new store in a
particular location. There can be no assurance that any new stores that the
Company may open will be profitable. Failure by the Company to maintain its
growth could have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial
condition and results of operations and its ability to pay principal of and
interest on the Notes and the New Credit Facility.
Risks Associated with Government Regulation and Reimbursement Programs
The Company is subject to numerous federal, state, and local licensing and
registration regulations with respect to, among other things, its pharmacy
operations. The Company seeks to comply with all such licensing and
registration requirements and continues to actively monitor its compliance with
such requirements. However, violations of any such regulations could result in
various penalties, including suspension or revocation of the Company's licenses
or registrations or monetary fines, which could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's financial condition and results of operations and its ability
to pay principal of and interest on the Notes and the New Credit Facility.
New Jersey Regulation
---------------------
In addition, pursuant to the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990 and
comparable New Jersey regulations, the Company's pharmacists are required to
offer counseling, without additional charge, to their customers about
medication, dosage, delivery systems, common side effects and other information
deemed significant by the pharmacists and may have a duty to warn customers
regarding any potential adverse effects of a prescription drug if the warning
could reduce or negate such effects. In addition, the Company's pharmacists are
required to conduct a prospective drug review before any new prescriptions are
dispensed, and may conduct a similar review prior to refilling any
prescriptions if they deem it warranted. Further, New Jersey closely regulates
the dispensing by pharmacists of over-the-counter controlled dangerous
substances, imposing requirements as to: (i) filling and refilling of
prescriptions, (ii) labeling of prescriptions, and (iii) monitoring the use of
Schedule V over-the-counter controlled dangerous substances to determine, in a
pharmacist's professional judgment, whether the substance has or will be used
for unauthorized or illicit consumption or distribution. The drug review
program and other programs created by subsequent legislation could result in
increased costs to the Company that could impact adversely its gross profit
margin on prescription drug sales.
20
<PAGE>
Medicaid and Medicare
---------------------
A portion of the Company's services are reimbursed by government sponsored
programs, principally Medicaid and to a lesser extent Medicare, with the
remainder being reimbursed by individual patients or Third-Party Plans. The
failure, even if inadvertent, of the Company to comply with applicable
reimbursement regulations could adversely affect the Company's business.
Furthermore, changes in such reimbursement programs or in regulations related
thereto, such as reductions in coverage or allowable reimbursement levels,
modifications in the timing or processing of payments and other changes
intended to limit or decrease the growth of Medicaid and Medicare expenditures,
could adversely affect the Company's business. The Company is also subject to
federal and state laws prohibiting the submission of false or fraudulent claims
and certain financial relationships between health care providers that are
intended to induce or encourage the referral of patients, or the
recommendations of particular items or services. Violation of these laws can
result in loss of licensure, civil and criminal penalties, and exclusion from
federal health care programs.
Employment Regulation
---------------------
The Company is also subject to laws governing its relationship with
employees, including minimum wage requirements, overtime and working
conditions. An increase in the minimum wage rate, employee benefit costs, or
other costs associated with employees could adversely affect the Company. See
"Business--Government Regulation."
Risks Associated with the Company's Dependence on Key Personnel
The success of the Company depends upon the efforts, abilities and
expertise of its executive officers and other key employees, including its
Chief Executive Officer and President. The loss of the services of such
individual or any other key employees could have a material adverse effect on
the Company's financial condition and results of operations. See "Management."
Risk of Adverse Consequences of Potential Failure to Adhere to Exchange Offer
Procedures
Issuance of the New Notes in exchange for the Existing Notes pursuant to
the Exchange Offer will be made only after a timely receipt by the Company of
such Existing Notes, a properly completed and duly executed Letter of
Transmittal and all other required documents. All questions as to the validity,
form, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance of the Existing
Notes tendered for exchange will be determined by the Company in its sole
discretion, which determination will be final and binding on all parties.
Holders of the Existing Notes desiring to tender such Existing Notes in
exchange for New Notes should allow sufficient time to ensure timely delivery.
The Company is under no duty to give notification of defects or irregularities
with respect to the tenders of the Existing Notes for exchange. Existing Notes
that are not tendered or are tendered but not accepted will, following the
consummation of the Exchange Offer, continue to be subject to the existing
restrictions upon transfer thereof and, except as provided herein, the Company
will have no further obligations to provide for the registration under the
Securities Act of such Existing Notes. To the extent that Existing Notes are
tendered and accepted in the Exchange Offer, the trading market for untendered
and tendered but unaccepted Existing Notes could be adversely affected. See
"Exchange Offer."
Risks Associated with the Lack of a Public Market for the Notes
There can be no assurance regarding the future development of a market for
any of the Notes, or the ability of holders of any of the Notes to sell their
Notes, or the price at which such holders may be able to sell such Notes. If
such a market were to develop, the Notes could trade at prices that may be
lower than the initial offering price depending on many factors, including
prevailing interest rates, the Company's operating results and the market for
similar securities. The Initial Purchasers have advised the Company that they
currently intend to make a market in the Notes. The Initial Purchasers are not
obligated to do so, however, and any market-making activity with respect to the
Notes may be discontinued at any time without notice. Therefore, there can be
no assurance as to the liquidity of any trading market for the Notes, or that
an active public market for the New Notes will develop. In addition, such
market-making activity will be subject to the limitations imposed by the
Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
"Exchange Act"), and may be limited during the Exchange Offer. The Company does
not intend to apply for listing or quotation of the New Notes on any securities
exchange or stock market; however, the Existing Notes are eligible for trading
in the PORTAL market of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
21
<PAGE>
To the extent that Existing Notes are tendered and accepted in the
Exchange Offer, the trading market for the remaining untendered or tendered but
not accepted Existing Notes could be adversely affected. Because the Company
anticipates that most holders of the Existing Notes will elect to exchange such
Existing Notes for New Notes due to the absence of restrictions on the resale
of New Notes under the Securities Act, the Company anticipates that the
liquidity of the market for any Existing Notes remaining after the consummation
of the Exchange Offer may be substantially limited.
22
<PAGE>
USE OF PROCEEDS
No proceeds will be received by the Company or the Holding Company from
the Exchange Offer. The net proceeds of the sale of the Existing Notes were
approximately $77.0 million, after deducting discounts and commissions and
expenses related to the sale of the Existing Notes. The Company used $29.3
million of the net proceeds to refinance substantially all existing
indebtedness of the Company and $45.0 million of the net proceeds to pay a
dividend to the Holding Company, which distributed these proceeds to its
securityholders. The balance will be used for general corporate purposes.
The following table summarizes the sources and uses of funds for the sale
of the Existing Notes:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in millions)
<S> <C>
Sources:
10-1/4% Senior Notes due 2004 ................................................ $80.0
=====
Uses:
Repayment of Old Credit Facility (including accrued interest and premium) (1) $29.3
Dividend to the Holding Company (2) .......................................... 45.0
Transaction fees and expenses ................................................ 3.0
Excess working capital ...................................................... 2.7
-----
Total uses .................................................................. $80.0
=====
</TABLE>
- ------------
(1) In connection with the Acquisition, the Company and the Holding Company
entered into a Credit Agreement, dated as of January 30, 1995 (the "Old
Credit Facility"), with Banque Paribas as Agent, providing for two term
loans aggregating $45.0 million in principal amount (the "Term Loans"), a
revolving loan in the aggregate principal amount of $13.0 million (the
"Revolving Loan") and a letter of credit facility. The Term Loans bore
interest at rates ranging from 7.7% per annum to 8.6% per annum, and were
scheduled to mature on January 31, 2002, and the Revolving Loan bore
interest at a rate of 9.5% and was scheduled to mature on January 30,
2000. All of the amounts outstanding under the Old Credit Facility were
repaid upon the closing of the sale of the Existing Notes, and the Old
Credit Facility was terminated.
(2) The Holding Company paid a dividend (the "Dividend") in the same amount to
its securityholders, including BancBoston, Harvest and members of
management. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."
23
<PAGE>
CAPITALIZATION
The Company
The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company as of
October 25, 1997. This table should be read in conjunction with "Selected
Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations" and the Company's financial statements and the
related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
As of
October 25, 1997
-----------------
(unaudited)
(dollars
in thousands)
<S> <C>
Cash and cash equivalents ................................. $ 1,139
=========
Long-term debt (including current portion) (1):
New Credit Facility ....................................... --
10-1/4% Senior Notes due 2004 .............................. 80,000
Capitalized lease obligations and other indebtedness ...... 197
---------
Total long-term debt (including current portion) ......... 80,197
Stockholder's equity (deficit) .............................. (17,542)
---------
Total capitalization ....................................... $ 62,655
=========
</TABLE>
- ------------
(1) Upon the closing of the sale of the Existing Notes, the Company repaid all
borrowings under the Old Credit Facility, terminated the Old Credit
Facility and entered into the New Credit Facility. See "Use of Proceeds"
and "Description of New Credit Facility and Certain Other Indebtedness."
The Holding Company
The following table sets forth the consolidated capitalization of the
Holding Company as of October 25, 1997. This table should be read in
conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations" and the Holding Company's financial statements and
the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
As of
October 25, 1997
-----------------
(unaudited)
(dollars
in thousands)
<S> <C>
Cash and cash equivalents ................................. $ 1,139
=========
Long-term debt (including current portion):
10-1/4% Senior Notes due 2004 .............................. 80,000
Capitalized lease obligations and other indebtedness ...... 197
Subordinated notes due January 30, 2005 .................. 17,361
---------
Total long-term debt (including current portion) ......... 97,558
Redeemable Preferred and Common Stock ..................... 1,278
Stockholder's equity (deficit) .............................. (34,604)
---------
Total capitalization ....................................... 64,232
=========
</TABLE>
24
<PAGE>
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA OF THE COMPANY
The selected financial data presented below under the captions "Statement
of Operations Data" and "Balance Sheet Data" as of and for each of the periods
in the five-year period ended July 26, 1997 and for the three month periods
ended October 26, 1996 and October 25, 1997, are derived from the audited
financial statements of the Company and the Predecessor Company (as defined
below), and the unaudited financial statements of the Company. The financial
statements of the Predecessor Company for fiscal 1993, fiscal 1994 and the six
months ended January 29, 1995 have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, and the
financial statements for the six months ended July 30, 1995, fiscal 1996 and
fiscal 1997 have been audited by Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. The Company was
acquired by the Holding Company on January 30, 1995, and is referred to below
with respect to periods prior to that date as the "Predecessor Company" and
with respect to periods after that date as the "Company." The selected
financial data presented below under the captions "Statement of Operations
Data" and "Balance Sheet Data (End of Period)" below for the three months ended
October 26, 1996 and October 25, 1997, and the selected financial and other
data presented below under the caption "Other Data" as of and for all of the
periods presented, are unaudited and are not necessarily indicative of the
Company's results for the full fiscal year. The unaudited financial data
reflects all adjustments (consisting of normal, recurring adjustments) which
are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the
Company's financial position, results of operations and cash flows for and as
of the end of the periods presented.
The selected financial data presented below should be read in conjunction
with the audited financial statements and the related notes thereto of the
Predecessor Company for the six months ended January 29, 1995, and the Company
for the six months ended July 30, 1995, fiscal 1996 and fiscal 1997, the
unaudited financial statements of the Company for the three months ended
October 26, 1996 and October 25, 1997, and the pro forma financial data of the
Company for fiscal 1997 and the three months ended October 25, 1997, and the
related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus. For additional
information, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations."
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Predecessor Company The Company
----------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
Six Six Year
Year Ended Months Months Ended
--------------------------- Ended Ended ---------------------------
July 25, July 31, Jan. 29, July 30, July 28, July 26,
1993 1994 1995 1995 1996 1997
(dollars in thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Statement of Operations Data:
Net sales ........................ $ 168,416 $ 180,206 $ 101,687 $ 96,171 $ 215,731 $ 231,033
Cost of sales .................. 122,433 129,856 72,469 67,686 152,645 163,157
--------- --------- --------- -------- --------- ---------
Gross profit .................. 45,983 50,350 29,218 28,485 63,086 67,876
Selling, general and
administrative expense ......... 36,286 38,494 21,468 21,635 47,487 50,831
Other income, net ............... 610 803 595 205 353 401
Administrative fees ............ 0 0 0 125 250 250
Depreciation and
Amortization (2) ............... 1,703 1,674 884 1,980 4,341 4,399
--------- --------- --------- -------- --------- ---------
Operating income ............... 8,604 10,985 7,461 4,950 11,361 12,797
Interest expense, net ............ 0 0 0 2,284 3,998 3,018
--------- --------- --------- -------- --------- ---------
Income (loss) before income
taxes (3) ..................... 8,604 10,985 7,461 2,666 7,363 9,779
Provision for income taxes ...... 862 474 186 1,598 3,659 5,216
--------- --------- --------- -------- --------- ---------
Net income (loss) ............... $ 7,742 $ 10,511 $ 7,275 $ 1,068 $ 3,704 $ 4,563
========= ========= ========= ======== ========= =========
Balance Sheet Data (End of
Period):
Working capital (unaudited) . $ 21,059 $ 25,950 $ 29,457 $ 10,645 $ 11,196 $ 9,875
Total assets ..................... 42,775 52,163 53,176 86,079 84,931 81,256
Total debt ..................... 0 0 0 45,000 39,360 29,467
Stockholder's equity (deficit) 29,250 33,645 36,033 19,068 22,772 27,335
Other Data (unaudited):
Ratio of earnings to fixed
charges (4) .................. 5.8x 6.7x 8.1x 1.7x 2.1x 2.7x
Adjusted EBITDA (5) ............ $ 10,411 $ 11,536 $ 9,682 $ 7,714 $ 16,913 $ 18,695
Gross margin ..................... 27.3% 27.9% 28.7% 29.6% 29.2% 29.4%
Adjusted EBITDA margin (6) 6.2% 6.4% 9.5% 8.0% 7.8% 8.1%
Capital expenditures ............ $ 2,379 $ 2,308 $ 1,313 $ 1,070 $ 2,887 $ 1,287
Pharmacy sales growth ............ 4.0% 8.7% 7.8% 10.1% 10.8% 16.3%
Pharmacy sales as a % of
total ........................ 21.6 22.0 19.6 22.6 22.1 24.1
<CAPTION>
The Company The Company Pro Forma (1)
----------------------- ------------------------
Three
Months Twelve Three
Ended Months Months
------------------------ Ended Ended
Oct. 26, Oct. 25, July 26, October 25,
1996 1997 1997 1997
(unaudited) (unaudited)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Statement of Operations Data:
Net sales ........................ $52,073 $ 54,722 $231,033 $54,722
Cost of sales .................. 38,072 39,671 163,157 39,671
------- --------- -------- -------
Gross profit .................. 14,001 15,051 67,876 15,051
Selling, general and
administrative expense ......... 11,752 12,678 50,831 12,678
Other income, net ............... 95 105 401 105
Administrative fees ............ 63 63 250 63
Depreciation and
Amortization (2) ............... 1,116 1,467 4,720 1,200
------- --------- -------- -------
Operating income ............... 1,165 948 12,476 1,215
Interest expense, net ............ 826 718 8,170 2,025
------- --------- -------- -------
Income (loss) before income
taxes (3) ..................... 339 230 4,306 $ (810)
Provision for income taxes ...... 393 349 2,282 (430)
------- --------- -------- -------
Net income (loss) ............... $ (54) $ (119) $ 2,024 $ (380)
======= ========= ======== =======
Balance Sheet Data (End of
Period):
Working capital (unaudited) . $10,238 $ 18,083
Total assets ..................... 81,256 91,041
Total debt ..................... 29,446 80,197
Stockholder's equity (deficit) 27,698 (17,542)
Other Data (unaudited):
Ratio of earnings to fixed
charges (4) .................. 1.2x 1.2x
Adjusted EBITDA (5) ............ $ 2,667 $ 2,834
Gross margin ..................... 26.9% 27.5%
Adjusted EBITDA margin (6) 5.1% 5.2%
Capital expenditures ............ 506 663
Pharmacy sales growth ............ 17.7% 12.5%
Pharmacy sales as a % of
total ........................ 24.7 26.3
</TABLE>
25
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Predecessor Company The Company
-------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
Six Six Three
Months Months Year Months
Year Ended Ended Ended Ended Ended
--------------------- ---------- ---------- --------------------- --------------------
July 25, July 31, Jan. 29, July 30, July 28, July 26, Oct. 26, Oct. 25,
1993 1994 1995 1995 1996 1997 1996 1997
(unaudited)
(dollars in thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Other Data (unaudited)
Third-Party Plan sales as a %
of pharmacy sales ......... 36.0% 40.6% 47.2% 50.9% 61.5% 70.1% 65.3% 72.5%
Store data:
Number of stores at end
of period: ...............
Drug Fair ............... 22 21 22 22 25 26 26 26
Cost Cutters ............ 13 14 15 16 17 17 17 17
---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----
Total .................. 35 35 37 38 42 43 43 43
==== ==== ==== ==== ==== ==== ==== ====
Same-store sales growth (7):
Drug Fair ............... 3.9% 5.7% 4.0% 6.6% 3.5% 6.7% 9.7% 5.9%
Cost Cutters ............ 4.6 1.1 4.0 4.3 0.9 2.7 4.9 2.9
---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----
Total .................. 4.1% 3.7% 4.0% 5.6% 2.4% 4.8% 7.4% 4.6%
==== ==== ==== ==== ==== ==== ==== ====
</TABLE>
- ------------
(1) Gives pro forma effect to the sale of the Existing Notes and the
application of the net proceeds therefrom as described under the caption
"Use of Proceeds" as of July 26, 1996.
(2) Depreciation and amortization amounts for the periods set forth under the
captions "The Company" and "Company Pro Forma" include amortization of
goodwill, beneficial leasehold intangibles and deferred financing costs
incurred in connection with the Acquisition in January 1995.
(3) Prior to its acquisition by the Holding Company on January 30, 1995, the
Predecessor Company was treated as a Subchapter S corporation for both
federal and state income tax purposes. Accordingly, the provision for
income taxes for the six months ended January 29, 1995 and all prior
periods is substantially less than that recorded for the Company for the
six months ended July 30, 1995 and each subsequent period. If the
Predecessor Company had been treated as a C corporation for federal and
state income tax purposes for the six month period ended January 29, 1995,
and for the year ended July 31, 1994 and July 25, 1993, respectively, the
Predecessor Company's provision for income taxes for such periods would
have been approximately $3,000, $4,426 and $3,473, respectively, and its
net income for such periods would have been approximately $4,461, $6,559
and $5,131, respectively.
(4) The ratio of earnings to fixed charges is computed by adding fixed charges
(interest and one-third of rental expenses, which the Company believes is
representative of that portion of rental expenses attributable to
interest) to income before income taxes and dividing that sum by the sum
of the fixed charges.
(5) Adjusted EBITDA represents net income plus depreciation and amortization,
income taxes, net interest expense, non-cash LIFO reserves against
inventory and non-cash rental expense. Changes in LIFO inventory reserves
and non-cash rental expense are included in Adjusted EBITDA because they
reflect non-cash expense that do not directly impact the ability of the
Company to service its debt obligations, including under the Notes.
Changes in LIFO inventory reserves and non-cash rental expense aggregated
$104, $(1,123), $1,337, $784, $1,211 and $1,500 during fiscal 1993, fiscal
1994, the six months ended on each of January 29, 1995 and July 30, 1995,
fiscal 1996 and fiscal 1997, respectively. While Adjusted EBITDA should
not be construed as a substitute for income from operations, net income or
cash flows from operating activities (as defined by generally accepted
accounting principles), or other measurements determined by generally
accepted accounting principles, in analyzing the Company's operating
performance, financial position or cash flows, the Company has included
Adjusted EBITDA because management understands that it is commonly used by
certain investors and analysts to analyze and compare companies on the
basis of operating performance, leverage and liquidity and to determine a
company's ability to service debt. Unlike net income or EBITDA, Adjusted
EBITDA may not be a measure of the ultimate profitability of a company,
and may not be as meaningful to other investors or analysts. In addition,
the method of calculating Adjusted EBITDA set forth above may be different
from calculations of Adjusted EBITDA employed by other companies and,
accordingly, may not be directly comparable to such other calculations.
(6) Adjusted EBITDA margin is calculated as the amount of Adjusted EBITDA for a
period divided by net sales for such period. While Adjusted EBITDA margin
should not be construed as a substitute for gross margin (as defined
26
<PAGE>
by generally accepted accounting principles), or other measurements
determined by generally accepted accounting principles, in analyzing the
Company's operating performance, financial position or cash flows, the
Company has included presentation of Adjusted EBITDA margin because
management believes it is commonly used by certain investors and analysts
to analyze and compare companies on the basis of operating performance,
leverage and liquidity and to determine a company's ability to service
debt. Management believes that Adjusted EBITDA margin is a meaningful
supplement to gross margin because it measures the Company's profitability
on a cash flow basis, which is material to a determination of the Company's
ability to service its debt.
(7) Same-store sales growth is calculated based on net sales for stores open
for the whole of the indicated and the previous period.
27
<PAGE>
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
The following unaudited pro forma condensed statements of operations for
the Company and the Holding Company present the results of operations of the
Company and the Holding Company for fiscal 1997, and the three months ended
October 25, 1997 as if the sale of the Existing Notes had occurred as of July
29, 1996, the first day of fiscal 1997. The unaudited pro forma condensed
statements of operations for the periods presented have been prepared by the
Company's management and are not necessarily indicative of the Company's
results of operations had the issuance of the Existing Notes actually occurred
as of the assumed date, nor are they necessarily indicative of the Company's
financial position or results of operations for any future period. The
unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data should be read in
conjunction with the "Selected Financial Data of the Company," the audited
financial statements of the Predecessor Company for the six months ended
January 30, 1995, the audited financial statements of the Company for the six
months ended July 30, 1995, and the twelve months ended on July 28, 1996 and
July 26, 1997, the unuaudited financial statements of the Company for the three
months ended October 26, 1996 and October 25, 1997, the audited financial
statements of the Holding Company for the six months ended July 30, 1995, and
the twelve months ended on July 28, 1996 and July 26, 1997, and the unaudited
financial statements of the Holding Company for the three months ended October
26, 1996 and October 25, 1997, included elsewhere in this Prospectus. For
additional information, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations."
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
The Company (unaudited) The Holding Company (unaudited)
---------------------------------- ---------------------------------
Twelve Months Three Months Twelve Months Three Months
Ended Ended Ended Ended
July 26, 1997 October 25, 1997 July 26, 1997 October 25, 1997
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Statement of Operations Data:
Net Sales .............................. $231,033 $54,722 $231,033 $54,722
Cost of Sales ........................... $163,157 $39,671 $163,157 $39,671
-------- ------- -------- -------
Gross profit ........................... $ 67,876 $15,051 $ 67,876 $15,051
Selling, general and administrative
expense .............................. $ 50,831 $12,678 $ 50,831 $12,678
Other income, net ..................... $ 401 $ 105 $ 401 $ 105
Administrative fees ..................... $ 250 $ 63 $ 250 $ 63
Depreciation and amortization (2) ...... $ 4,720 $ 1,200 $ 4,720 $ 1,200
-------- ------- -------- -------
Operating income ..................... $ 12,476 $ 1,215 $ 12,476 $ 1,215
Interest expense, net (1) ............... $ 8,170 $ 2,025 $ 9,738 $ 2,548
-------- ------- -------- -------
Income (loss) before income taxes ...... $ 4,306 $ (810) $ 2,738 ($ 1,333)
Provision for income taxes (3) ......... $ 2,282 $ (430) $ 1,451 $ (706)
======== ======= ======== =======
Net income (loss) ..................... $ 2,024 $ (380) $ 1,287 ($ 627)
======== ======= ======== =======
</TABLE>
- ------------
The unaudited pro forma condensed financial data presented above have been
prepared by applying the following adjustments to the respective historical
financial statements of the Company and the Holding Company included elsewhere
herein:
(1) Reflects the pro forma elimination of interest expense of $3,048 and $743
on the term loans under the Old Credit Facility for fiscal 1997 and for
the three months ended October 25, 1997, respectively, and the inclusion
of interest expense of $8,200 and $2,050, respectively, on the Notes for
such period.
(2) Reflects the pro forma elimination of deferred financing cost amortization
incurred in connection with the Old Credit Facility in the amounts of $108
and $374 for fiscal 1997 and the three month period ended October 25,
1997, respectively, and the inclusion of deferred financing cost
amortization associated with issuance of the Notes in the amounts of $429
and $107 for fiscal 1997 and the three months ended October 25, 1997,
respectively. The deferred financing costs of the Notes is approximately
$3.0 million and is being amortized over the 7 year term of the Notes.
(3) Reflects the tax effects of the adjustments noted in notes (1) and (2)
above at applicable tax rates.
28
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
General
The Company was founded in 1954 and until 1990 was managed primarily by
its founders. The Holding Company is the owner of all of the outstanding
capital stock of the Company. Since 1990, the Company has experienced
significant growth led by Frank Marfino, the Company's current Chief Executive
Officer. The Company currently operates a chain of 43 drug and general
merchandise stores, with 26 drugstores operating under the "Drug Fair" name and
17 general merchandise stores operating under the "Cost Cutters" name. Each of
the Company's 38 mature stores (those open for more than 24 months) is
profitable on an operating basis.
Since 1990, the Company expanded its store base by 12 stores, with
revenues increasing from $168.4 million in fiscal 1993 to $231.0 million in
fiscal 1997 and Adjusted EBITDA and income before taxes increasing from $10.4
million and $8.6 million in fiscal 1993 to $18.7 million and $9.8 million,
respectively, in fiscal 1997. Net income decreased from $7.7 million in fiscal
1993 to $4.6 million in fiscal 1997. During this period, the Company also
increased its Adjusted EBITDA margin from 6.2% to 8.1% of sales. This improved
operating performance and growth have resulted primarily from rationalization
and expansion of the store base, improved centralized controls over purchasing,
effective merchandising, pricing and loss-prevention strategies, increased
pharmacy business with Third-Party Plan participants and cost control measures.
The Company was acquired in January 1995 by the Holding Company, whose
shareholders include a group of investors led by BancBoston, Harvest and
management. Since the Acquisition, the Company has placed emphasis on growing
its pharmacy sales to Third-Party Plan participants and, as a result, has grown
its pharmacy sales by 40.4% from fiscal 1994 to fiscal 1997. Similarly,
improved non-pharmacy merchandising and pricing strategies, combined with
increased customer traffic resulting from higher pharmacy sales, have enabled
the Company to increase its gross margin from 27.9% in fiscal 1994 to 29.4% in
fiscal 1997. This increase occurred despite pharmacy margin erosion resulting
from increased sales to Third-Party Plan participants.
Since fiscal 1994, the Company's pharmacy sales have increased by 40.4%,
primarily as a result of the growth in prescription sales to Third-Party Plan
participants. In fiscal 1997, the Company's pharmacies filled over 1.5 million
prescriptions (an average weekly volume of approximately 1,000 scripts per
pharmacy), and pharmacy sales increased 16.3% over fiscal 1996. Currently,
approximately 72% of prescription sales results from sales to Third-Party Plan
participants. Although pharmacy sales to Third-Party Plan participants
typically have lower margins than cash pharmacy sales, resulting in a decline
in the Company's pharmacy gross margins, the higher pharmacy sales volume has
resulted in an overall increase in gross profit. Although management expects
that Third-Party Plan sales as a percentage of total pharmacy sales will
continue to increase, management believes that as this rate of increase slows,
margins will stabilize, resulting in pharmacy gross profit growth more closely
approximating pharmacy sales growth rates. Additionally, the Company believes
that this margin pressure has had less of an impact on its overall margin than
on margins of retailers for which prescriptions represent a higher percentage
of total sales. To compensate for declining pharmacy gross margins and to
capitalize on the increased customer traffic resulting from the growth in
Third-Party Plan sales, the Company has aggressively managed its non-pharmacy
operations through effective merchandising and purchasing strategies. As a
result of these initiatives, the Company has raised its non-pharmacy gross
margins from 27.8% in 1994 to 31.4% in fiscal 1997. There can be no assurance
that the Company will be able to continue to offset declines in pharmacy gross
margins resulting from increases in Third-Party Plan sales as a percentage of
total pharmacy sales by continued increased sales of pharmacy and non-pharmacy
merchandise and by higher gross profit margins from non-pharmacy merchandise.
The Company has expanded its store base by 12 stores since 1990, with no
stores, three stores, four stores and one store having been opened in fiscal
1994, the twelve months ended July 30, 1995, fiscal 1996 and fiscal 1997,
respectively. The Company has signed four new leases for Drug Fair locations,
with all of these stores expected to open before the end of fiscal 1998. The
Company has purchased prescription customer files from existing independent
drugstores, at an average cost of $120,000 per store, for two of these new
locations. This strategy, which the Company had not employed in connection with
prior store openings, is intended to reduce the amount of time before a new
store becomes profitable. The Company will close one of its Drug Fair stores,
located in Ridgewood, New Jersey, when its lease expires in the third quarter
of fiscal 1998. This lease did not provide for an extension past its expiration
date, and the landlord and the Company were not able to come to mutually
acceptable terms
29
<PAGE>
for renewal of the lease. The Company does not believe that this store closing
will have a material effect on the Company's revenues or gross profit. The
Company intends to continue to opportunistically expand its store base,
primarily focused on Drug Fair stores, as favorable market locations become
available. While pharmacy is not the main focus of the Cost Cutters chain, two
Cost Cutters locations contain their own pharmacies and the Company has
recently added Drug Fair pharmacies adjacent to two of its Cost Cutters
locations. The Company believes there is an opportunity to add Drug Fair
pharmacies to certain additional Cost Cutters stores depending on factors such
as location, store size, layout and competition. Five of the eight stores
opened between fiscal 1995 and fiscal 1997 (none of which are mature stores) do
not currently contribute to the Company's operating profit.
Results of Operations
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the audited
financial statements and the related notes thereto of the Predecessor Company
and the Company for the six months ended January 29, 1995, the six months ended
July 30, 1995, fiscal 1996 and fiscal 1997, and the unaudited financial
statements of the Company for the three month periods ended October 25, 1997
and October 26, 1996 included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The amounts
presented below for the Company for the twelve month period ended July 30, 1995
represent the mathematical addition of the historical amounts for the
Predecessor Company and the Company for purposes of the discussion below only.
The following table sets forth the Company's operating results for the periods
indicated expressed as a percentage of sales and the net number of new stores
opened during the periods indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Twelve Months Ended Three Months Ended
------------------------------------ ----------------------------
July 30, July 28, July 26, October 25, October 26,
1995 1996 1997 1997 1996
(unaudited) (unaudited)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Statement of Operations Data:
Net sales ....................................... 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Gross profit .................................... 29.2 29.2 29.4 27.5 26.9
Selling, general and administrative expense ...... 21.8 22.0 22.0 23.2 22.6
Administrative fees .............................. 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
Depreciation and amortization ..................... 1.4 2.0 1.9 2.7 2.1
Other income, net ................................. 0.4 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
----- ----- ----- ----- -----
Operating income .............................. 6.3 5.3 5.6 1.7 2.2
Interest expense, net ........................... 1.2 1.9 1.3 1.3 1.6
----- ----- ----- ----- -----
Income before income taxes ........................ 5.1 3.4 4.3 0.4 0.7
Provision for income taxes ........................ 0.9 1.7 2.3 0.6 0.8
----- ----- ----- ----- -----
Net income .................................... 4.2 1.7 2.0 ( 0.2) ( 0.1)
===== ===== ===== ===== =====
Other Data (unaudited):
Adjusted EBITDA ................................. 8.8% 7.8% 8.1% 5.2% 5.1%
Number of new stores (net) ........................ 3 4 1 0 1
</TABLE>
Comparison of the Three Months Ended October 25, 1997 (the "1998 Period")
with the Three Months Ended October 26, 1996 (the "1997 Period").
Net sales for the 1998 Period were $54.7 million as compared to $52.0
million for the 1997 Period, an increase of $2.7 million or 5.2%. This increase
was primarily due to a 4.6% increase in same-store sales, driven by a 12.5%
increase in pharmacy sales from $12.8 million to $14.4 million which includes a
24.4% increase in pharmacy sales to Third-Party Plans from $8.6 million to
$10.7 million. The Company believes that the increase in pharmacy sales to
Third Party Plans during this period was primarily driven by the increase in
the volume of pharmacy products sold to Third Party Plan customers and to
pricing increases on such products. The number of prescriptions filled for
Third Party Plan customers increased to approximately .28 million prescriptions
for the 1998 Period, as opposed to .24 million prescriptions for the 1997
Period, an increase of 16.7%, as compared to the 24.1% increase in pharmacy
sales to Third Party Plans over the same period. The Company believes that
pricing increases on pharmacy products of between 4% and 6% annually have been
common during the past several years and is the primary reason for the higher
rate of increase in pharmacy sales to Third Party Plans as compared to the rate
of increase in prescriptions filled for Third Party Plan customers. The Company
believes that its pharmacy sales to participants in Medicaid and Medicare do
not represent a material percentage of its total net sales.
30
<PAGE>
Gross profit was $15.1 million for the 1998 Period, as compared to $14.0
million for the 1997 Period, an increase of 7.9%. Gross profit as a percentage
of net sales was 27.5% for the 1998 Period as compared to 26.9% for the 1997
Period. This 0.6% increase was due primarily to the increase in the gross
margin on general merchandise sales, offset by a decrease in the overall gross
margin on pharmacy sales caused by an increase in Third-Party Plan prescription
sales as a percentage of total pharmacy sales. Although management expects that
Third Party Plan sales as a percentage of total pharmacy sales will continue to
increase, management believes that as this rate of increase slows, margins will
stabilize, resulting in pharmacy gross profit growth more closely approximating
pharmacy sales growth rates.
Gross profit on total pharmacy sales (including sales to Third Party
Plans) was $3.0 million for each of the 1998 Period and the 1997 Period. Gross
profit on pharmacy sales to Third Party Plans was $1.6 million for each of the
1998 Period and the 1997 Period.
Net sales of non-pharmacy products were $40.3 million in the 1998 Period,
as compared to $39.2 in the 1997 Period, an increase of 2.8%. Gross profit on
non-pharmacy sales was $12.1 million for the 1998 Period, as compared to $11.0
million for the 1997 Period, an increase of 10.0%. The Company attributes these
increases in net sales of non-pharmacy products and gross profit on
non-pharmacy sales to increased customer traffic in the Company's stores
associated with an increase in total pharmacy sales, as well as the
implementation of the Company's merchandising and purchasing strategies.
Selling, general and administrative expense as a percentage of net sales
was 23.2% for the 1998 Period as compared to 22.6% for the 1997 Period. This
increase was primarily the result of pre-opening costs incurred related to two
new stores that opened immediately after the end of the 1998 Period as compared
to one new store that opened during the 1997 Period, as well as the greater
number of Drug Fair stores as compared to Cost Cutters stores in the Company's
store mix. The Company's Drug Fair stores typically take a longer time to
mature than the Company's Cost Cutters stores and carry a higher rate of
selling, general and administrative expense as a percentage of net sales. In
the event that the Company is successful in opening additional stores in future
periods, the Company anticipates that these costs may be higher.
Depreciation and amortization was $1.5 million during the 1998 Period as
compared to $1.1 million during the 1997 Period, an increase of 36.3%. This
increase was due to the one-time write-off of deferred financing costs of $0.4
million related to the repayment of the Company's previous credit facility (the
"Old Credit Facility"), which was repaid-with a portion of the proceeds of the
sale of the Existing Notes.
Interest expense for the Company was $0.7 million during the 1998 Period
as compared to $0.8 million during the 1997 Period, a decline of $0.1 million.
This decrease was the result of lower interest costs incurred on the Old Credit
Facility during the 1998 Period as compared to the 1997 Period, due to a lower
average principal balance outstanding. The higher rate of interest cost
incurred as a result of the issuance of the Existing Notes did not have a
significant impact on total interest expense as such notes were only
outstanding for 9 days during the 1998 Period. Interest expense for the Parent
was $0.5 million during the 1998 Period as compared to $0.3 million during the
1997 Period, an increase of $0.2 million. This increase was the result of the
compounding of the interest on the Parent's Subordinated Notes due 2005. The
Company expects interest expense to increase in future periods as a result of
the issuance of the Notes.
The Company incurred a net loss of $0.1 million in each of the 1998 Period
and 1997 Period. The net loss for the 1998 Period was partially due to the
one-time write-off of deferred financing costs of $0.4 million on the Old
Credit Facility during such Period. The net loss for the Parent for the 1998
Period was $0.5 million as compared to $0.3 million. The increase in the net
loss incurred by the Parent was the result of the factors described above in
addition to a higher level of interest accruing during the 1998 Period on the
Parent's Subordinated Notes, as interest on such notes is compounding.
Comparison of fiscal 1997 to fiscal 1996
Net sales for fiscal 1997 were $231.0 million as compared to $215.7
million for fiscal 1996, an increase of $15.3 million or 7.1%. This increase
was due primarily to a 4.8% increase in same-store sales, driven by a 16.3%
increase in total pharmacy sales (including sales to Third Party Plans), from
$47.8 million to $55.6 million, and a 34.5% increase in pharmacy sales to
Third-Party Plans from $29.3 million to $39.4 million. The Company believes
that the increase in pharmacy sales to Third Party Plans during this period was
primarily driven by the increase
31
<PAGE>
in the volume of pharmacy products sold to Third Party Plan customers and
pricing increases on such products. The number of prescriptions filled for
Third Party Plan customers increased to approximately 1.1 million prescriptions
for fiscal 1997, as compared to approximately 0.84 million prescriptions in
fiscal 1996, an increase of approximately 31.0%, as compared to the 34.1%
increase in pharmacy sales to Third Party Plans over the same period. The
Company believes that pricing increases on pharmacy products of between 4% and
6% annually have been common during the past several years and is the primary
reason for the higher rate of increase in pharmacy sales to Third Party Plans
as compared to the rate of increase in prescriptions filled for Third Party
Plan customers.
Gross profit was $67.9 million for fiscal 1997, as compared to $63.1
million for fiscal 1996, an increase of 7.6%. Gross profit as a percentage of
net sales was 29.4% for fiscal 1997 as compared to 29.2% for fiscal 1996. This
0.2% increase was due primarily to the increase in the gross margin on general
merchandise sales, particularly at Cost Cutters, and the increase in the amount
of cash advances from certain of the Company's suppliers recognized during
fiscal 1997. These cash advances ("Supplier Advances") are made by a supplier
at the beginning of a supply contract and are recognized by the Company, on a
pro rata basis, as a reduction of cost of goods sold over the term of the
contract as the Company attains certain purchase levels of the supplier's
products or satisfies other criteria provided in the agreement. The increase in
gross margin on general merchandise sales and the recognition of Supplier
Advances was partially offset by a decrease in the overall gross margin on
pharmacy sales caused by an increase in Third-Party Plan prescription sales as
a percentage of total pharmacy sales.
Gross profit on total pharmacy sales (including sales to Third Party
Plans) was approximately $12.8 million for fiscal 1997, as compared to $11.8
million for fiscal 1996, an increase of 8.5%. Gross profit on pharmacy sales to
Third Party Plans was approximately $7.0 million for fiscal 1997, as compared
to $5.7 million for fiscal 1996, an increase of 22.8%. The Company attributes
the increases in gross profit on total pharmacy sales and pharmacy sales to
Third Party Plans to the overall increases in the total volume of pharmacy
sales and pharmacy sales to Third Party Plans.
Net sales of non-pharmacy products were $175.5 million in fiscal 1997, as
compared to $168.0 million in fiscal 1996, an increase of 4.5%. Gross profit on
non-pharmacy sales was $55.1 million for fiscal 1997, as compared to $51.3
million for fiscal 1996, an increase of 7.4%. The Company attributes these
increases in net sales of non-pharmacy products and gross profit on
non-pharmacy sales to increased customer traffic in the Company's stores
associated with an increase in total pharmacy sales, as well as the
implementation of the Company's merchandising and purchasing strategies.
Selling, general and administrative expense as a percentage of net sales
was 22.0% in each of fiscal 1996 and fiscal 1997. This percentage remained
stable as an increase in advertising expenses as a percentage of sales from
0.8% in fiscal 1996 to 1.1% in fiscal 1997, which resulted from an upgrade by
the Company of the quality of its direct mail circulars in order to increase
sales and a lower amount of co-op advertising rebates from its suppliers during
fiscal 1997, was offset by increased sales volume.
Net income for the Company for fiscal 1997 was $4.6 million as compared to
$3.7 million for fiscal 1996, an increase of 24.3%, as a result of the factors
described above. Net income for the Holding Company for fiscal 1997 was $3.8
million as compared to $2.6 million for fiscal 1996, an increase of 46.2%, as a
result of the factors described above which were partially offset by interest
expense of $1.6 million at the Holding Company level attributable to interest
accruing on the Holding Company's Subordinated Notes.
Comparison of fiscal 1996 to the Twelve Months Ended July 30, 1995 (the
"1995 Period")
Net sales for fiscal 1996 were $215.7 million as compared to $197.9
million for the 1995 Period, an increase of $17.8 million or 9.0%. This
increase was primarily due to the addition of four new stores (including one
Cost Cutters store) in 1996, which generated $9.1 million in additional
revenue, and a 2.4% same-store sales increase, driven by a 10.8% increase in
overall pharmacy sales from $43.1 million to $47.8 million. The Company
believes that the increase in pharmacy sales to Third Party Plans during this
period was primarily driven by the increase in the volume of pharmacy products
sold to Third Party Plan customers, in addition to pricing increases on such
products. The number of prescriptions filled for Third Party Plan customers
increased to approximately .84 million prescriptions for Fiscal 1996, as
opposed to .61 million prescriptions for the 1995 Period, an increase of 37.7%,
as compared to the 38.2% increase in pharmacy sales to Third Party Plans over
the same period.
32
<PAGE>
Gross profit was $63.1 million for fiscal 1996, as compared to $57.7
million for the 1995 Period, an increase of 9.4%. Gross profit as a percentage
of net sales was 29.2% for fiscal 1996 as well as the 1995 Period. For the 1995
Period, Third-Party Plan prescription sales represented 49.1% of total
prescription sales, or $21.1 million, while Third-Party Plan prescription sales
represented 60.1% of total prescription sales for fiscal 1996, or $29.3
million. The decline in the gross margin on prescription sales was partially
offset by an increase in the gross margin on general merchandise and the
recognition of $1.5 million of Supplier Advances in fiscal 1996.
Gross profit on total pharmacy sales (including sales to Third Party
Plans) was approximately $11.8 million for fiscal 1996, as compared to $11.5
million for the 1995 Period, an increase of 2.8%. Gross profit on pharmacy
sales to Third Party Plans was approximately $5.7 million for fiscal 1996, as
compared to $4.4 million for the 1995 Period, an increase of 29.6%. The Company
attributes the increases in gross profit on total pharmacy sales and pharmacy
sales to Third Party Plans to the overall increases in the total volume of
pharmacy sales and pharmacy sales to Third Party Plans.
Net sales of non-pharmacy products were $168.0 million in fiscal 1996, as
compared to $155.0 million in the 1995 Period, an increase of 8.4%. Gross
profit on non-pharmacy sales was $51.3 million for fiscal 1996, as compared to
$46.2 million for the 1995 Period, an increase of 11.0%. The Company attributes
these increases in net sales of non-pharmacy products and gross profit on
non-pharmacy sales to increased customer traffic in the Company's stores
associated with an increase in total pharmacy sales, as well as the
implementation of the Company's merchandising and purchasing strategies.
Selling, general and administrative expense as a percentage of net sales
was 22.0% for fiscal 1996 as compared to 21.8% for the 1995 Period. This 0.2%
increase was due primarily to the relatively large numbers of stores opened in
the 1995 Period (3 stores opened) and fiscal 1996 (4 stores opened) and the
higher level of expenses incurred by these stores, which is typical for new
stores in their first few years of operations. In addition, in order to improve
the quality of its direct mail advertising program, the Company increased its
net advertising expenditures from approximately $0.7 million in the 1995 Period
to $1.6 million in fiscal 1996.
Depreciation and amortization expense increased to $4.3 million for fiscal
1996 compared to $2.9 million for the 1995 Period, an increase of 48.3%, as a
result of amortization of intangibles and deferred financing costs recorded in
connection with the Acquisition for all of fiscal 1996 as compared to only the
last six months of the 1995 Period. Prior to the Acquisition, the Company
incurred no amortization of goodwill, beneficial leasehold interests or
deferred financing costs. Amortization of goodwill and beneficial leasehold
interests and deferred financing costs aggregated $2.6 million for fiscal 1996.
Net income for the Company for fiscal 1996 was $3.7 million as compared to
$8.3 million for the 1995 Period, a decrease of 55.4%, as a result of the
factors described above. The Holding Company had no operations until the
Acquisition on January 30, 1995. Net income for the Holding Company for fiscal
1996 was $2.6 million as compared to $0.6 million for the 1995 Period, an
increase of 333.3%, as a result of the fact that fiscal 1996 included a full
year of operations, as well as the other factors described above which were
partially offset by interest expense of $1.328 million at the Holding Company
level attributable to interest accruing on the Subordinated Notes.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
General
The Company
In the 1998 Period cash used in operations was $3.0 million as compared to
$0.5 million for the 1997 Period. This increased use of cash in operations was
the result of a higher level of inventory investment during the 1998 Period as
compared to the 1997 Period, a greater amount of cash being used to take
advantage of vendor cash discounts during the 1998 Period, and the expenses
associated with the two store openings that occurred during the 1998 Period as
compared to the one new store opening that occurred during the 1997 Period.
Cash used in investing activities was $0.7 million for the 1998 Period as
compared to $0.5 million for the 1997 Period. This increased use of cash was
the result of investments made for the opening of two new store locations in
the 1998 Period as compared to one new store opening in the 1997 Period. Cash
provided from financing activities was $2.9 million
33
<PAGE>
in 1998 as compared to a use of cash of $1.9 million in the 1997 Period. The
cash provided from financing activities in the 1998 Period was provided from
the issuance of the Existing Notes as compared to the regularly scheduled and
additional principal payments which were made on the Old Credit Facility during
the 1997 Period.
During fiscal 1997, cash provided from operations was $9.4 million, as
compared to $10.5 million for fiscal 1996. This decrease of $1.1 million was
primarily the result of an increase in deferred tax liability and income taxes
payable resulting from larger estimated tax payments during fiscal 1997, which
was partially offset by higher net income. Cash used in investing activities
was $1.3 million for fiscal 1997, as compared to $2.9 million for fiscal 1996.
This $1.6 million decrease was due to decreased capital expenditures in the
subsequent period as a result of a decrease in store openings. Cash used in
financing activities was $9.9 million for fiscal 1997, as compared to $5.8
million for fiscal 1996. This $4.1 million increase was due to increased
principal payments made on the Old Credit Facility.
During fiscal 1996, cash provided from operations was $10.5 million
compared to $10.9 million for the 1995 Period. This $0.4 million decrease was
due primarily to increases in Third-Party Plan prescription receivables and
inventory acquisitions for new stores. Cash used in investing activities was
$2.9 million in fiscal 1996 as compared to $2.3 million in the 1995 Period,
excluding the Acquisition. Cash used in financing activities, primarily the
payment of principal under the Old Credit Facility, for fiscal 1996 was $5.8
million as compared to $4.9 million for the 1995 Period.
Historically, cash flows from operations, augmented when necessary by
borrowings under the Revolving Loan under the Old Credit Facility, have been
sufficient to fund working capital needs, investing activities (consisting
primarily of capital expenditures) and financing activities (normal debt
service consisting of interest payments and repayments of term and revolving
loans outstanding). Working capital was $18.1 million, $9.8 million, $11.2
million and $10.6 million on October 25, 1997, July 26, 1997, July 28, 1996 and
July 30, 1995, respectively.
In the last few years, the Company's capital requirements primarily
resulted from opening and stocking new stores, remodeling and refurbishing
existing stores and continuing development of new management information
systems. The Company has opened 16 new stores since 1990, and has signed four
leases for new Drug Fair locations, with all of these stores expected to open
before the end of fiscal 1998. The Company estimates that the average initial
new store investment is between $0.3 million and $0.6 million, not including
inventory costs which may range from $0.4 million to $0.5 million. Such costs
may be slightly higher in the event that the Company elects to purchase
prescription customer files from existing drugstores in the area in which such
stores are opened. Depending on the availability of suitable locations, the
Company intends to open an average of three to four new Drug Fair stores
annually over the next several years, and may open additional Drug Fair
storefronts at Cost Cutters locations. In the event that the Company is
successful in opening four new stores in each of the next several years, the
Company could incur opening expenses of between approximately $2.8 million and
approximately $4.4 million (including inventory costs). As a general matter,
new Drug Fair stores historically have not been profitable on an operating
basis (that is, prior to the allocation of corporate overhead) until at least
30 months after opening.
Of the Company's 43 stores, 18 have been opened since 1989 and all but one
of the remaining 25 stores have been refurbished since 1991. The total cost of
this refurbishment program was approximately $3.0 million or approximately
$125,000 per store. The Company anticipates that over the next few years it
will remodel and refurbish approximately four stores per year at a cost of
approximately $0.4 million per year. The Company also spends approximately $0.5
million annually to update its POS network and other management information
systems and, as part of this effort, the Company expects to complete the
installation of a comprehensive processing system from JDA Software, Inc. prior
to June 30, 1998. Working capital is also required to support inventory for the
Company's existing stores.
The Company expects that it will pay one-time performance-related bonuses
to Mr. Frank Marfino, its President and Chief Executive Officer, and Mr. Todd
Pluymers, its Chief Financial Officer in the aggregate amount of approximately
$1.4 million, in one or more installments over the next nine months.
The Company intends to consolidate its two existing distribution centers
and corporate offices into a single new facility when its current distribution
center leases expire in 1998. The Company intends to lease this new facility,
which it anticipates will be approximately 200,000 square feet in size. The
Company anticipates that incremental annual rent and related expenses will be
approximately $0.4 million. The Company's obligations under
34
<PAGE>
its existing leases total approximately $8.6 million for fiscal 1998 and
approximately $8.4 million for fiscal 1999. In the event that the Company is
successful in opening additional stores in fiscal 1998 and fiscal 1999, the
Company expects its lease obligations to be proportionately greater.
In November 1997, the Company entered into a Receivables Purchase
Agreement with The Pharmacy Fund, Inc. pursuant to which the Company has agreed
to factor all of its Third Party Plan prescription receivables. Under the terms
of this agreement, the Company accelerates its collection of these receivables
by selling them to The Pharmacy Fund, Inc. two days after they are created,
rather than waiting to collect them in the ordinary course. In addition, the
Company avoids the collection risk as the receivables are sold without
recourse, although the Company believes that the financing cost of factoring
these receivables may be higher than the average collection loss rate on these
receivables.
The Company has no current long-term debt outstanding other than the
Notes. The Company's interest obligations under the Notes will aggregate $4.1
million in fiscal 1998 and $8.2 million in fiscal 1999 and each fiscal year
thereafter until maturity of the Notes.
After the issuance of the Existing Notes, the Company's total debt
increased from approximately $29.5 million to approximately $80.2 million, as
of October 25, 1997, resulting in a corresponding increase in the Company's
interest expense obligations. Because $45.0 million of the proceeds of the sale
of the Existing Notes was paid to the Holding Company on October 16, 1997 in
the form of a dividend (the "Holding Company Dividend"), and most of the rest
of the proceeds from such sale were used to repay the Old Credit Facility
($29.3 million), and pay transaction fees and expenses ($3.0 million), only
$2.7 million of the proceeds are available to pay interest on the Notes and the
Company's other indebtedness or for other corporate purposes. Accordingly, the
Company expects to use cash from operations and borrowings under the New Credit
Facility to meet most of its cash requirements. Prior to the payment of the
Holding Company Dividend on October 16, 1997, the Company had paid no dividends
on its capital stock although the Predecessor Company, which was treated as a
Subchapter S corporation for federal and state income tax purposes, made
payments to its shareholders from time to time to cover tax liabilities. The
Holding Company has paid no dividends other than the Dividend since its
organization.
The Company believes that, based on anticipated levels of operations, it
will be able to meet its debt service obligations, including interest payments
on the Notes, when due and to fund anticipated capital expenditures and working
capital requirements, and to comply with the terms of its debt agreements over
the near term. The Company's ability to make scheduled payments of principal or
interest on, or to refinance, its indebtedness will depend on future operating
performance and cash flow, which are subject to prevailing economic conditions,
prevailing interest rates and financial, competitive, business and other
factors beyond its control. Although the Company's cash flow and borrowings
under the New Credit Facility are intended to cover the Company's debt service
obligations and working capital requirements over the near term, the Company's
New Credit Facility does not mature until October 2002, and the Notes do not
mature until October 2004. Accordingly, the Company's principal financing
expenses over the near term are expected to relate to the payment of interest
on such indebtedness. The Company expects that substantially all of its
borrowings under the New Credit Facility will bear interest at floating rates;
therefore, the Company's financial condition will be affected by any changes in
prevailing interest rates. Because (i) the Company has not guaranteed the
obligations of the Holding Company under its outstanding Subordinated Notes,
(ii) no interest is payable on the Subordinated Notes until their maturity, and
(iii) the maturity date of the Subordinated Notes is subsequent to the maturity
date of the Notes, the Company does not believe that its liquidity will be
materially affected by the Holding Company's obligations under the Subordinated
Notes, during the term of the Notes.
The Company entered into the $20.0 million New Credit Facility
simultaneously with the consummation of the sale of the Existing Notes. As of
December 31, 1997, the Company had made no borrowings under the New Credit
Facility. In addition, the Company believes that as of December 31, 1997, the
Company's borrowing base (as defined under the New Credit Facility) was
sufficient to support borrowings of the entire amount committed under the New
Credit Facility. See "Description of New Credit Facility and Certain Other
Indebtedness" for a description of the terms of the New Credit Facility. The
New Credit Facility will be used primarily for working capital purposes.
35
<PAGE>
The Holding Company
Although the Holding Company does not conduct operations separate from the
Company, the Holding Company has issued $13.25 million (not including accrued
interest) in Senior Subordinated Notes due 2005. Interest on these Subordinated
Notes is not currently payable, but accrues at a rate of 10% per annum. In
addition, the Holding Company has issued a Guarantee of the Notes. Because the
Holding Company does not conduct operations separate from the Company, it is
dependent entirely on cash flow generated, and borrowings made, by the Company.
The Company's ability to make distributions of funds to the Holding Company is
limited by the terms of the Indenture governing the Notes. Under the terms of
the Indenture, any payments by the Company to the Holding Company (other than
payments specifically made to satisfy tax obligations of the Holding Company,
payments made to satisfy the Holding Company's obligations under the management
fee agreements currently in place with BancBoston and Harvest, payments of up
to $250,000 per year to provide for the operating expenses of the Holding
Company and certain payments not to exceed $500,000 in any fiscal year for the
repurchase of equity from departing or deceased directors, officers or
employees), must satisfy the conditions set forth in the covenant in the
Indenture titled "Limitation on Restricted Payments", including conditions that
the Company be able to incur at least $1.00 of additional indebtedness under
the Debt Incurrence Ratio described in "Description of the Notes--Limitation on
the Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness and Disqualified Capital Stock" and
that the aggregate amount of all such restricted payments not exceed an amount
equal to 50% of the aggregate Consolidated Net Income of the Company after the
Issue Date of the Existing Notes (minus 100% of any loss for such period). See
"Description of the Notes--Certain Covenants--Limitation on Restricted
Payments." The only financial results reported by the Company or the Holding
Company that have included periods after the issue date of the Existing Notes
(the results for the three months ended October 25, 1997) have included net
losses for both the Company and the Holding Company for such fiscal periods.
The Holding Company believes that, based on anticipated levels of operations of
the Company, distributions from the Company will be sufficient to permit the
Holding Company to meet its obligations under the Subordinated Notes and its
Guarantee of the Notes when and if they become due. The Holding Company's
ability to make scheduled payments of principal and interest on, or to
refinance the Subordinated Notes, will depend on the future operating
performance and cash flow of the Company, which are subject to prevailing
economic conditions, prevailing interest rates and financial, competitive,
business and other factors beyond the control of the Company and the Holding
Company.
Seasonality
The business of the Company is seasonal in nature. Historically, the
Company's revenues and income are highest during its second and fourth fiscal
quarters, with the second quarter being the highest due to the holiday season.
Inflation
The Company believes that inflation has not had a material impact on
results of operations for the Company during the three year period ended
October 25, 1997.
36
<PAGE>
BUSINESS
General
The Company is among the largest regional drugstore chains in the United
States and the only regional chain focused primarily on the densely populated
northern and central New Jersey markets, although several national and other
regional drugstore chains have operations in this area. The Holding Company is
the owner of all of the outstanding capital stock of the Company. The Company
operates a chain of 43 drug and general merchandise stores under two separate
formats, Drug Fair and Cost Cutters, and ranks as the number two or three
competitor in its primary market areas based on sales of similar merchandise.
Of the Company's 43 stores, 18 have been opened since 1989 and all but one of
the remaining stores have been refurbished since 1991. The Company has been
consistently profitable and each of the Company's 38 mature stores (those open
for more than 24 months) is profitable on an operating basis prior to the
allocation of certain corporate overhead. The Company's revenues, Adjusted
EBITDA and income before income taxes were $231.0 million, $18.7 million and
$9.8 million, respectively, in fiscal 1997. Adjusted EBITDA is calculated as
net income plus depreciation and amortization, income taxes, net interest
expense, changes in LIFO inventory reserves and non-cash rental expense. The
calculation of Adjusted EBITDA differs from the calculation of income before
income taxes in that it adds back to net income certain expenses that do not
impact the Company's cash flows. The Company believes that, while Adjusted
EBITDA should not be used as a substitute for other measures of financial
performance determined under generally accepted accounting principles, the
presentation of Adjusted EBITDA is meaningful to holders of Existing Notes and
possible purchasers of New Notes because EBITDA is commonly used by certain
investors and analysts to analyze and compare companies on the basis of
operating performance, leverage and liquidity and to determine a company's
ability to service debt. See "Summary Financial and Other Data" and "Selected
Financial Data of the Company."
Drug Fair. Drug Fair is a chain of 26 large-format drugstores with an
average store size of approximately 17,000 square feet. All of the stores
contain a pharmacy in the rear of the store, which is the focal point of the
store layout. In fiscal 1997, the Company's pharmacies (including four at Cost
Cutters locations) filled over 1.5 million prescriptions, an average weekly
volume of approximately 1,000 scripts per pharmacy, and pharmacy sales
increased 16.3% over fiscal 1996. Currently, approximately 72% of the Company's
prescription sales are to Third-Party Plan participants. Drug Fair's strategy
is to utilize large-format stores to capitalize on the increased customer
traffic associated with its growing pharmacy business to increase sales of
higher margin non-pharmacy merchandise, including health and beauty care items,
housewares, greeting cards, stationery, candy and seasonal items. General
merchandise accounted for approximately 61% of Drug Fair revenues in fiscal
1997, significantly higher than the average of other large drugstore chains.
The Company believes that its broad selection of non-pharmacy merchandise is a
significant competitive strength that has enabled it to increase its overall
gross margins from 27.3% in fiscal 1993 to 29.4% in fiscal 1997. Drug Fair
stores are primarily located in neighborhood shopping centers that are easily
accessible and generate significant customer traffic.
Cost Cutters. Cost Cutters is a 17-store general merchandise chain with an
average store size of approximately 29,000 square feet. Cost Cutters stimulates
customer traffic by offering a non-pharmacy merchandise mix similar to Drug
Fair, a high-impact merchandise presentation and an everyday low price
strategy, with prices generally 10%-15% lower than Drug Fair. Cost Cutters
offers a broader selection of products than Drug Fair while still focusing on
health and beauty care items, housewares, greeting cards, stationery, candy and
seasonal items. Currently, four locations have pharmacies, two within the store
and two as separate Drug Fair storefronts adjacent to the store, and the
Company believes there is an opportunity to open Drug Fair pharmacies at
certain additional Cost Cutters locations. Cost Cutters stores are primarily
located near major highways, drawing customers from a wider area than a typical
drugstore and emphasizing their destination-store orientation.
Since 1990, the Company has experienced significant growth led by Frank
Marfino, the Company's Chief Executive Officer. During this period, the Company
expanded its store base by 12 stores, with revenues increasing from $168.4
million in fiscal 1993 to $231.0 million in fiscal 1997 and Adjusted EBITDA and
income before income taxes increasing from $10.4 million and $8.6 million in
fiscal 1993 to $18.7 million and $9.8 million, respectively, in fiscal 1997.
During this period, the Company also increased its Adjusted EBITDA margin from
6.2% to 8.1% of sales. This improved operating performance and growth have
resulted primarily from rationalization and expansion of the store base,
improved centralized controls over purchasing, effective merchandising, pricing
and loss-prevention strategies, increased pharmacy business with Third-Party
Plan participants and cost control measures.
37
<PAGE>
The Company was acquired in January 1995 by the Holding Company, whose
shareholders include a group of investors led by BancBoston, Harvest and
management. Since the Acquisition, the Company has placed increased emphasis on
growing its pharmacy sales to Third-Party Plan participants and, as a result,
has grown its pharmacy sales by 40.4% from fiscal 1994 to fiscal 1997.
Similarly, improved non-pharmacy merchandising and pricing strategies, combined
with increased customer traffic resulting from higher pharmacy sales, have
enabled the Company to increase its gross margin from 27.9% in fiscal 1994 to
29.4% in fiscal 1997. This increase occurred despite continued pharmacy margin
erosion resulting from increased sales to Third-Party Plan participants.
Each of the Company and the Holding Company is incorporated in Delaware,
and their executive offices are located at 251 Industrial Parkway, Branchburg
Township, Somerville, NJ 08876. The telephone number for the Company and the
Holding Company at these executive offices is (908) 722-8700.
The Drugstore Industry
According to Drug Store News, the U.S. drugstore industry accounted for
$91 billion of retail sales in 1996 and has grown by 70.1% since 1987. During
this period, sales at chain drugstores have grown by 106.0%, as independent
drugstores lost significant market share to the larger and more efficient
national and regional chains, such as the Company. Industry revenues are
expected to continue to grow at similar rates due to the aging of the U.S.
population, greater participation in Third-Party Plans and continued growth in
new pharmaceutical products. As pharmacy sales at national and regional chains
continue to grow, sales of other higher margin non-pharmacy merchandise offered
in chain drugstores are expected to experience positive growth through
increased customer traffic.
According to industry sources, households headed by persons aged 55 to 64
and 65 to 74 spend approximately 20% more, and 105% more, respectively, on
prescriptions than the average household. According to the United States Bureau
of the Census, people 55 years of age and over represent the fastest growing
segment of the population, with expected growth from 55.8 million in 1997 to
74.7 million in 2010, an increase of 33.9%.
In addition to these positive demographic trends, the growth in
Third-Party Plan participation is increasing overall prescription drug usage.
The percentage of prescriptions purchased through Third-Party Plans has
increased from 50% in 1993 to 67% in 1996 and is expected to reach 85% to 90%
in the next two to three years. Third-Party Plans encourage participants to use
lower cost drug therapies over alternative treatment methods such as surgery or
hospital treatment. Additionally, by reducing the out-of-pocket expense to the
consumer, Third-Party Plans have caused consumers to increase the number of
prescriptions filled.
Although pharmacy sales to Third-Party Plan participants typically have
lower margins than cash pharmacy sales, resulting in a decline in pharmacy
gross margins, this decline has been partially offset by a higher volume of
pharmacy sales. Management expects that as sales to Third-Party Plan
participants as a percentage of total pharmacy sales slows, margins will
stabilize, resulting in pharmacy gross profit growth more closely approximating
pharmacy sales growth rates. The drugstore industry, including the Company, has
also capitalized on the customer traffic created by the growth in Third-Party
Plan sales to increase sales of higher margin non-pharmacy merchandise.
Another factor expected to increase industry revenues is the introduction
of new prescription drugs and drug therapies. According to industry sources,
pharmaceutical manufacturers will spend an estimated $19.0 billion in 1997 on
research and development to develop new drugs which could result in incremental
pharmacy sales. In 1996, 53 new drugs were approved by the United States Food
and Drug Administration ("FDA"), an increase of 102% over the average for the
previous five years. In addition, the FDA is approving an increasing number of
prescription products for sale over-the-counter. Such drugs that are approved
for over-the-counter distribution have historically shown significantly
increased sales.
As a result of the economies of scale available to larger drugstore chains
as well as the Third-Party Plan payment trend, during the past ten years
national and regional chain drugstores have increased their share of the total
retail drug market at the expense of independent drugstores and smaller
drugstore chains. During 1996, pharmacy sales at chain drugstores grew by an
estimated 17.4% to $30.3 billion, representing approximately 61% of the $49.4
billion drugstore pharmacy market, while pharmacy sales at independent
drugstores grew less than 4% in 1996, to an estimated $19.1 billion, a 39%
market share. The number of independent drugstores and smaller drugstore chains
has decreased from approximately 35,000 in 1985 to approximately 22,000 in
1996, as many of such retailers have been acquired by larger drugstore chains.
The Company believes that independent retail
38
<PAGE>
drugstores will continue to lose market share to the larger and more efficient
drugstore chains principally because larger chains such as the Company are
better positioned to handle the increased volume of sales to Third-Party Plan
participants, are able to purchase inventory on more favorable terms, and are
able to achieve other economies of scale with respect to their marketing,
advertising, distribution and other expenditures.
In July 1994, the State of New Jersey adopted "Freedom of Choice" and "Any
Willing Provider" legislation, which the Company believes results in a "level
playing field" in New Jersey for regional drugstore chains such as the Company.
The "Freedom of Choice" legislation permits Third-Party Plan participants to
purchase prescription drugs from the provider of their choice if the provider
meets uniformly established requirements. In states which have not adopted
similar legislation, many Third-Party Plans align themselves by agreement with
particular drugstore chains under arrangements whereby members of a Third-Party
Plan are required to purchase their drugs at a particular drugstore chain in
order for most or all of the cost to be paid by the Third-Party Plan. As a
result, other drugstore chains and independent drugstores are in effect
precluded from selling prescription drugs to the applicable members. The "Any
Willing Provider" legislation requires that any Third-Party Plan that has
entered into an agreement with a prescription provider must also permit any
other licensed provider to participate in such Third-Party Plan as a preferred
or contracting provider, provided that such provider is willing to accept the
terms of such agreement.
Competitive Strengths
The Company attributes its success in the marketplace to the following
competitive strengths:
Strong Market Position in Attractive Regional Market. As the largest
drugstore chain focused primarily on the densely populated northern and central
New Jersey markets, the Company's operations serve an estimated population of
over 5.7 million. New Jersey offers a highly attractive customer base, with
among the highest personal income per capita in the United States. The Company
has operated in these markets for its entire 43-year history and has profitably
managed its operations through changing economic conditions and an environment
of increasing competition. Since 1990, a period of significant incremental
competition, management has successfully expanded its store base, increased
same-store sales each year and increased its Adjusted EBITDA margin and gross
margin from 6.2% and 27.3% in fiscal 1993 to 8.1% and 29.4%, respectively, in
fiscal 1997. In July 1994, the State of New Jersey adopted "Freedom of Choice"
and "Any Willing Provider" legislation, which together effectively allow any
prescription provider to service Third-Party Plan participants on terms
identical to those afforded to other providers. Management believes this
results in a "level playing field" in New Jersey for regional drugstore chains
such as the Company and positions it to benefit from the continued growth in
pharmacy sales.
Favorable Store Locations. The Company has generally located its stores in
convenient locations under favorable leases, many of which include attractive
long-term renewal rates. The Company's Drug Fair stores are primarily located
in neighborhood shopping centers that are easily accessible and generate
significant customer traffic. The Company's Cost Cutters stores are primarily
located near major highways, drawing customers from a wider area than a typical
drugstore and emphasizing their destination-store orientation. The Company
believes that the accessibility and manageable size of its stores appeal to
consumers at a time when other discount merchandisers continue to open larger
and more complex stores that customers may find less convenient. The close
proximity of the Company's stores to its executive offices and distribution
centers also results in distribution and inventory management efficiencies and
permits close management supervision of store operations.
Successful Merchandising and Pricing Strategy. The Company believes that
its focus on consistent execution of its purchasing, pricing and merchandising
strategies has been instrumental to its success. Excluding pharmacy, Drug Fair
and Cost Cutters offer a similar merchandise mix, with over 90% of merchandise
common to both chains. The Company believes that its broader selection of
front-end merchandise is a significant competitive strength which enabled it to
realize an overall increase in its margins between fiscal 1991 and fiscal 1997.
The Company also believes that by operating both chains it is able to purchase
most of its products at competitive prices by purchasing products in truck-load
or container quantities. The Company employs a promotional pricing strategy at
Drug Fair and a modified everyday low price strategy at Cost Cutters, each
targeted towards the customers it seeks to attract. In addition, the Company's
comprehensive and integrated inventory management system and electronic
point-of-sale system record all sales data by scanner at the time of sale and
permit the Company to maintain in-stock positions in all key lines of
merchandise, promote higher inventory turns and provide the ability to monitor
sales and profitability by store location.
39
<PAGE>
Well-Maintained Store Base. Of the Company's 43 stores, 18 have been
opened since 1989 and all but one of the remaining stores have been refurbished
since 1991. As a result, the Company does not expect to incur an extraordinary
level of capital expenditures for maintenance in the near term. Furthermore,
since 1991 the Company has rationalized its store base and closed four
underperforming stores. As a result of this rationalization and the other
operating improvements implemented by management, each of the Company's 38
mature stores is profitable on an operating basis prior to the allocation of
certain corporate overhead, and management believes that the Company's Adjusted
EBITDA margin exceeds the industry average.
Operating and Growth Strategy
The Company's operating and growth strategy consists of four principal
elements: (i) capitalize on favorable pharmacy trends, (ii) increase customer
traffic, (iii) further optimize retail execution and (iv) selectively expand
its store base.
Capitalize on Favorable Pharmacy Trends. The pharmacy business contributes
significantly to the Company's growth by increasing sales of non-pharmacy
merchandise, enhancing customer loyalty and generating customer traffic.
Primarily as a result of increasing sales to Third-Party Plan participants, the
Company's pharmacy sales have increased by 9.0%, 10.8% and 16.3% in the twelve
months ended July 30, 1995, fiscal 1996 and fiscal 1997, respectively.
Management expects favorable pharmacy sales trends to continue, and believes
that the Company is well-positioned to increase its higher margin non-pharmacy
merchandise sales by capitalizing on the increased customer traffic generated
by its pharmacies.
Increase Customer Traffic. With favorable pharmacy sales and resulting
customer traffic trends expected to continue, the Company believes that there
are opportunities to further improve customer traffic by providing various
products and services that increase consumer conveniences or otherwise attract
customers to the Company's stores, including offering on-site one-hour
photofinishing labs in a number of locations and increasing offerings of
convenience foods and seasonal merchandise. The Company is also offering new
products and services such as lottery ticket sales and ATMs in selected stores
to enhance customer traffic. The Company also builds customer loyalty and
encourages repeat customer traffic by keeping its stores orderly and clean and
maintaining in-stock positions in substantially all of its merchandise.
Further Optimize Retail Execution. The Company's non-pharmacy
merchandising strategies are designed to improve customer satisfaction,
selection and convenience and establish its stores as a destination for a
growing number of front-end merchandise categories. The Company believes that
effective merchandise management increases customer satisfaction and has
contributed significantly to increases in the Company's gross margin. The
Company will continue to refine its merchandising and buying practices with the
goal of increasing sales of higher-margin items and improving inventory
turnover. For example, the Company is exploring opportunities to expand sales
of OTC drugs, health and beauty care items, and private label merchandise.
Selectively Expand Store Base. The Company expects to selectively expand
its store base as favorable market locations become available. The Company
believes that store expansion will increase sales and cash flow, strengthen its
market position and result in economies of scale in marketing and distribution
by leveraging its existing infrastructure. In addition, the Company believes
that increased sales volume may enable it to purchase inventory at better
prices. Management plans to expand its Drug Fair store base, as these stores
generally offer shorter payback periods and higher returns on investment and
better position the Company to capitalize on favorable trends affecting the
drugstore industry. The Company estimates that the average new store investment
is between $0.3 million and $0.6 million, not including inventory costs which
may range from $0.4 million to $0.5 million, and that the average investment
required to open a Drug Fair pharmacy at a Cost Cutters location is between
$75,000 and $100,000, not including inventory costs which may range from
$50,000 to $75,000. Such costs may be slightly higher in the event that the
Company elects to purchase prescription customer files from existing drugstores
in the area in which such stores are opened. In addition, as a general matter,
new Drug Fair stores historically have not been profitable on an operating
basis (that is, prior to the allocation of corporate overhead) until
approximately 30 months after opening. To the extent that capital is committed
to new store openings or funding initial operations, such funds will be
unavailable for other purposes such as the payment of interest or principal on
the Notes. The Company expects to open four new Drug Fair locations before the
end of fiscal 1998 and, depending on the availability of favorable locations,
intends to open an average of three to four new Drug Fair stores annually over
the next several years.
40
<PAGE>
Store Operations
The Company's stores are operated under two separate formats, Drug Fair
and Cost Cutters, with each of the 38 mature stores profitable on an operating
basis prior to the allocation of certain corporate overhead. The Company
employs different pricing strategies for Drug Fair and Cost Cutters, each
targeted towards the customers it seeks to attract. Drug Fair uses a more
traditional promotional pricing strategy, with a limited number of discounted
items; however, management believes that its regular pricing is somewhat lower
than that of its retail drugstore competitors. In contrast, Cost Cutters relies
on an everyday low price strategy by offering lower prices on most items on a
regular basis, which management believes is consistent with its
destination-store orientation.
The following table sets forth the approximate percentage of revenues
attributable to each major product category at Drug Fair and Cost Cutters
stores during fiscal 1997:
Percentage of Fiscal 1997
Sales by Category
-------------------------
Category: Drug Fair Cost Cutters
Pharmacy ........................... 38.9% 5.6%
Health and Beauty Care ............ 12.5 19.1
Other Merchandise .................. 12.3 13.1
Housewares ........................ 8.0 17.6
Stationery and Greeting Cards ...... 7.1 13.3
Candy, Food and Beverage ............ 6.2 10.0
Seasonal and Promotional ............ 6.0 10.3
OTC Pharmaceuticals ............... 4.9 5.0
Cosmetics ........................... 4.1 6.0
----- -----
100.0% 100.0%
===== =====
Excluding revenue generated by stores that were open less than twelve
months before the beginning of each period, the Company's stores generated net
sales of $211.2 million in fiscal 1996 (from 39 stores), and $221.3 million in
fiscal 1997 (from 39 stores), an increase of 4.8%. The Company attributes this
growth in same store sales to increased pharmacy sales as well as increased
sales of non-pharmacy merchandise generated by increased customer traffic, as
well as the successful implementation of the Company's merchandising
strategies.
Drug Fair
Drug Fair is a 26 store chain of larger sized traditional drugstores
primarily located in easily accessible neighborhood shopping centers. Drug Fair
has built a base of loyal customers by offering a broader range of non-pharmacy
merchandise within this larger format, including an expanded selection of
health and beauty care items, housewares, greeting cards, stationery and
seasonal items, in a convenient setting with attractive prices. Drug Fair's
strategy is to emphasize its broad selection of merchandise and offer
competitive prices relative to its competition. In particular, the Company
believes that its broader selection of front-end merchandise is a significant
competitive strength that has enabled it to increase overall gross margin from
27.3% in fiscal 1993 to 29.4% in fiscal 1997. The Company's long-standing
philosophy of customer service has made Drug Fair a leader in local pharmacy
services in its markets.
The first Drug Fair store was opened in 1954 in Scotch Plains, New Jersey
and the Company's current Drug Fair locations average approximately 17,000
square feet, ranging between 11,200 and 23,400 square feet. The Company
believes that its store size and locations are important factors to store
profitability. Most Drug Fair stores are contained in neighborhood shopping
centers that are easily accessible and generate significant customer traffic.
All stores are open seven days a week, from 9:00 a.m. to 9:30 p.m., Monday
through Friday, with slightly reduced hours on weekends, totaling approximately
83 hours per week.
Pharmacy. In fiscal 1997, the Company's pharmacies filled over 1.5 million
prescriptions, representing an average weekly volume of approximately 1,000
scripts per pharmacy, and pharmacy sales increased 16.3% over fiscal 1996.
Currently, approximately 72% of prescription volume results from sales to
Third-Party Plan participants. The Company offers discounts on prescriptions to
senior citizens, who accounted for approximately 14.2% of prescription sales
volume in fiscal 1997.
All Drug Fair stores contain a pharmacy in the rear of the store, each
staffed by two full-time registered pharmacists. The pharmacy is the focal
point of the store layout, which is also designed to promote optimal customer
41
<PAGE>
flow and shopping convenience. New and remodeled stores typically have
enhancements such as pharmacy waiting and consultation areas. In addition, for
the past four years Drug Fair stores have featured free home delivery of
prescriptions. The Company believes that this delivery service represents an
attractive alternative to the drive-through pharmacy service offered by some of
its competitors while avoiding the significant capital expenditures required to
remodel stores to accommodate drive-through services.
General Merchandise. As a customer-oriented, lower-cost retail drugstore,
Drug Fair strives to compete on the bases of cost and maintaining a
high-quality image with the consumer. General merchandise is an important
component of Drug Fair's revenues, comprising approximately 61% of Drug Fair
revenues in fiscal 1997. General merchandise products are well stocked and
displayed on shelves within easy reach of consumers. With its convenient
merchandise layout and large selection, Drug Fair retains its small-store
atmosphere while offering a variety of merchandise selections typically seen in
larger retail stores. Drug Fair offers a similar selection of general
merchandise as that of its drugstore competitors but, due to its above average
size, is able to expand its selection of items and offer a wider assortment of
higher margin non-pharmacy merchandise. For example, seasonal items have been a
key contributor to Drug Fair's success, comprising 6.0% of divisional revenues
in fiscal 1997. Seasonal items are prominently displayed along the entrance,
providing a varied product mix and generating impulse buying. With nearly
58,000 non-pharmacy stock keeping units ("SKUs") including seasonal items, Drug
Fair also offers expanded greeting card and household item sections to the
consumer.
In addition to its general merchandise offerings, the Company seeks to
attract customers by offering ancillary conveniences and services, such as
ATMs, lottery tickets, convenience food sections and film processing in many of
its stores, including its own on-site one-hour photofinishing labs in 13 Drug
Fair locations. Management believes that it offers the lowest prices for
one-hour film developing in its markets. The Company intends to continue to
experiment with new products and services designed to increase customer traffic
and enhance convenience.
Cost Cutters
Cost Cutters is a 17-store general merchandise chain focused on the
product areas of health and beauty care, housewares, greeting cards,
stationery, candy and seasonal items. The stores are self-service oriented, and
feature a similar non-pharmacy merchandise mix to Drug Fair, with more than a
90% overlap in general merchandise, at prices generally 10%-15% lower than at
Drug Fair. Currently, two Cost Cutters locations house their own pharmacies,
and the Company has added Drug Fair pharmacies adjacent to two of its Cost
Cutters locations. The Company believes there is an opportunity to open Drug
Fair pharmacies in certain additional Cost Cutters locations. Cost Cutters is
unique in its merchandising strategy in its markets and provides a much broader
product variety and deeper discounts than other local stores, while
successfully competing with mass merchandise stores.
The Company opened its first Cost Cutters store in 1983 in Norwood, New
Jersey and the Company's Cost Cutters stores average approximately 29,000
square feet in size, ranging from 20,000 to 36,000 square feet. In expanding to
new sites, the Company has opportunistically negotiated favorable lease terms,
typically from grocery stores that are relocating, rather than paying higher
prices for new real estate. Most of the stores are located in shopping centers,
near highways in easily accessible locations for surrounding communities. By
comparison, larger discount department chains, such as WalMart, Caldor and
K-Mart, typically build new stores in excess of 100,000 square feet and focus
more on higher-priced products such as apparel, sporting goods, electronics and
appliances. The Company believes that the accessibility and manageable size of
a Cost Cutters store is attractive to consumers at a time when larger discount
merchandisers continue to open larger and more complex stores that many
customers may find less convenient. All stores are open seven days a week, from
9:00 a.m. to 9:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, with slightly reduced hours on
weekends, totaling approximately 83 hours per week.
Pharmacy. While pharmacy is not the main focus of the Cost Cutters chain,
two Cost Cutters locations house their own pharmacies and the Company has
recently added Drug Fair pharmacies as separate storefronts adjacent to two of
its Cost Cutters locations with a pass-through between the two stores. The
Company believes there is an opportunity to add Drug Fair pharmacies to certain
additional Cost Cutters stores depending on factors such as location, store
size, layout and competition. The Company estimates that it costs $75,000 to
$100,000 to install a Drug Fair pharmacy next to an existing Cost Cutters
location (assuming construction of a new storefront is required), excluding
costs of staffing and inventory.
General Merchandise. With over 59,000 non-pharmacy SKUs, including
seasonal items, and substantial overlap in merchandise with Drug Fair, Cost
Cutters distinguishes itself through its merchandise presentation,
42
<PAGE>
pricing strategy, assortment of items targeted to impulse purchases and a
strong merchandising position in greeting cards, stationery, seasonal items and
household products. In addition to traditional retail drugstore merchandise
such as health and beauty care items, OTC pharmaceuticals, candy and seasonal
items, Cost Cutters also sells luggage, kitchenware and an extended selection
of houseware products and automotive-related goods. One of the Company's
merchandising strategies is a high-impact merchandise presentation based on
well-stocked shelves that are highly visible to the customer, promoting a value
superstore image. Seven Cost Cutters locations contain on-site one-hour
photofinishing labs.
Cost Cutters is less promotional than most other discount stores because
it utilizes an everyday low price strategy. Competitors such as Caldor and
Bradlees generally employ what is known as a "high-low" pricing strategy, in
which everyday prices are generally higher than at Cost Cutters but are reduced
below Cost Cutters' prices during periodic store-wide sales. The Company
believes that Cost Cutters' pricing strategy is more attractive to consumers
than alternative pricing strategies for the majority of its product offerings,
including health and beauty care products that are typically purchased when
needed as opposed to when offered on sale.
Advertising and Promotion
The Company aggressively advertises its Drug Fair and Cost Cutters chains
through extensive use of colorful, high-quality direct mail circulars
distributed to its neighborhood markets. Approximately 22 Drug Fair circular
programs are distributed annually, with each circular typically containing a
selection of approximately 200 specially priced items chosen to build customer
traffic. Cost Cutters distributes approximately 17 circular programs annually,
each containing approximately 200 items, of which 10% to 15% have been reduced
in price. The circulars often contain coupons good for item discounts and
advertise "Special" and "Bonus" buys. "Special" buys are items that are carried
at reduced prices while supplies last. "Bonus" buys are items carried every day
that include an additional amount of the same product or another product for no
extra cost. In some cases the body of the circulars for both chains are
identical, with different outside covers or "wraps," which allows the Company
to save advertising costs. In such cases, the products advertised in the body
generally represent regular everyday low prices for Cost Cutters and discounted
prices for Drug Fair. The Company estimates the average circular program costs
$140,000 to produce and distribute to approximately 600,000 recipients,
although in some cases the cost is partially offset by co-op advertising
rebates received from featured suppliers. The Company is also experimenting
with "marriage-mailing" its circulars with circulars from other merchandisers
to further save on advertising costs.
Purchasing and Distribution
By operating both Drug Fair and Cost Cutters chains, the Company believes
that it is able to take advantage of economies of scale available to larger
chains in purchasing merchandise and maintaining up-to-date systems and
technology. Although the Company utilizes two separate retail formats, the 43
stores are operated as one company through centralized purchasing and
distribution and use complementary marketing strategies. The Company believes
that its focus on consistent execution of its purchasing, pricing and
merchandising strategies has been instrumental in its success to date.
The Company maintains centralized budgeting, pricing, purchasing,
warehousing and inventory control functions at its corporate offices. Products
are purchased for both store chains by merchandise managers, each of whom is
responsible for a distinct product category (for example, cosmetics or
housewares) and reports directly to the Company's Chief Executive Officer.
Approximately 55% of all non-prescription purchases are received at the
Company's central warehouse and distribution center in Somerville, New Jersey.
These products are delivered to the stores by the Company's eight owned trucks.
The balance of general merchandise is shipped directly to the stores by
manufacturers and distributors. All prescription drugs are shipped directly to
the individual stores by wholesale drug distributors on a daily basis. The
Company has a supply agreement with Cardinal Health, Inc. ("Cardinal") that
requires it to purchase at least 90% of its pharmacy products from Cardinal.
The initial term of the Company's supply agreement with Cardinal expires in
January 2000. Pursuant to the terms of the Cardinal Agreement, the Company
purchases pharmacy products at a specified discount to Cardinal's Cost (as
defined in the Cardinal Agreement), and the Company is guaranteed a minimum
savings on all merchandise purchases. Neuman Distributors, Inc. serves as a
secondary supplier for products that are not routinely carried by or are out of
stock at Cardinal, and the Company believes that there are numerous other
wholesale suppliers of pharmacy products that would be able to supply the
Company's requirements in the event that Cardinal and Neuman Distributors, Inc.
were unable to do so. Management believes
43
<PAGE>
that by operating both chains it is able to purchase most of its products at
competitive prices by purchasing products in truck-load or container
quantities. Seasonal merchandise is warehoused and distributed independently of
general merchandise.
The Company buys products from more than 1,600 suppliers and manufacturers
and seeks to purchase its merchandise directly from manufacturers in order to
take advantage of promotional programs offered only to retailers, including
co-op advertising allowances, promotional displays and materials and price
promotions. The Company believes that its relationships with its vendors are
good. The Company often utilizes prompt cash payments to obtain additional
merchandise discounts. None of the Company's suppliers or manufacturers
represented more than 10% of the Company's total non-pharmacy purchases during
fiscal 1997.
Management Information Systems
The Company operates an in-house data processing system in connection with
the operation and management control functions of its business. This system
incorporates both proprietary and commercially available software, including
E-3 buying systems and Lawson Associates payroll systems, and is designed to
integrate the key retailing functions of merchandise planning, purchase order
management, sales capture, merchandise distribution, receiving, order entry,
inventory control and replenishment. Management believes its systems enable the
Company to maintain a virtually constant "in-stock" position in all key lines
of merchandise. In anticipation of continued growth, the Company is
implementing a new comprehensive processing system developed by JDA Software,
Inc., which it expects to integrate by June 30, 1998.
The Company monitors inventories and sales at its 43 stores through a
point-of-sale network, utilizing IBM Chain Drug software and hardware, which
links store terminals to a central computer located at the Company's
headquarters. The Company uses this system to replenish store inventories from
its central warehouses and to provide management with detailed information on
individual store operations on a daily basis.
All sales data is recorded by cashiers, utilizing scanners, in each store
at the time of sale. Sales data is transmitted to the central computer where it
is compiled to produce daily, weekly and monthly management reports. Reports
are organized by line of merchandise, class, item and store, and enable
management to monitor sales and profitability by location. Based upon this
information, management makes merchandising decisions as required, including
reorders, special promotions and changes in buying programs. As a means of
further inventory verification, physical inventories are taken twice a year at
all stores and the warehouses. The Company also employs Telxon and Symbol
Technologies radio frequency equipment in order to constantly monitor and
update inventory, shelf labels and prices.
The Company expects to install a new warehouse management system including
bar-code scanning and radio frequency technologies at its new distribution
center into which it expects to move its distribution operations in 1998.
Although the Company believes that the majority of its computer software
applications and systems will not be affected by the "year 2000" dating
problem, a small portion of such computer software applications and systems
will have to be modified, upgraded or replaced to accommodate the "year 2000"
dating changes necessary to permit correct recording of year dates for 2000 and
later years. The Company does not expect that the cost of its planned year 2000
compliance program will be material to its financial condition or results of
operations. The Company believes that it will be able to achieve compliance by
the end of 1999, and does not currently anticipate any material disruption in
its operations. In the event that any of the Company's significant suppliers
does not successfully and timely achieve year 2000 compliance, the Company's
business or operations could be adversely affected.
All of the Company's stores contain Sensormatic Electronic Article
Surveillance Systems designed to minimize theft. Since its installation four
years ago, this system has contributed to reducing overall shrinkage to
approximately 1.5% of sales, which management believes is below the industry
average.
Properties
The Company's current stores by location, year opened, year refurbished
and size are as follows:
44
<PAGE>
Drug Fair
Square
Location Opened/Refurbished Footage
South Plainfield 1959/1994 21,250
Manville 1965/1991 20,000
Old Bridge 1969/1992 16,527
Edison 1970/1992 15,000
Freehold 1970/1994 16,000
Westfield 1972/1991 23,424
Aberdeen 1974/1993 11,620
Fairfield 1976/1991 19,600
Hazlet 1976/1991 12,000
Berkeley Heights 1977/1993 16,800
Milburn 1977/1992 21,112
Warren 1978/1991 15,000
Ridgewood 1981/-- 20,800
Wyckoff 1981/1995 15,960
Rahway 1983/1993 13,900
Isellin 1985/1993 16,265
Englewood 1988/1992 13,440
Cranford 1989/-- 13,661
Oakland 1989/-- 20,205
Middlesex 1991/-- 23,000
Stirling 1993/-- 15,777
Verona 1995/-- 17,200
Clifton 1996/-- 11,200
Ramsey 1996/-- 17,000
Somerset 1996/-- 18,050
Plainfield 1997/-- 18,000
Hillside 1998/-- 17,600
Florham Park 1998/-- 12,750
Cost Cutters
Square
Location Open/Refurbished Footage
Norwood 1983/1992 24,630
Bricktown 1984/1993 26,878
Manalapan 1984/1992 24,450
Middletown 1984/1993 27,988
Hamilton 1985/1993 33,300
Union 1985/1994 35,217
West Long Branch 1986/1996 27,113
Wall 1987/1993 30,000
Hillsborough 1990/1994 20,600
Parsippany 1991/-- 29,575
Lacey 1992/-- 34,000
Wayne 1992/-- 29,000
Ocean 1993/-- 36,890
Toms River 1994/-- 34,000
Chatham 1995/-- 20,800
Elizabeth 1995/-- 25,000
Lincoln Park 1995/-- 30,100
All the Company's stores are leased pursuant to long-term leases
containing generally favorable terms. The current leases expire between
December 31, 1997 and April 30, 2039 (assuming renewal options are exercised),
with an average of 15 years remaining on lease terms. Eight of these leases
will expire by the end of 2000, 18 leases will expire between 2001-2015 and 17
leases will expire after 2015. The Company expects to close its Ridgewood, New
Jersey store when its lease expires in the third quarter of fiscal 1998. This
lease did not provide for an extension past its expiration date, and the
landlord and the Company were not able to come to mutually acceptable terms for
renewal of the lease. Management does not expect that the Company will incur
material costs in connection with the closing of this store.
The Company is committed to keeping its stores modern through continual
upgrades and refurbishments. Over the past six years, the Company has remodeled
and refurbished all but one store opened prior to 1989, at a cost of
approximately $125,000 per store. The Company works closely with an interior
design firm to develop updated interior concepts. The Company believes that the
size of its stores is sufficient for their current format.
The Company's leases for its corporate office and warehouse facilities
expire in 1998 and, although the Company believes its current facility is
sufficient for its purposes, the Company intends to consolidate its corporate
offices and two warehousing operations at a single new facility close to its
existing corporate headquarters. The Company is seeking a suitable location and
anticipates that this facility will be approximately 200,000 square feet in
size. The Company intends to lease this facility and believes that the facility
will improve operating efficiencies in several areas, particularly distribution
and inventory control.
Competition
The Company competes in its markets with several national, regional and
local drugstore chains, large grocery stores and supermarkets, membership
clubs, deep discount drugstores, combination food and drugstores, discount
general merchandise stores, mass merchandisers, independent drugstores and
local merchants. Historically,
45
<PAGE>
consumers were faced with few alternatives for filling their prescriptions.
Today's customer has a number of options including independent or chain
drugstores, food retailers, mass merchants (including discounters and deep
discounters) and "mail-order" pharmacies, as well as supermarkets, combination
food and drugstores, hospitals and HMOs. The Company's on-site one-hour
photofinishing labs also compete with a variety of mini-lab photo-processors
and photo-specialty shops.
The Company believes that the primary elements of competition in its
industries include pricing, store location and design, product selection,
customer service and convenience. The Company believes that it competes
successfully because of its pricing policies, reputation for reliability,
convenient store locations, superior pharmacy services, broad selection of
merchandise and effective sales techniques. However, the competitive
environment is often affected by factors beyond a particular retailer's
control, such as shifts in consumer preferences, economic conditions and
population and traffic patterns. The Company believes that in the future the
ability to compete effectively will be increasingly dependent on quality
merchandising and customer service, the effectiveness of cost containment
measures, especially with respect to pharmacy services, and advanced
information systems.
Government Regulation
Pharmacies are subject to extensive federal, state and local regulation.
These regulations cover required qualifications, day-to-day operations,
reimbursement and documentation of activities.
Licenses and Regulation. The Company's pharmacists are required to be
licensed by the New Jersey Board of Pharmacy. All stores with pharmacies and
the Company's distribution centers are also registered with the Federal Drug
Enforcement Administration, although no pharmaceuticals are stored in the
distribution centers. Various other federal and state licenses (including state
licenses required to sell cigarettes) are required for the conduct of the
Company's business as presently conducted. The Company seeks to comply with all
such licensing and registration requirements and continues to actively monitor
its compliance with such requirements. By virtue of these licenses and
registration requirements, the Company will be obligated to observe certain
rules and regulations, and a violation of such rules and regulations could
result in a suspension or revocation of one or more licenses or registrations
and/or monetary penalties or fines. The sale of pharmaceutical products at new
stores requires the issuance of additional licenses, with respect to which the
licensing authorities may conduct investigations.
In 1990, the United States Congress enacted the Omnibus Budget
Reconciliation Act of 1990 (OBRA), which required states to implement
pharmaceutical drug use review programs for Medicaid beneficiaries by January
1, 1993. Under OBRA, pharmacists are required to offer counseling, without
additional charge, to customers covered by Medicaid about medication, dosage,
delivery systems, common side effects and other information deemed significant
by the pharmacists. The State of New Jersey enacted broader regulations that
require pharmacists to provide such counseling to all customers, regardless of
whether they are covered by Medicaid. As a result, the Company's pharmacists
must provide counseling to customers and have a duty to warn customers
regarding any potential adverse effects of a prescription drug if the warning
could reduce or negate such effects. In addition, the Company's pharmacists are
required to conduct a prospective drug review before any new prescriptions are
dispensed, and may conduct a similar review prior to refilling any
prescriptions if considered appropriate. Such reviews include screening for
potential drug therapy problems due to (i) therapeutic duplication, (ii)
drug-disease contraindications, (iii) drug-drug interactions, (iv) incorrect
drug dosage or duration of drug treatment, (v) drug-allergy interactions, and
(vi) clinical abuse or misuse. Further, New Jersey closely regulates the
dispensing by pharmacists of over-the-counter controlled dangerous substances,
imposing requirements as to: (i) filling and refilling of prescriptions, (ii)
labeling of prescriptions, and (iii) monitoring the use of Schedule V
over-the-counter controlled dangerous substances to determine, in a
pharmacist's professional judgment, whether the substance has or will be used
for unauthorized or illicit consumption or distribution. The Company believes
its series of training programs for pharmacy personnel and its pharmacy
computer network are designed to ensure that these requirements are satisfied,
but violations of these regulations could have an adverse impact on the
Company.
State Laws Affecting Access to Services. In July 1994, the State of New
Jersey adopted "Freedom of Choice" and "Any Willing Provider" legislation,
which the Company believes results in a "level playing field" in New Jersey for
regional drugstore chains such as the Company. The "Freedom of Choice"
legislation permits Third-Party Plan participants to purchase prescription
drugs from the provider of their choice if the provider meets uniformly
established requirements. In states which have not adopted similar legislation,
many Third-Party Plans align themselves by agreement with particular drugstore
chains under arrangements whereby members of a Third-Party Plan are required to
purchase their drugs at a particular drugstore chain in order for most or all
of the cost to be
46
<PAGE>
paid by the Third-Party Plan. As a result, other drugstore chains and
independent drugstores are in effect precluded from selling prescription drugs
to the applicable members. The "Any Willing Provider" legislation requires that
any Third-Party Plan that has entered into an agreement with a prescription
provider must permit any other licensed provider to participate in such
Third-Party Plan as a preferred or contracting provider if it is willing to
accept the terms of such agreement. Such legislation may increase competition
for the Company's pharmacies.
Medicare and Medicaid. The pharmacy business has long operated under
regulatory and cost containment pressures from state and federal legislation
primarily affecting Medicaid and, to a lesser extent, Medicare.
The Medicaid program is a cooperative federal-state program designed to
enable states to provide medical assistance to aged, blind, or disabled
individuals, or members of families with dependent children whose income and
resources are insufficient to meet the costs of necessary medical services.
Federal laws and regulations contain a variety of requirements relating to
the furnishing of prescription drugs under Medicaid. First, states are given
authority, subject to certain standards, to limit or specify conditions to the
coverage of particular drugs. Second, federal Medicaid law establishes
standards affecting pharmacy practice, such as the OBRA counseling and drug
utilization review requirements described above. Third, federal regulations
impose certain requirements relating to the reimbursement for prescription
drugs furnished to Medicaid recipients. Among other things, federal regulations
establish "upper limits" on payment levels. In addition to requirements imposed
by federal law, states have substantial discretion to determine administrative,
coverage, eligibility and payment policies under their state Medicaid programs
which may affect the Company's operations.
The Medicare program is a federally funded and administered health
insurance program for individuals age 65 and older or who are disabled.
Medicare covers a limited number of specifically designated prescription drugs.
As part of the Balanced Budget Act of 1997, reimbursement for these products is
generally limited to 95% of the published average wholesale price for such
products. An increasing number of Medicare beneficiaries are being served
through health maintenance organizations. In addition to the limited Medicare
coverage for specified products described above, some health maintenance
organizations providing health care benefits to Medicare beneficiaries may
offer expanded drug coverage.
The Medicare and Medicaid programs are subject to statutory and regulatory
changes, retroactive and prospective rate adjustments, administrative rulings
and freezes and funding restrictions, all of which may adversely affect the
Company's business. There can be no assurance that payments for pharmaceutical
supplies and services under governmental reimbursement programs will continue
to be based on the current methodology or remain comparable to present levels.
In this regard, the Company may be subject to rate reductions as a result of
federal budgetary legislation related to the Medicare and Medicaid programs. In
addition, various Medicaid programs periodically experience budgetary
shortfalls which may result in Medicaid payment delays.
Fraud and Abuse. The Company is subject to federal and state laws
prohibiting the submission of false or fraudulent claims and governing its
billing relationships and financial and other arrangements between health care
providers. These laws include the federal anti-kickback statute, which
prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving,
offering or paying any remuneration directly or indirectly to induce or in
return for the referral of an individual to a person for the furnishing of any
item or service for which payment may be made in whole or in part under federal
health care programs. Many states have enacted similar statutes which are not
necessarily limited to items and services for which payment is made by federal
health care programs. New Jersey, for example, enacted the "Healthcare Cost
Reduction Act" in 1991. Federal and state courts have interpreted these laws
broadly. Violations of these laws may result in fines, imprisonment, civil
money penalties and exclusion from the federal and state funded health care
programs.
The Department of Health and Human Services Office of Inspector General
has issued a "Special Fraud Alert" concerning prescription drug marketing
practices that could potentially violate the federal anti-kickback statute.
According to the Special Fraud Alert, examples of practices that may implicate
the statute include certain arrangements under which remuneration is made to
pharmacists to recommend the use of a particular pharmaceutical product.
In addition, a number of states have undertaken enforcement actions
against pharmaceutical manufacturers involving pharmaceutical marketing
programs, including programs containing incentives to pharmacists to dispense
one particular product rather than another. These enforcement actions arose
under state consumer protection laws which generally prohibit false
advertising, deceptive trade practices, and the like.
47
<PAGE>
The Company seeks to maintain its contract arrangements with other health
care providers, its pharmaceutical suppliers and its pharmacy practices in
compliance with these laws. There can be no assurance that such laws will not,
however, be interpreted in the future in a manner inconsistent with the
Company's interpretation and application.
Health Care Legislation. Prescription drug sales have represented a
significant portion of the Company's revenues. These revenues may be affected
by changes within the health care industry, including changes in programs
providing for reimbursement of the cost of prescription drugs by Third-Party
Plans, regulatory changes relating to the approval process for prescription
drugs and proposals to reduce significantly projected increases in federal
spending on Medicare, Medicaid and other governmental programs.
In recent years, a number of legislative proposals have been introduced in
Congress to reform the health care system, including proposals in the context
of federal budget legislation. In addition, a number of states have enacted and
are considering various health care reforms. For example, several state
Medicaid programs have established mandatory statewide managed care programs
for Medicaid beneficiaries to control costs through negotiated or capitated
rates, as opposed to traditional cost based reimbursement for Medicaid
services, and proposed to use savings achieved through these programs to expand
coverage to those not previously eligible for Medicaid. Also, legislation to
reform the FDA, if enacted, could expressly permit pharmacy drug compounding
under certain conditions for individual patients. This could maintain and
increase the range of services provided by the Company. The Company cannot
predict whether or in what form health care legislation may be adopted in the
future, at the federal or state level, or the impact of any such legislation on
the Company's financial position or results of operations. However, to the
extent health care legislation expands the number of persons receiving health
care benefits covering the purchase of prescription drugs (such as through
government-sponsored managed care initiatives), it could result in increased
purchases of such drugs and could thereby have a favorable impact on both the
Company and the retail drug industry in general. Nevertheless, there can be no
assurance that any such legislation will be enacted or, if enacted, that such
legislation will not have an adverse effect on the Company.
Labor Laws. The Company is subject to laws governing its relationship with
employees, including minimum wage requirements, overtime and working
conditions. An increase in the minimum wage rate, employee benefit costs or
other costs associated with employees could adversely affect the Company.
Trade Names, Service Marks and Trademarks
The Company uses various trade names, service marks and trademarks,
including "Drug Fair" and "Cost Cutters," in the conduct of its business.
Historically, the Company has relied on common law protection of its trade
names, service marks and trademarks. Common law provides the Company with
limited protection for its trade names, service marks and trademarks within its
product lines and in its geographic market areas. Although the Company recently
filed a federal service mark registration application for the service mark
"Drug Fair," a third party which does not currently operate in the Company's
geographic markets owns an issued federal service mark registration for the
name "Cost Cutters." See "Risk Factors--Reliance on Trade Names, Service Marks
and Trademarks."
Employees
As of December 31, 1997, the Company had approximately 1,550 employees of
which approximately 43% were full-time and 57% were part-time. None of such
employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements or represented by
unions. The Company has not experienced any material business interruption as a
result of labor disputes and the Company considers its employee relations to be
good.
Litigation and Environmental Matters
The Company is from time to time involved in routine litigation incidental
to the conduct of its business. The Company believes that no current pending
litigation to which it is a party will, individually or in the aggregate, have
a material adverse effect on its financial position or results of operations or
cash flows. The Company has not been required to expend in the past, and does
not expect to be required to expend in the future, any significant amounts for
investigation of environmental conditions, remediation of environmental
conditions or other similar matters.
48
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT
Directors, Executive Officers and Key Employees
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the
directors, executive officers and key employees of the Holding Company and the
Company:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Years with
Name Age Title Company
- ------------------------- ----- ---------------------------------------------------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Frank Marfino 54 President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of 15
the Holding Company and the Company
Lynn L. Shallcross 56 President--Cost Cutters Division of the Company 25
Todd H. Pluymers 33 Chief Financial Officer of the Holding Company 6
and the Company
Barrie Levine 52 Vice President--Pharmacy Operations of the 5
Company
William F. Gilligan 55 Vice President--Distribution of the Company 12
Kevin Marron 40 Director--MIS of the Company 11
Alan J. Kirschner 43 Director--Loss Prevention of the Company 6
Mark H. DeBlois 41 Director of the Holding Company and the Company 2
Harvey P. Mallement 57 Director of the Holding Company and the Company 2
</TABLE>
Mr. Marfino has been a Director and the President and Chief Executive
Officer of the Holding Company and the Company since February 1995. Prior to
February 1995, Mr. Marfino had served as the Chief Operating Officer of the
Company beginning in 1990 after having served as Vice President in charge of
Operations and Merchandising. Prior to joining the Company in 1982, Mr. Marfino
held senior positions, including Regional Manager and Director of
Administrative Operations with Two Guys Discount Stores/Vorando, Inc. over a 19
year period. Mr. Marfino has 30 years of experience in the retail industry.
Mr. Shallcross has been President of the Cost Cutters division since 1984.
Mr. Shallcross joined the Company in 1971 and has held numerous positions in
management including pharmacist, pharmacist-manager, and district manager. Mr.
Shallcross is a graduate of Rutgers College of Pharmacy and has been a licensed
pharmacist since 1964.
Mr. Pluymers joined the Company in April 1991 as Chief Financial Officer
and was appointed Chief Financial Officer of the Holding Company in January
1995. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Pluymers was employed by Arthur
Andersen & Co. from 1986 through 1991, most recently as an Audit Manager. Mr.
Pluymers is a graduate of Westminster College with a degree in Business
Administration/Accounting and is a Certified Public Accountant.
Mr. Levine joined the Company as Vice President--Pharmacy Operations in
1993. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Levine was employed by Supermarkets
General (Pathmark) since 1971. At Pathmark, Mr. Levine held various positions,
including Regional Pharmacy and Regional Front-End Supervisor, Regional
Non-Food Product Manager, and Manager of Pharmacy Services. Mr. Levine is a
graduate of Brooklyn College of Pharmacy and a licensed pharmacist in several
states.
Mr. Gilligan has been Vice President--Distribution since 1985 after
serving as General Manager for 11 years with Atlantic Distribution Center in
Jersey City, New Jersey and 11 years with Wakefern Food Corporation, parent
company of Shop-Rite supermarkets. Trained in distribution management at Ohio
State University and Rutgers University, Mr. Gilligan is responsible for the
daily management of the distribution center, transportation logistics, property
management and the administrative staff. Mr. Gilligan has over 30 years of
experience in Distribution-Warehouse Management.
Mr. Marron has been Director--Management Information Systems for the
Company since 1986. Mr. Marron's work experience includes six years with
Arthur's Catalog Showroom and six years with MIS Software Corporation prior to
joining the Company. Mr. Marron has been instrumental in the creation of
several proprietary software
49
<PAGE>
applications for the Company, including inventory management, sales, marketing,
distribution, warehouse management, shelf labeling and point-of-sale in store
applications.
Mr. Kirschner joined the Company as Director--Loss Prevention in 1991.
Prior to 1991, Mr. Kirschner held a similar position with NBO Menswear and
Rickel Home Centers, Inc. Mr. Kirschner is a graduate of Jersey City State
College.
Mr. DeBlois has been a Director of the Holding Company and the Company
since 1995. Since 1990, Mr. DeBlois has been employed as an officer, most
recently as a Managing Director, of BancBoston Ventures Inc., a private equity
investment firm with committed capital in excess of $750 million that provides
private equity and mezzanine financing to middle market companies for
management-led buyouts, acquisitions and growth capital. Mr. DeBlois is a
graduate of Boston College.
Mr. Mallement has been a Director of the Holding Company and the Company
since 1995. Since 1981, Mr. Mallement has been Managing General Partner of
Harvest Partners, Inc., a private equity investment and growth financing firm
with committed capital in excess of $250 million that provides equity
investment financing that focuses on the acquisition of medium sized companies
and financing of growth businesses. Mr. Mallement is also a director of Symbol
Technologies, Inc. and is a graduate of the City College of New York with a
masters degree in Business Administration.
Pursuant to a Stockholder Agreement entered into as of January 30, 1995,
as amended, the holders of a substantial majority of the outstanding common
stock of the Holding Company (the "Common Stock"), including BancBoston
Ventures, Inc. and Harvest Partners International, L.P., and their affiliates,
as well as the Holding Company, Banque Paribas, Paribas Principal, Inc., TA
Holding, Inc., Jon Tietbohl and Frank Marfino, have agreed that each of the
Holding Company and the Company will have a Board of Directors comprised of up
to five members. The stockholders party to the Stockholder Agreement have
agreed to vote for the following persons as directors: (i) up to two
individuals designated by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares
of Common Stock purchased by BancBoston in 1995 (the "BBV Stock"); (ii) up to
two individuals designated by the holders of a majority of the outstanding
shares of Common Stock purchased by Harvest and its affiliates in 1995 (the
"Harvest Stock"); and (iii) Frank Marfino, so long as he continues to be
employed by the Holding Company as President and Chief Executive Officer, and
thereafter, his successor as President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. DeBlois
has been designated for election to the Board of Directors of the Holding
Company and the Company by the holders of a majority of the BBV Stock, and Mr.
Mallement has been designated for election to the Board of Directors of the
Holding Company and the Company by the holders of a majority of the Harvest
Stock.
Executive officers of the Holding Company and the Company are appointed by
their respective Boards of Directors on an annual basis and serve until their
successors have been duly elected and qualified. There are no family
relationships among any of the executive officers and directors of the Holding
Company and the Company.
Compensation of Directors
Directors of the Holding Company and the Company do not receive
compensation from the Holding Company or the Company for their service in such
capacities.
During fiscal 1997 the Company paid $20,000 each to two outside directors
of the Company and the Holding Company for their services as directors during
such period. Each of these individuals resigned as directors of the Company and
the Holding Company prior to the issuance of the Existing Notes.
Executive Compensation
The following table sets forth the aggregate compensation paid by the
Company for services rendered during fiscal 1997 to the Company's Chief
Executive Officer and four other most highly-compensated executive officers.
50
<PAGE>
Summary Compensation Table
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Annual Compensation for Fiscal 1997
--------------------------------------------
All Other
Name and Principal Position Salary Bonus (1) Compensation (2)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Frank Marfino
President and Chief Executive Officer $431,692 $228,680 $3,748
Lynn L. Shallcross
President--Cost Cutters Division $167,135 $ 50,000 $2,586
Todd H. Pluymers
Chief Financial Officer $133,606 $ 26,000 $ 741
Barrie Levine
Vice President--Pharmacy Operations $124,423 $ 12,200 $1,620
William F. Gilligan
Vice President--Distribution $107,231 $ 17,500 $1,738
</TABLE>
- ------------
(1) Reflects bonuses paid during fiscal 1997 with respect to the achievement of
certain performance goals relating to fiscal 1996. The amounts of annual
bonuses that may be paid to the named executive officers for fiscal 1997
have not yet been determined. In addition, it is expected that the Company
will pay one-time performance-related bonuses to Mr. Marfino and Mr.
Pluymers aggregating approximately $1.4 million. It is expected that these
bonuses will be paid in one or more installments over the next nine
months. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."
(2) Amounts include the values of the personal use of company cars equal to
$1,300, $520, $520, $520 and $520 for each of Messrs. Marfino, Shallcross,
Pluymers, Levine and Gilligan, respectively, as well as the incremental
cost of additional life insurance premiums in the amounts of $2,448,
$2,066, $221, $1,100 and $1,218, for each of Messrs. Marfino, Shallcross,
Pluymers, Levine and Gilligan, respectively.
The following table sets forth the number of options to purchase Common
Stock held by the Company's Chief Executive Officer as of the end of fiscal
1997. None of the Company's four other most highly-compensated executive
officers held any options to purchase Common Stock as of the end of fiscal
1997, and there were no options to purchase Common Stock granted during fiscal
1997.
Fiscal Year End Option Values
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Number of Securities
underlying unexercised Value of unexercised
Options at Fiscal Year In-the-Money Options
End (#) at Fiscal Year-End ($)
Exercisable/Unexercisable Exercisable/Unexercisable(1)
--------------------------- -----------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Frank Marfino ...... 21,334/21,001 $179,206
</TABLE>
- ------------
(1) The value of unexercised in-the-money options (each of which was granted in
January 1995) is determined by determining the difference between the book
value of the Common Stock underlying the options at the end of fiscal 1997
($18.40) and the option exercise price. The Common Stock was not publicly
traded at the end of fiscal 1997.
Indebtedness of Management
During fiscal 1997, Mr. Frank Marfino, the President and Chief Executive
Officer of the Holding Company and the Company, and a director of the Holding
Company and the Company, had an outstanding loan from the Company which was
incurred by Mr. Marfino in connection with his purchase of shares of capital
stock of the Company concurrently with the acquisition of the Company by the
Holding Company in January 1995. In connection with this loan, Mr. Marfino
executed a full-recourse promissory note to the Company which required Mr.
Marfino to pay cash interest at a rate of 8% per annum. The largest amount of
this loan that was outstanding during fiscal 1997 was $173,334, and this loan
was repaid in October 1997. See "Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions."
51
<PAGE>
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
Mr. Frank Marfino, the President and Chief Executive Officer of the
Holding Company and the Company, and a director of the Holding Company and the
Company, participated in all deliberations of the Board of Directors of the
Company and the Holding Company concerning executive officer compensation.
Employment Agreements
In connection with the acquisition of the Company by the Holding Company
in 1995, the Company entered into Employment Agreements with each of Messrs.
Marfino, Shallcross, Pluymers, Levine and Gilligan. Each of these Employment
Agreements contains customary confidential information and inventions
assignment provisions and provides for a one-year non-competition period upon
termination.
Mr. Marfino's Employment Agreement, which expires in January 2001,
provides for Mr. Marfino to receive an annual base salary of $450,000 (subject
to annual increases based on a consumer price index), and an incentive bonus
based on the financial performance of the Company. Mr. Marfino is not entitled
to receive a bonus for any fiscal year in which the Company's Actual EBITDA (as
defined in the Employment Agreement) is less than 90% of a forecasted EBITDA.
In the event that Actual EBITDA is more than 90% of forecasted EBITDA, Mr.
Marfino will receive a bonus calculated with respect to the amount by which
Actual EBITDA exceeds forecasted EBITDA, of which $50,000 is guaranteed. In the
event that Mr. Marfino's employment is terminated by the Company prior to the
end of the term of the Employment Agreement or any extension thereof, or he
resigns under circumstances in which he is deemed to have terminated his
employment for Good Reason (as defined therein), Mr. Marfino is entitled to
receive his base salary through the end of the initial term of his Employment
Agreement or any extension term and a pro rated minimum bonus and incentive
bonus. In the event that Mr. Marfino's employment is terminated as a result of
death or disability, Mr. Marfino or his estate is entitled to severance pay of
one year of base salary and a pro rated minimum bonus and incentive bonus. In
the event that Mr. Marfino's employment is terminated upon the expiration of
the term of the Employment Agreement or any extension term, Mr. Marfino shall
be entitled only to receive a pro rated minimum bonus and incentive bonus.
The Employment Agreements for Messrs. Shallcross, Pluymers, Levine and
Gilligan, each of which expires in January or February of 1998, currently
provide for base salaries of $168,000, $137,500, $125,000 and $108,000,
respectively. In the event that the employment of any of these officers is
terminated during the respective terms of their Employment Agreements for
death, disability, resignation or termination by the Company other than for
"cause," the relevant officer will receive severance pay of his base salary for
one year after termination. No severance pay is payable under any of the
Employment Agreements in the event of termination for "cause."
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
In January 1995, the Holding Company, which was formed for purposes of
acquiring the Company by BancBoston, Harvest and certain other investors,
including certain members of the Company's management, acquired the Company
through a merger of a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company with and
into the Company in which the old stockholders of the Company received cash for
their shares of stock of the Company.
In connection with the acquisition of the Company in 1995, the following
officers, directors and holders of five percent or more of the Common Stock of
the Holding Company paid the following amounts set forth below for their
interests in the Holding Company. In addition, the Holding Company paid
transaction-related fees of $500,000 each to each of Harvest and First Capital
Corporation, an affiliate of BancBoston.
Consideration Paid in Connection with Acquisition
Shareholder Consideration
- ----------------------------------------------------- --------------
BancBoston .......................................... $2,301,110
Harvest ............................................. 781,871
Harvest Technology Partners, L.P. .................. 252,901
European Development Capital Corporation N.V. ...... 227,611
DBG Auslands--Holding GmbH ........................ 1,038,727
Frank Marfino ....................................... 50,000
Paribas Principal, Inc. ........................... 400,000
52
<PAGE>
The total consideration paid by the Holding Company to the former owners
of the Company in connection with the acquisition of the Company by the Holding
Company was approximately $85.0 million. The other investors in this
transaction included The Alexander Fund, TA Holding, Inc. and Jon Tietbohl.
In connection with the acquisition of the Company by the Holding Company,
the Company entered into Employment Agreements with each of Mr. Frank Marfino,
the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, Mr. Todd Pluymers,
the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, Mr. Lynn Shallcross, the President
of the Cost Cutters division of the Company, Mr. William Gilligan, the Vice
President--Distribution of the Company and Mr. Barrie Levine, the Vice
President--Pharmacy Operations of the Company. See "Management--Employment
Agreements."
The holders of a substantial majority of the outstanding Common Stock have
also entered into a Stockholder Agreement pursuant to which such stockholders
agreed (i) to vote their shares of Common Stock in favor of a specified size
and composition of the respective Boards of Directors of the Holding Company
and the Company, (ii) not to transfer shares of Common Stock in violation of
such Stockholder Agreement, (iii) to consent to and participate in certain
sales of the Holding Company approved by the Board of Directors of the Holding
Company and holders of a majority of the Common Stock held by each of
BancBoston and Harvest and certain transferees and (iv) not to vote in favor
of, or permit the Board of Directors of the Holding Company to vote in favor
of, certain actions relating to corporate governance, including the borrowing
of money, the payment of dividends and the making of any guarantees of
obligations of other persons, not approved by BancBoston and Harvest. See
"Management--Directors, Executive Officers and Key Employees."
The Company is also bound by Management Fee Agreements each dated as of
January 30, 1995 (as amended, the "Management Fee Agreements"), pursuant to
which the Company is required to pay an annual fee of $125,000 to each of
BancBoston and Harvest Partners, Inc. in consideration for certain management
services provided by such entities in connection with the administration of the
Company's business. These services include providing advice and administrative
oversight with respect to the Company's business direction and policy in the
promotion, development and operation of the Company's business. The Company's
obligations under the respective Management Fee Agreements shall continue so
long as BancBoston or Harvest, as the case may be, owns any shares of capital
stock of the Holding Company. Payments under the Management Agreements will
constitute "Permitted Payments" under the Indenture. See "Description of
Notes."
Banque Paribas, the agent for the Old Credit Facility, holds a presently
exercisable warrant (the "Paribas Warrant") to purchase 16,667 shares of Common
Stock and Paribas Principal, Inc. ("Paribas Principal"), an affiliate of Banque
Paribas, holds 40,000 shares of Common Stock. The Company repaid all amounts
outstanding under the Old Credit Facility with a portion of the proceeds of the
Offering and terminated the Old Credit Facility simultaneously with the closing
of the Offering. After the consummation of the Offering, Paribas Principal
continues to hold 40,000 shares of Common Stock, and the Paribas Warrant
remains outstanding. In connection with the payment of the Dividend, Banque
Paribas and Paribas Principal received approximately $1.66 million and $4.0
million, respectively.
The Holding Company, BancBoston, Harvest, Banque Paribas, Paribas
Principal, Harvest Technology Partners, L.P., European Development Capital
Corporation N.V., Deutsche Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH, Frank Marfino and
certain other stockholders of the Holding Company are party to a Registration
Rights Agreement, dated as of January 30, 1995, pursuant to which the Holding
Company granted the other parties thereto piggy-back registration rights with
respect to their shares of Common Stock subject to certain limitations in the
event of an underwritten offering, and certain demand registration rights which
are exercisable during certain periods after the initial public offering of the
Common Stock. In addition, if the Holding Company has not completed an initial
public offering of its Common Stock prior to January 30, 2003, the holders of a
majority of the securities initially issued to Banque Paribas and Paribas
Principal are permitted to cause the Holding Company to effect such an initial
public offering pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement.
The Company paid a dividend of approximately $45.0 million to the Holding
Company out of the proceeds of the Offering. The Holding Company paid the
Dividend to its shareholders, including management and certain employees of the
Company, BancBoston and Harvest. Messrs. Marfino, Shallcross, Pluymers,
Gilligan and Levine received approximately $3.6 million, $578,000, $442,000,
$436,000 and $142,000, respectively, and BancBoston, Harvest, Harvest
Technology Partners, L.P. and European Development Capital Corporation N.V.
received approximately $15.9 million, $5.2 million, $1.8 million and $1.4
million, respectively, from the Dividend.
53
<PAGE>
The Company leases the location for its Westfield, New Jersey store from
Jules and Arlene Siegel, the former majority stockholders of the Company,
pursuant to a lease which expires on September 30, 1998. Under the terms of
this lease, the Company is required to pay a monthly rent of $16,592. For the
six months ended July 29, 1995, fiscal 1996 and fiscal 1997, total payments
under this lease aggregated $100,000, $199,000 and $199,000, respectively. The
lessors sold all of their interests in the Company to the Holding Company in
January 1995.
The Company expects to pay one-time performance-related bonuses of
approximately $1.2 million and $200,000 to Mr. Marfino and Mr. Pluymers,
respectively, in one or more installments over the next nine months. These
bonuses will be paid pursuant to a committment made by the Board of Directors
of the Company in October 1997 to grant bonuses to these officers in such
amounts in consideration of the contributions made by such officers to the
growth and success of the Company over the period since its acquisition in
January 1995. The payment of these bonuses will constitute "Exempted Affiliate
Transactions" under the Indenture for purposes of the "Limitation on
Transactions with Affiliates" covenant. See "Description of Notes--Certain
Definitions."
On October 16, 1997, the Holding Company amended all of the Subordinated
Notes to the holders thereof in the same principal amounts in connection with
the issuance of the Existing Notes and the Existing Guarantee. These
Subordinated Notes were reissued in order to expressly provide for the
subordination of the Holding Company's obligations thereunder to the
obligations of the Holding Company under the Indenture, including the
Guarantees. No officers or directors of the Company or the Holding Company hold
any Subordinated Notes, although the following 5% or greater shareholders of
the Holding Company hold Subordinated Notes in the following original principal
amounts:
Noteholder: Principal Amount:
BancBoston .......................................... $5,753,890
Harvest ............................................. 1,889,970
Harvest Technology Partners, L.P. .................. 643,210
European Development Capital Corporation, N.V. ...... 505,286
DBG Auslands-Holding GmbH ........................... 2,641,821
Paribas Principal .................................... 1,400,000
BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP
The Holding Company is the beneficial owner, with sole voting power and
investment power, of 100% of the outstanding capital stock of the Company.
The following table sets forth certain information regarding beneficial
ownership of the Common Stock(1) and Preferred Stock(2) of the Holding Company
(i) by each person known to the Company to own beneficially more than 5% of
each class of outstanding voting capital stock of the Holding Company, (ii) by
each director of the Company and the Holding Company, (iii) by each of the
executive officers of the Company and the Holding Company named in the "Summary
Compensation Table," and (iv) by all directors and executive officers of the
Company and the Holding Company as a group, as of December 31, 1997.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Class A Common Stock Preferred Stock
------------------------------------ -----------------------------------
Amount and Nature of Percent Amount and Nature of Percent
Name and Address Beneficial Ownership(3) of Class Beneficial Ownership(3) of Class
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BancBoston Ventures Inc.
175 Federal St.
Boston, MA 02110 .................. 159,389(4) 43.2% -- --
Mark H. DeBlois
c/o BancBoston Ventures Inc.
175 Federal St.
Boston, MA 02110 .................. 159,389(5) 43.2% -- --
Harvest Partners International, L.P.
c/o Harvest Partners, Inc.
767 Third Avenue
New York, NY 10017 ............... 51,851(6) 20.4% -- --
</TABLE>
54
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Class A Common Stock Preferred Stock
------------------------------------ -----------------------------------
Amount and Nature of Percent Amount and Nature of Percent
Name and Address Beneficial Ownership(3) of Class Beneficial Ownership(3) of Class
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Harvey P. Mallement
c/o Harvest Partners, L.P.
767 Third Avenue
New York, NY 10017 ........................ 83,816(7) 32.9% -- --
Paribas Principal, Inc.
787 Seventh Avenue
New York, NY 10017 ........................ 40,000(8) 15.7% -- --
DBG Auslands-Holding GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Strasse 2
D-60439 Frankfurt-am-Main
Germany .................................... 73,525(9) 28.9% -- --
Harvest Technology Partners, L.P.
c/o Harvest Partners, Inc.
767 Third Avenue
New York, NY 10017 ........................ 17,901(6) 7.0% -- --
Banque Paribas
787 Seventh Avenue
New York, NY 10019 ........................ 16,667(8) 6.1% -- --
European Development Capital Corporation N.V.
c/o Harvest Partners, Inc.
767 Third Avenue
New York, NY 10017 ........................ 14,064(6) 5.5% -- --
Frank Marfino .............................. 37,333(10) 14.6% 4,000 50.9%
Lynn L. Shallcross ........................ 8,211(11) 3.2% 1,073 13.6%
Todd H. Pluymers ........................... 6,781(11) 2.7% 715 9.1%
William F. Gilligan ........................ 6,781(11) 2.7% 715 9.1%
Barrie Levine .............................. 2,927(11) 1.1% 143 1.8%
All Directors and Executive Officers as a
Group (7 persons) ........................... 305,238(12) 82.4% 6,646 84.5%
</TABLE>
- ------------
(1) The Common Stock is comprised of Class A Voting Common Stock, $.00001 par
value per share ("Class A Common Stock"), and Class B Non-Voting Common
Stock, $.00001 par value per share ("Class B Common Stock"), each having
the same rights and privileges, other than with respect to voting rights
and powers. Holders of shares of Class A Common Stock have full voting
rights and powers as to all matters submitted to the stockholders of the
Holding Company for vote, consent or approval. Shares of Class A Common
Stock are convertible into shares of Class B Common Stock. Shares of Class
B Common Stock are convertible into shares of Class A Common Stock, except
in the event that the holder is a bank holding company or subsidiary
thereof and such holder is restricted by applicable banking laws from
holding any (or any additional) shares with voting rights.
(2) The Preferred Stock of the Holding Company, $1.00 par value per share (the
"Preferred Stock"), has a liquidation value of $100 per share and is
mandatorily redeemable by the Holding Company on January 31, 2005, or
optionally redeemable by the Holding Company at any time, in either case
at the liquidation value thereof. Holders of Preferred Stock have no
voting rights with respect to such shares.
(3) As used in this table, "beneficial ownership" means the sole or shared
power to vote or direct the voting of a security, or the sole or shared
investment power with respect to a security. A person is deemed as of
55
<PAGE>
any date to have "beneficial ownership" of any security that such person
has the right to acquire within 60 days after such date. For purposes of
computing the percentage of outstanding shares held by each person named
above, any security that such person has the right to acquire within 60
days of the date of calculation is deemed to be outstanding, but is not
deemed to be outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage
ownership of any other person.
(4) Includes 114,397 shares of Class B Common Stock.
(5) The shares shown as beneficially owned by Mr. DeBlois represent 159,389
shares owned of record by BancBoston. Mr. DeBlois is a Managing Director
of BancBoston and may be deemed to control BancBoston, and accordingly may
be deemed to control the voting and disposition of the shares of Class A
Common Stock owned by BancBoston. As such, Mr. DeBlois may be deemed to
have shared voting and investment power with respect to all shares held by
BancBoston. However, Mr. DeBlois disclaims beneficial ownership of the
securities held by BancBoston.
(6) Harvest Partners International, L.P. ("Harvest Partners") is affiliated
with Harvest Technology Partners, L.P. ("Harvest") and European
Development Capital Corporation N.V. ("European Development"). In the
aggregate, Harvest Partners, Harvest and European Development hold 83,816
shares of Class A Common Stock, representing 32.9% of the shares
outstanding. Harvest Partners, Harvest and European each disclaim
beneficial ownership of all shares held by the others.
(7) The shares shown as beneficially owned by Mr. Mallement represent 51,851
shares owned of record by Harvest Partners, 17,901 shares owned of record
by Harvest and 14,064 shares owned of record by European Development. Mr.
Mallement either directly (whether through ownership interest or position)
or through one or more intermediaries, may be deemed to control the voting
and disposition of the Class A Common Stock owned by each of Harvest
Partners, Harvest and European Development, and accordingly may be deemed
to have shared voting and investment power with respect to all shares held
by each of Harvest Partners, Harvest and European Development. However,
Mr. Mallement disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities held by
each of Harvest Partners, Harvest and European Development except to the
extent of his pecuniary interests therein.
(8) Paribas Principal, Inc. is affiliated with Banque Paribas, which holds a
presently exercisable warrant to purchase 16,667 shares of Class A Common
Stock, representing 6.1% of the shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding
on a fully diluted basis. In the aggregate, on a fully diluted basis,
Paribas Principal and Banque Paribas would hold, upon exercise of all such
warrants, 56,667 shares of Class A Common Stock, representing 20.9% of the
shares outstanding. Paribas Principal and Banque Paribas each disclaim
beneficial ownership of all shares held by the other.
(9) Includes 73,525 shares of Class B Common Stock.
(10) Includes 1,334 shares subject to exercisable options. In addition, all of
such shares are subject to repurchase by the Holding Company upon
termination of employment under certain circumstances.
(11) All of such shares are subject to repurchase by the Holding Company upon
termination of employment under certain circumstances.
(12) Includes 1,334 shares subject to exercisable options. In addition, 60,699
shares are subject to repurchase by the Holding Company upon termination
of employment under certain circumstances. Except as noted above, the
Company believes that the beneficial holders listed in the table above
have sole voting power and investment power over the shares described as
being beneficially owned by them.
56
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF NEW CREDIT FACILITY AND CERTAIN OTHER INDEBTEDNESS
New Credit Facility
The Company entered into a five-year revolving credit facility (the "New
Credit Facility") simultaneous with the closing of the Offering with PNC Bank,
National Association (the "Lender") providing for up to $20.0 million of
credit, including a sublimit of $5.0 million for letter of credit
accommodations. Borrowings under the New Credit Facility are limited to a
borrowing base comprised of 85% of eligible accounts receivable and 65% of
eligible inventory, and bear interest, at the option of the Company, at either
(i) the Lender's "Prime Rate," as announced from time to time or (ii) the
"Euro-Rate plus Applicable Margin" ("Eurodollar Loans"). "Euro-Rate" means the
rate (grossed up for maximum statutory reserve requirements for eurocurrency
liabilities) determined by the Lender in accordance with its usual procedures
to be the Eurodollar rate for one, two, three or six month periods (as selected
by the Company), and the Applicable Margin on Eurodollar Loans is 1.75%.
The proceeds of the New Credit Facility will be used to provide for the
working capital requirements of the Company and for other general corporate
purposes. As of October 31, 1997, the Company had not made any borrowings under
the New Credit Facility. See "Use of Proceeds."
The New Credit Facility is secured by first priority security interests in
all of the tangible and intangible assets of the Company.
The New Credit Facility contains certain financial and operating
covenants, including a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio. In addition, the
Company is limited in the amount of annual capital expenditures and its ability
to redeem, repurchase or make any payments of principal on account of the
Notes.
The operating covenants of the New Credit Facility include limitations on
the ability of the Company to (i) incur additional indebtedness, other than
certain permitted indebtedness, (ii) sell or lease assets of the Company, other
than the sale of inventory and the retirement of other assets in the ordinary
course of business; (iii) permit additional liens or encumbrances, other than
permitted liens, (iv) make any loans to or investments in other persons, other
than trade credit advanced in the ordinary course of business and certain
permitted investments, (v) become obligated with respect to contingent
obligations relating to third parties, and (vi) make any dividend or
distribution (including by way of redemption of stock) with respect to any
share of stock, other than certain permitted distributions. The operating
covenants include restrictions on certain specified fundamental changes, such
as mergers and asset sales, transactions with shareholders and affiliates, the
transfer of instruments payable to the Company and amending the Company's
governing documents.
If for any reason the Company is unable to comply with the terms of the
New Credit Facility, including the covenants included therein, such
noncompliance could result in an event of default under the New Credit Facility
and could result in the acceleration of payment of the indebtedness under the
New Credit Facility. The acceleration of the indebtedness of the Company under
the New Credit Facility as a result of a default under the New Credit Facility
will constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture. See "Description of
Notes--Events of Default and Remedies." In addition, an Event of Default under
the Indenture will constitute an event of default under the New Credit
Facility.
Senior Subordinated Notes
On October 16, 1997, the Holding Company issued Amended and Restated
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2005 (the "Subordinated Notes") in the aggregate
principal amount of $13.25 million to certain of the Holding Company's
shareholders. The Subordinated Notes constitute the amendment and restatement
of certain predecessor subordinated notes issued by the Holding Company
pursuant to several subscription agreements, each dated as of January 30, 1995,
between the Company and the purchasers of such notes.
The entire principal amount, together with interest on the unpaid amount
outstanding, of each of the Subordinated Notes becomes payable on January 31,
2005. Each of the Subordinated Notes bears interest, at a rate equal to 10% per
annum compounded annually, with interest accruing from January 30, 1995, the
date on which the original senior subordinated notes due 2005 were issued. Each
of the Subordinated Notes is subordinate and junior in right of payment to all
Obligations (as defined therein) of the Holding Company under the Indenture.
57
<PAGE>
EXCHANGE OFFER
General
The Company hereby offers, upon the terms and subject to the conditions
set forth in this Prospectus and in the accompanying Letter of Transmittal
(which together constitute the Exchange Offer), to exchange up to $80.0 million
aggregate principal amount of New Notes for a like aggregate principal amount
of Existing Notes properly tendered on or prior to the Expiration Date and not
withdrawn as permitted pursuant to the procedures described below. The Exchange
Offer is being made with respect to all of the Existing Notes; the total
aggregate principal amount of Existing Notes and New Notes will in no event
exceed $80.0 million.
The summary herein of certain provisions of the Registration Rights
Agreement does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified
in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the Registration Rights
Agreement, a copy of which will be made available upon request of the Company.
Purpose of the Exchange Offer
On October 16, 1997, the Company issued $80.0 million aggregate principal
amount of Existing Notes. The issuance of the Existing Notes was not registered
under the Securities Act in reliance upon the exemption provided in Section
4(2) of the Securities Act.
The Company, the Holding Company and the Initial Purchasers entered into
the Registration Rights Agreement on the Closing Date. Pursuant to the
Registration Rights Agreement, the Company and the Holding Company agreed to
use their respective reasonable best efforts to file with the Commission the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement on the appropriate form under the
Securities Act with respect to the Exchange Notes. Upon the effectiveness of
the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Company and the Holding Company
will offer notes of the Company which will have terms substantially identical
in all material respects to the Notes, including the Existing Guarantee (the
"Exchange Notes") (except that the Exchange Notes will not contain terms with
respect to transfer restrictions) pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange
for properly tendered Transfer Restricted Securities to the Holders of Transfer
Restricted Securities who are able to make certain representations. If (i) the
Company is not required to file the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or
permitted to consummate the Exchange Offer because the Exchange Offer is not
permitted by applicable law or Commission policy or (ii) any Holder of Transfer
Restricted Securities notifies the Company prior to the 20th day following
consummation of the Exchange Offer that (A) it is prohibited by law or
Commission policy from participating in the Exchange Offer or (B) that it may
not resell the Exchange Notes acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the
public without delivering a prospectus and the prospectus contained in the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such
resales or (C) that it is a broker-dealer and owns Notes acquired directly from
the Company or an affiliate of the Company, the Company and the Holding Company
will use their respective reasonable best efforts to file with the Commission a
Shelf Registration Statement covering resales of the Notes by the Holders
thereof who satisfy certain conditions relating to the provision of information
in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement. The Company and the
Holding Company will use their respective reasonable best efforts to cause the
applicable registration statement to be declared effective by the Commission
under the Securities Act on or prior to 90 days after the Company becomes
required to file the Shelf Registration Statement. For purposes of the
foregoing, "Transfer Restricted Securities" means each Note until the earliest
of (i) the date on which such Note is exchanged in the Exchange Offer and is
entitled to be resold to the public by the holder thereof without complying
with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, (ii) the date
on which such Note has been disposed of in accordance with a Shelf Registration
Statement, (iii) the date on which such Note is disposed of by a broker-dealer
pursuant to the plan of distribution contemplated by the "Plan of Distribution"
section of this prospectus (including delivery of a copy of this prospectus),
or (iv) the date on which such Note is distributed to the public pursuant to
Rule 144 under the Act.
The Registration Rights Agreement provides that (i) the Company and the
Holding Company will use their respective reasonable best efforts to file an
Exchange Offer Registration Statement with the Commission as soon as
practicable after the Closing Date, but in no event later than 45 days after
the Closing Date, (ii) the Company and the Holding Company will use their
reasonable best efforts to have the Exchange Offer Registration Statement
declared effective by the Commission at the earliest possible time, but in no
event later than 120 days after the Closing Date, (iii) unless the Exchange
Offer would not be permitted by applicable law or Commission policy, the
Company will commence the Exchange Offer and use its reasonable best efforts to
issue on or prior to 30 business days after the date on which the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement was declared effective by the Commission,
58
<PAGE>
Exchange Notes in exchange for all Notes tendered prior thereto in the Exchange
Offer and (iv) if obligated to file the Shelf Registration Statement, the
Company and the Holding Company will use their respective reasonable best
efforts to file the Shelf Registration Statement with the Commission on or
prior to 30 days after such filing obligation arises and to cause the Shelf
Registration to be declared effective by the Commission on or prior to 90 days
after such obligation arises. The Company will be entitled to suspend the use
of a prospectus under the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or any Shelf
Registration Statement for certain limited periods under certain prescribed
circumstances. If (a) the Company and the Holding Company fail to file any of
the Registration Statements required by the Registration Rights Agreement on or
before the date specified for such filing; (b) any of such Registration
Statements is not declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the date
specified for such effectiveness (the "Effectiveness Target Date"); (c) an
Exchange Offer Registration Statement becomes effective but the Company and the
Holding Company fail to consummate the Exchange Offer within 30 business days
of the Effectiveness Target Date with respect to the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement; or (d) subject to certain exceptions, the Shelf
Registration Statement or the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared
effective but thereafter ceases to be effective or usable in connection with
resales of Transfer Restricted Securities during the periods specified in the
Registration Rights Agreement without being succeeded immediately by a
post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement that cures such failure
and that is itself declared effective immediately (each such event referred to
in clauses (a) through (d) above a "Registration Default"), then the Company
will pay Liquidated Damages to each Holder of the Notes, with respect to the
first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of the first
Registration Default in an amount equal to $.05 per week per $1,000 principal
amount of Notes held by such Holder. The amount of Liquidated Damages will
increase by an additional $.05 per week per $1,000 principal amount of Notes
with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all Registration Defaults
have been cured, up to a maximum amount of Liquidated Damages of $.50 per week
per $1,000 principal amount of Notes. All accrued Liquidated Damages will be
paid by the Company on each Interest Payment Date to the Holders of Global
Notes by wire transfer of immediately available funds or by federal funds check
and to Holders of Certificated Securities at the office or agency of the
Company maintained for such purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of
New York or by mailing checks to their registered addresses. Following the cure
of all Registration Defaults, the accrual of Liquidated Damages will cease.
Holders of Notes will be required to make certain representations to the
Company and the Holding Company (as described in the Registration Rights
Agreement) in order to participate in the Exchange Offer and will be required
to deliver information to be used in connection with the Shelf Registration
Statement within the time periods set forth in the Registration Rights
Agreement in order to have their Notes included in the Shelf Registration
Statement and benefit from the provisions regarding Liquidated Damages set
forth above.
Expiration Date; Extensions; Termination; Amendments
The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on ,
1998, unless the Company, in its sole discretion, has extended the period of
time (as described below) for which the Exchange Offer is open (such date, as
it may be extended, is referred to herein as the "Expiration Date"). The
Expiration Date will be at least 30 days after the commencement of the Exchange
Offer (or longer if required by applicable law). The Company expressly reserves
the right, at any time or from time to time, to extend the period of time
during which the Exchange Offer is open, and thereby delay acceptance for
exchange of any Existing Notes by giving oral notice (confirmed in writing) or
written notice to the Exchange Agent (as defined herein) and by giving written
notice of such extension to the holders thereof or by timely public
announcement communicated, unless otherwise required by applicable law or
regulation, by making a release through the Dow Jones News Service, in each
case, no later than 9:00 A.M. New York City time, on the next business day
after the previously scheduled Expiration Date. Such announcement may state
that the Company is extending the Exchange Offer for a specified period of
time. During any such extension, all Existing Notes previously tendered will
remain subject to the Exchange Offer.
In addition, the Company expressly reserves the right to terminate or
amend the Exchange Offer and not to accept for exchange any Existing Notes not
theretofore accepted for exchange upon the occurrence of any of the events
specified below under "--Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer." If any such
termination or amendment occurs, the Company will notify the Exchange Agent and
will either issue a press release or give oral or written notice to the holders
of the Existing Notes as promptly as practicable.
59
<PAGE>
Procedures for Tendering Existing Notes
The tender to the Company of Existing Notes by a holder thereof as set
forth below and the acceptance thereof by the Company will constitute a binding
agreement between the tendering holder and the Company upon the terms and
subject to the conditions set forth in this Prospectus and in the accompanying
Letter of Transmittal.
A holder of Existing Notes may tender the same by (i) properly completing
and signing the Letter of Transmittal or a facsimile thereof (all references in
this Prospectus to the Letter of Transmittal shall be deemed to include a
facsimile thereof) and delivering the same, together with the certificate or
certificates representing the Existing Notes being tendered, if any, and any
required signature guarantees, to the Exchange Agent at its address set forth
below on or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date (or
complying with the procedure for book-entry transfer described below) or (ii)
complying with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.
THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF EXISTING NOTES, LETTERS OF TRANSMITTAL AND ALL
OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF THE HOLDERS. IF SUCH
DELIVERY IS BY MAIL, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT REGISTERED MAIL PROPERLY INSURED,
WITH RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, OR AN OVERNIGHT OR HAND DELIVERY SERVICE, BE
USED. IN ALL CASES, SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE ALLOWED TO INSURE TIMELY
DELIVERY. NO EXISTING NOTES OR LETTERS OF TRANSMITTAL SHOULD BE SENT TO THE
COMPANY.
Signatures on a Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the
case may be, must be guaranteed unless the Existing Notes surrendered for
exchange pursuant thereto are tendered (i) by a registered holder of the
Existing Notes who has not completed the box entitled "Special Issuance
Instructions" or "Special Delivery Instructions" on the Letter of Transmittal
or (ii) for the account of an Eligible Institution (as defined herein). In the
event that signatures on a Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as
the case may be, are required to be guaranteed, such guarantee must be by a
firm which is a member of a registered national securities exchange or a member
of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or by a commercial bank
or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States (each
an "Eligible Institution"). If Existing Notes are registered in the name of a
person other than a signer of the Letter of Transmittal, the Existing Notes
surrendered for exchange must be endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written
instrument or instruments of transfer or exchange, in satisfactory form as
determined by the Company in its sole discretion, duly executed by the
registered holder with the signature thereon guaranteed by an Eligible
Institution.
The Exchange Agent will make a request promptly after the date of this
Prospectus to establish accounts with respect to the Existing Notes at the
book-entry transfer facility, The Depository Trust Company, for the purpose of
facilitating the Exchange Offer, and subject to the establishment thereof, any
financial institution that is a participant in the book-entry transfer
facility's system may make book-entry delivery of Existing Notes by causing
such book-entry transfer facility to transfer such Existing Notes into the
Exchange Agent's account with respect to the Existing Notes in accordance with
the book-entry transfer facility's procedures for such transfer. Although
delivery of Existing Notes may be effected through book-entry transfer in the
Exchange Agent's account at the book-entry transfer facility, an appropriate
Letter of Transmittal with any required signature guarantee and other required
documents must in each case be transmitted to and received or confirmed by the
Exchange Agent at its address set forth below on or prior to the Expiration
Date, or, if the guaranteed delivery procedures described below are complied
with, within the time period provided under such procedures.
If a holder desires to accept the Exchange Offer and time will not permit
a Letter of Transmittal or Existing Notes to reach the Exchange Agent before
the Expiration Date or the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be
completed on a timely basis, a tender may be effected if the Exchange Agent has
received at its address or facsimile number set forth below on or prior to the
Expiration Date a letter, telegram or facsimile from an Eligible Institution
setting forth the name and address of the tendering holder, the name in which
the Existing Notes are registered and, if possible, the certificate number or
numbers of the Certificate or certificates representing the Existing Notes to
be tendered, and stating that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing
that within three business days after the Expiration Date the Existing Notes in
proper form for transfer (or a confirmation of book-entry transfer of such
Existing Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at the book-entry transfer
facility), will be delivered by such Eligible Institution together with a
properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (and any other
required documents). Unless Existing Notes being tendered by the
above-described method are deposited with the Exchange Agent within the time
period set forth above (accompanied or preceded by a properly completed Letter
60
<PAGE>
of Transmittal and any other required documents), the Company may, at its
option, reject the tender. Copies of a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery which may
be used by an Eligible Institution for the purposes described in this paragraph
are available from the Exchange Agent.
A tender will be deemed to have been received as of the date when (i) the
tendering holder's properly completed and duly signed Letter of Transmittal
accompanied by the Existing Notes (or a confirmation of book-entry transfer of
such Existing Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at the book-entry
transfer facility) is received by the Exchange Agent, or (ii) a Notice of
Guaranteed Delivery or letter, telegram or facsimile to similar effect (as
provided above) from an Eligible Institution is received by the Exchange Agent.
Issuances of New Notes in exchange for Existing Notes tendered pursuant to a
Notice of Guaranteed Delivery or letter, telegram or facsimile to similar
effect (as provided above) by an Eligible Institution will be made only against
deposit of the Letter of Transmittal (and any other required documents) and the
tendered Existing Notes.
All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of
receipt) and acceptance of Existing Notes tendered for exchange will be
determined by the Company in its sole discretion, which determination will be
final and binding on all parties. The Company reserves the right to reject any
and all tenders of any particular Existing Notes not properly tendered or
reject any particular shares of Existing Notes the acceptance of which might,
in the judgment of the Company or its counsel, be unlawful. The Company also
reserves the absolute right to waive any defects or irregularities or condition
of the Exchange Offer as to any particular Existing Notes either before or
after the Expiration Date (including the right to waive the ineligibility of
any holder who seeks to tender Existing Notes in the Exchange Offer). The
interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including the
Letter of Transmittal and the instructions thereto) by the Company shall be
final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities
in connection with tenders of Existing Notes for exchange must be cured within
such time as the Company shall determine. Neither the Company nor any other
person shall be under any duty to give notification of defects or
irregularities with respect to tenders of Existing Notes for exchange, nor
shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give such notification.
If the Letter of Transmittal or any Existing Notes or powers of attorney
are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians,
attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or
representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and
unless waived by the Company, proper evidence satisfactory to the Company of
their authority to so act must be submitted.
By tendering, each holder that is not a broker-dealer or is a
broker-dealer but is not receiving New Notes for its own account will represent
to the Company that, among other things, the New Notes acquired pursuant to the
Exchange Offer are being obtained in the ordinary course of such holder's
business, that such holder has no arrangement or understanding with any person
to participate in the distribution of such New Notes and that such holder is
not an "affiliate" of the Company as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities
Act or, if it is an affiliate, such holder will comply with the registration
and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, to the extent
applicable. Each broker-dealer that is receiving New Notes for its own account
in exchange for Existing Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making
or other trading activities will represent to the Company that it will deliver
a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Existing Notes.
In addition, the Company reserves the right in its sole discretion to (a)
purchase or make offers for any Existing Notes that remain outstanding
subsequent to the Expiration Date, or, as set forth under "--Certain Conditions
to the Exchange Offer," to terminate the Exchange Offer and (b) to the extent
permitted by applicable law, purchase Existing Notes in the open market, in
privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. The terms of any such purchases
or offers may differ from the terms of the Exchange Offer.
Withdrawal Rights
Tenders of Existing Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m.,
New York City time, on the business day prior to the Expiration Date. For a
withdrawal to be effective, a written notice of withdrawal sent by letter,
telegram or facsimile must be received by the Exchange Agent at any time prior
to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the business day prior to the Expiration
Date at its address or facsimile number set forth below. Any such notice of
withdrawal must (i) specify the name of the person having tendered the Existing
Notes to be withdrawn (the "Depositor"), (ii) identify the Existing Notes to be
withdrawn (including the certificate number or numbers of the certificate or
certificates representing such Existing Notes and the aggregate principal
amount of such Existing Notes), (iii) be signed by the holder in the same
manner as the original signature on the Letter of Transmittal by
61
<PAGE>
which such Existing Notes were tendered (including any required signature
guarantees) or be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to permit the
Transfer Agent with respect to the Existing Notes to register the transfer of
such Existing Notes into the name of the person withdrawing the tender and (iv)
specify the name in which any such Existing Notes are to be registered, if
different from that of the Depositor. All questions as to the validity, form
and eligibility (including time of receipt) of such withdrawal notices will be
determined by the Company in its sole discretion, which determination will be
final and binding on all parties. Any Existing Notes so withdrawn will be
deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes of the Exchange Offer and
no New Notes will be issued with respect thereto unless the Existing Notes so
withdrawn are validly retendered. Any Existing Notes which have been tendered
but which are withdrawn will be returned to the holder thereof without cost to
such holder as soon as practicable after such withdrawal. Properly withdrawn
Existing Notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described
above under "--Procedures for Tendering Existing Notes" at any time prior to
the Expiration Date.
Acceptance of Existing Notes for Exchange; Delivery of New Notes
Upon satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions to the Exchange
Offer, the Company will accept, promptly after the Expiration Date, all
Existing Notes properly tendered and will issue the New Notes promptly after
acceptance of the Exchange Offer. See "--Certain Conditions to the Exchange
Offer" below. For purposes of the Exchange Offer, the Company will be deemed to
have accepted properly tendered Existing Notes for exchange when the Company
has given oral or written notice thereof to the Exchange Agent.
In all cases, issuance of the New Notes in exchange for Existing Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be made only after timely receipt by the
Company of such Existing Notes, a properly completed and duly executed Letter
of Transmittal and all other required documents. If any tendered Existing Notes
are not accepted for exchange for any reason set forth in the terms and
conditions of the Exchange Offer, such unaccepted Existing Notes will be
returned without expense to the tendering holder thereof as promptly as
practicable after the rejection of such tender or the expiration or termination
of the Exchange Offer.
Untendered Existing Notes
Holders of Existing Notes whose Existing Notes are not tendered or are
tendered but not accepted in the Exchange Offer will continue to hold such
Existing Notes and will be entitled to all the rights and preferences and
subject to the limitations applicable thereto. Following consummation of the
Exchange Offer, the holders of Existing Notes will continue to be subject to
the existing restrictions upon transfer thereof and, except as provided herein,
the Company will have no further obligation to such holders to provide for the
registration under the Securities Act of the Existing Notes held by them. To
the extent that Existing Notes are tendered and accepted in the Exchange Offer,
the trading market for untendered and tendered but unaccepted Existing Notes
could be adversely affected.
Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer
Notwithstanding any other term of the Exchange Offer, the Company will not
be required to accept for exchange, or issue New Notes in exchange for, any
Existing Notes, and may terminate or amend the Exchange Offer, if at any time
before the acceptance of such Existing Notes for exchange, any of the following
events shall occur:
(A) an injunction, order or decree shall have been issued by any court or
governmental agency that would prohibit, prevent or otherwise materially
impair the ability of the Company to proceed with the Exchange Offer; or
(B) there shall occur a change in the current interpretation of the staff
of the Commission which current interpretation permits the New Notes issued
pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for the Existing Notes to be
offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by holders thereof
(other than (i) a broker-dealer who purchases such New Notes directly from
the Company to resell pursuant to Rule 144A or any other available
exemption under the Securities Act or (ii) a person that is an affiliate of
the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act),
without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions
of the Securities Act provided that such New Notes are acquired in the
ordinary course of such holders' business and such holders have no
arrangement with any person to participate in the distribution of New
Notes.
The foregoing conditions are for the sole benefit of the Company and may
be asserted by the Company regardless of the circumstances giving rise to any
such condition or may be waived by the Company in whole or
62
<PAGE>
in part at any time and from time to time in its sole discretion. The failure
by the Company at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights shall not be
deemed a waiver of any such right and each such right shall be deemed an
ongoing right which may be asserted at any time and from time to time.
If the Company determines that it may terminate the Exchange Offer, as set
forth above, the Company may (i) refuse to accept any Existing Notes and return
any Existing Notes that have been tendered to the holders thereof, (ii) extend
the Exchange Offer and retain all Existing Notes tendered prior to the
Expiration Date, subject to the rights of such holders of tendered shares of
Existing Notes to withdraw their tendered Existing Notes, or (iii) waive such
termination event with respect to the Exchange Offer and accept all properly
tendered Existing Notes that have not been withdrawn. If such waiver
constitutes a material change in the Exchange Offer, the Company will disclose
such change by means of a supplement to this Prospectus that will be
distributed to each registered holder of Existing Notes, and the Company will
extend the Exchange Offer for a period of five to ten business days, depending
upon the significance of the waiver and the manner of disclosure to the
registered holders of the Existing Notes, if the Exchange Offer would otherwise
expire during such period.
In addition, the Company will not accept for exchange any Existing Notes
tendered, and no New Notes will be issued in exchange for any such Existing
Notes, if at any time any stop order shall be threatened by the Commission or
in effect with respect to the Registration Statement.
The Exchange Offer is not conditioned on any minimum principal amount of
Existing Notes being tendered for exchange.
Exchange Agent
The Bank of New York has been appointed as Exchange Agent for the Exchange
Offer. Questions regarding Exchange Offer procedures and requests for
additional copies of this Prospectus or the Letter of Transmittal should be
directed to the Exchange Agent addressed as follows:
By Mail: By Hand or Overnight Delivery:
The Bank of New York The Bank of New York
101 Barclay Street, 7E 101 Barclay Street
New York, New York 10286 Corporate Trust Services Window
Attention: Reorganization Section Ground Level
New York, New York 10286
Attention: Reorganization Section
By Facsimile:
(212) 571-3080
Confirm by Telephone:
(212) 815-6333
The Bank of New York is also the Transfer Agent for the Existing Notes and
New Notes.
Solicitation of Tenders; Fees and Expenses
The Company has not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the
Exchange Offer and will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or other
persons soliciting acceptance of the Exchange Offer. The Company, however, will
pay the Exchange Agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will
reimburse the Exchange Agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in
connection therewith. The cash expenses to be incurred by the Company in
connection with the Exchange Offer will be paid by the Company.
No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any
representation in connection with the Exchange Offer other than those contained
in this Prospectus. If given or made, such information or representations
should not be relied upon as having been authorized by the Company. Neither the
delivery of this Prospectus nor any exchange made hereunder shall, under any
circumstances, create any implication that there has been no change in the
affairs of the Company since the respective dates as of which information is
given herein. The Exchange Offer is not being made to (nor will tenders be
accepted from or on behalf of) holders of Existing Notes in any jurisdiction in
which the making of the Exchange Offer or the acceptance thereof would not be
in compliance with the laws of such jurisdiction.
63
<PAGE>
Transfer Taxes
The Company will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the
exchange of Existing Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however,
certificates representing New Notes or Existing Notes not tendered or accepted
for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be registered or issued in the
name of, any person other than the registered holder of the Existing Notes
tendered, or if tendered Existing Notes are registered in the name of any
person other than the person signing the Letter of Transmittal, or if a
transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of New Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer, then the amount of any such transfer taxes
(whether imposed on the registered holder or any other persons) will be payable
by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or
exemption therefrom is not submitted with the Letter of Transmittal, the amount
of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering holders.
Accounting Treatment
No gain or loss for accounting purposes will be recognized by the Company
upon the consummation of the Exchange Offer. Expenses incurred in connection
with the issuance of the New Notes will be amortized by the Company over the
term of the New Notes under generally accepted accounting principles.
64
<PAGE>
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
Based on no action letters issued by the staff of the Commission to third
parties, the Company believes that the New Notes issued pursuant to the
Exchange Offer in exchange for Existing Notes may be offered for resale, resold
and otherwise transferred by holders thereof (other than (i) a broker-dealer
who purchases such New Notes directly from the Company to resell pursuant to
Rule 144A or any other available exemption under the Securities Act or (ii) a
person that is an affiliate of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under
the Securities Act), without compliance with the registration and prospectus
delivery requirements of the Securities Act provided that New Notes are
acquired in the ordinary course of such holders' business and such holders have
no arrangement with any person to participate in the distribution of such New
Notes. Any holder of Existing Notes who tenders in the Exchange Offer for the
purpose of participating in a distribution of the New Notes could not rely on
such interpretation by the staff of the Commission and must comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in
connection with any resale transaction. Thus, any New Notes acquired by such
holders will not be freely transferable except in compliance with the
Securities Act.
Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account in exchange
for Existing Notes acquired as a result of market-making or other trading
activities must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection
with any resale of such New Notes. For a period of 180 days after the
Expiration Date, this Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from
time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of such
New Notes. During such 180-day period, the Company will use its reasonable best
efforts to make this Prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in
connection with such resale, provided that such broker-dealer indicates in the
Letter of Transmittal that it is a broker-dealer.
The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of New Notes by
broker-dealers. New Notes received by broker-dealers for their own account
pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more
transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions,
through the writing of options on the New Notes or a combination of such
methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices
related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale
may be made directly to purchasers or to or through broker-dealers who may
receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such
broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such New Notes. Any broker-dealer
that resells New Notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to
the Exchange Offer and any person that participates in the distribution of such
New Notes may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the
Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of New Notes and any
commissions or concessions received by any such broker-dealers may be deemed to
be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of
Transmittal states that a broker-dealer, by acknowledging that it will deliver
and by delivering a prospectus, will not be deemed to admit that it is an
"underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.
The Company will indemnify the holders of the New Notes (including any
broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
Securities Act.
65
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF NOTES
Except as otherwise indicated, the following description relates both to
the Existing Notes issued in the Offering and the New Notes, together with the
New Guarantees, to be issued in exchange for the Existing Notes in the Exchange
Offer. The form and terms of the New Notes are the same as the form and terms
of the Existing Notes, except that the New Notes have been registered under the
Securities Act and therefore will not bear legends restricting the transfer
thereof. The New Notes will be obligations of the Company evidencing the same
indebtedness as the Existing Notes. The Existing Notes were issued, and the New
Notes offered hereby will be issued, pursuant to an indenture (the "Indenture")
dated as of October 16, 1997 by and among Community Distributors, Inc. (the
"Company"), CDI Group, Inc. (the "Holding Company"), and The Bank of New York,
as trustee (the "Trustee"). The following summaries of certain provisions of
the Notes, the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement are summaries
only, do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by
reference to all of the provisions of the respective documents. The Indenture
and the Registration Rights Agreement have been filed as exhibits to the
registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Capitalized terms
used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to them
in the Indenture or the Registration Rights Agreement, as applicable. Wherever
particular provisions of the Indenture are referred to in this summary, such
provisions are incorporated by reference as a part of the statements made and
such statements are qualified in their entirety by such reference.
General
The Notes are senior unsecured, general obligations of the Company,
limited in aggregate principal amount to $80 million. The Notes will be issued
only in fully registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $l,000 and
integral multiples thereof.
Maturity, Interest and Principal
The Notes will mature on October 15, 2004. The Notes will bear interest at
the rate per annum stated on the cover page hereof from the date of issuance or
from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or
provided for, payable semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 of each year,
commencing April 15, 1998, to the persons in whose names such Notes are
registered at the close of business on the April 1 or October 1 immediately
preceding such Interest Payment Date. Interest will be calculated on the basis
of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.
Principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes will be payable,
and the Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or exchange, at the
office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose, which office or
agency shall be maintained in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York.
At the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed
to the Holders of the Notes at the addresses set forth upon the registry books
of the Company. No service charge will be made for any registration of transfer
or exchange of Notes, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient
to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.
Until otherwise designated by the Company, the Company's office or agency will
be the corporate trust office of the Trustee presently located at The Bank of
New York, 101 Barclay St., Floor 21W, N.Y., N.Y. 10286 Attn: Corporate Trust,
Trustee Administrator.
The Indenture will not contain provisions which would afford Holders of
the Notes protection in the event of a decline in the Company's credit quality
resulting from highly leveraged or other similar transactions involving the
Company or the Guarantors.
Ranking
The indebtedness of the Company evidenced by the Notes ranks senior in
right of payment to all existing and future subordinated indebtedness of the
Company and pari passu in right of payment with all other existing or future
unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company, including indebtedness under the
New Credit Facility. The Notes, however, are effectively subordinated to
secured Indebtedness of the Company and the Guarantors (including Indebtedness
under the New Credit Facility) with respect to the assets securing such
Indebtedness.
Guarantees
The Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed (the "Guarantees"),
jointly and severally, on a senior unsecured basis by each of the Company's
future Subsidiaries (the "Subsidiary Guarantors") and the Holding
66
<PAGE>
Company (together with the Subsidiary Guarantors, the "Guarantors"). The
obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee, however, will be limited in
a manner intended to avoid it being deemed a fraudulent conveyance under
applicable law. See "--Certain Bankruptcy Limitations" below.
Any right of the Company to receive the assets of any Subsidiary Guarantor
upon such Subsidiary Guarantor's liquidation or reorganization (and the
consequent right of the Holders of the Notes to participate in the distribution
of the proceeds of those assets) will be in effect subordinated by operation of
law to the claims of such Subsidiary Guarantor's creditors (including trade
creditors) and holders of its preferred stock, except to the extent that the
Company is itself recognized as a creditor or preferred stockholder of such
subsidiary.
Certain Bankruptcy Limitations
Holders of the Notes will be direct creditors of each Guarantor by virtue
of its Guarantee. Nonetheless, in the event of the bankruptcy or financial
difficulty of a Guarantor, such Guarantor's obligations under its Guarantee may
be subject to review and avoidance under state and federal fraudulent transfer
laws. Among other things, such obligations may be avoided if a court concludes
that such obligations were incurred for less than reasonably equivalent value
or fair consideration at a time when the Guarantor was insolvent, was rendered
insolvent, or was left with inadequate capital to conduct its business. A court
would likely conclude that a Guarantor did not receive reasonably equivalent
value or fair consideration to the extent that the aggregate amount of its
liability on its Guarantee exceeds the economic benefits it receives in the
Offering. The obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee will be limited
in a manner intended to cause it not to be a fraudulent conveyance under
applicable law, although no assurance can be given that a court would give the
holder the benefit of such provision. See "Risk Factors--Fraudulent Conveyance
Risks."
If the obligations of a Guarantor under its Guarantee were avoided,
Holders of Notes would have to look to the assets of any remaining Guarantors
for payment. There can be no assurance in that event that such assets would
suffice to pay the outstanding principal and interest on the Notes.
Optional Redemption
The Company will not have the right to redeem any Notes prior to October
15, 2001, except as provided in the immediately following paragraph. The Notes
will be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at any
time on or after October 15, 2001, upon not less than 30 days nor more than 60
days notice to each Holder of Notes, at the following redemption prices
(expressed as percentages of the principal amount) if redeemed during the
12-month period commencing October 15 of the years indicated below, in each
case (subject to the right of Holders of record on a Record Date to receive
interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to such Redemption
Date) together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Redemption Date:
Year Percentage
---- ----------
2001 105.125%
2002 102.562%
2003 and thereafter 100.000%
Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to October 15, 2000, the Company may
redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally
outstanding at a redemption price of 110.25% of the principal amount thereof
(subject to the right of Holders of record on a Record Date to receive interest
due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to such Redemption Date),
plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the Redemption Date, with
the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided, that at least
65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally outstanding
remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption;
provided, further, that such notice of redemption shall be sent within 30 days
after the date of closing of any such Equity Offering, and such redemption
shall occur within 60 days after the date such notice is sent.
In the case of a partial redemption, the Trustee shall select the Notes or
portions thereof for redemption on a pro rata basis, by lot or in such other
manner it deems appropriate and fair. The Notes may be redeemed in part in
multiples of $1,000 only.
The Notes will not have the benefit of any sinking fund.
67
<PAGE>
Notice of any redemption will be sent, by first class mail, at least 30
days and not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for redemption to the
Holder of each Note to be redeemed to such Holder's last address as then shown
upon the registry books of the Registrar. Any notice which relates to a Note to
be redeemed in part only must state the portion of the principal amount equal
to the unredeemed portion thereof and must state that on and after the date of
redemption, upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in a principal
amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued. On and after the
date of redemption, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions
thereof called for redemption, unless the Company defaults in the payment
thereof.
Certain Covenants
Repurchase of Notes at the Option of the Holder Upon a Change of Control
The Indenture provides that in the event that a Change of Control has
occurred, each Holder of Notes will have the right, at such Holder's option,
pursuant to an irrevocable and unconditional offer by the Company (the "Change
of Control Offer"), to require the Company to repurchase all or any part of
such Holder's Notes (provided, that the principal amount of such Notes must be
$1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) on a date (the "Change of Control
Purchase Date") that is no later than 45 Business Days after the occurrence of
such Change of Control, at a cash price (the "Change of Control Purchase
Price") equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued
interest to the Change of Control Purchase Date. The Change of Control Offer
shall be made within 15 Business Days following a Change of Control and shall
remain open for 20 Business Days following its commencement (the "Change of
Control Offer Period"). Upon expiration of the Change of Control Offer Period,
the Company promptly shall purchase all Notes properly tendered in response to
the Change of Control Offer.
As used herein, a "Change of Control" means (i) any merger or
consolidation of the Company or the Holding Company with or into any person or
any sale, transfer or other conveyance, whether direct or indirect, of all or
substantially all of the assets of either of the Company or the Holding Company
on a consolidated basis, in one transaction or a series of related
transactions, if, immediately after giving effect to such transactions, any
"person" or "group" (as such terms are used for purposes of Sections 13(d) and
14(d) of the Exchange Act, whether or not applicable) (other than an Excluded
Person) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more
than 50% of the total voting power in the aggregate normally entitled to vote
in the election of directors, managers, or trustees, as applicable, of the
transferees or surviving entity or entities, (ii) any "person" or "group" (as
such terms are used for purposes of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange
Act, whether or not applicable) (other than an Excluded Person or the Holding
Company) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more
than 50% of the total voting power in the aggregate of all classes of Capital
Stock of either of the Company or the Holding Company then outstanding normally
entitled to vote in elections of directors, or (iii) during any period of 12
consecutive months after the Issue Date, individuals who at the beginning of
any such 12-month period constituted the Board of Directors of the Company or
the Holding Company (together, in each case, with any new directors whose
election by such Board or whose nomination for election by the shareholders of
the Company or the Holding Company, as applicable, was approved by a vote of a
majority of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the
beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was
previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the
Board of Directors of the Company or the Holding Company then in office, as
applicable.
On or before the Change of Control Purchase Date, the Company will (i)
accept for payment Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the
Change of Control Offer, (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent cash sufficient to
pay the Change of Control Purchase Price (together with accrued and unpaid
interest) of all Notes so tendered and (iii) deliver to the Trustee Notes so
accepted together with an Officers' Certificate listing the Notes or portions
thereof being purchased by the Company. The Paying Agent will promptly deliver
to the Holders of Notes so accepted payment in an amount equal to the Change of
Control Purchase Price (together with accrued and unpaid interest), and the
Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail or deliver to such Holders a new
Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Note
surrendered. Any Notes not so accepted will be promptly mailed or delivered by
the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company will publicly announce the
results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the
Change of Control Purchase Date.
68
<PAGE>
The Change of Control purchase feature of the Notes may make it more
difficult or discourage a takeover of the Company or the Holding Company, and,
thus, the removal of incumbent management. The Change of Control purchase
feature resulted from negotiations between the Company, the Holding Company and
the Initial Purchasers and is not the result of any intention on the part of
the Company or the Holding Company, or their respective management, to
discourage the acquisition of the Company or the Holding Company.
The phrase "all or substantially all" of the assets of the Company or the
Holding Company will likely be interpreted under applicable state law and will
be dependent upon particular facts and circumstances. As a result, there may be
a degree of uncertainty in ascertaining whether a sale or transfer of "all or
substantially all" of the assets of the Company or the Holding Company has
occurred. In addition, because the Company's obligation to make an offer to
repurchase Notes upon a "Change of Control" arises only upon transactions that
fit within the definition of such term, it is possible that other transactions
such as highly-leveraged transactions, which could result in an effective
change in the control of the Company or the Holding Company, could occur that
are not covered by such definition and, accordingly, would not cause this
repurchase obligation to arise. In such an event, the holders of the Notes
could be denied the benefits of the provision of the Indenture described above.
The New Credit Facility contains provisions that would prohibit the
purchase of the Notes in response to a Change of Control, unless all
indebtedness thereunder has been paid in full. Furthermore, certain events that
would constitute a Change of Control may constitute an event of default under
the New Credit Facility. In addition, no assurances can be given that the
Company or the Holding Company will have sufficient funds to, or otherwise be
able to, acquire Notes tendered upon the occurrence of a Change of Control.
Nevertheless, the Company's failure to make a Change of Control Offer or to
purchase all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such a Change of Control Offer
will constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture.
Any Change of Control Offer will be made in compliance with all applicable
laws, rules and regulations, including, if applicable, Regulation 14E under the
Exchange Act and the rules thereunder and all other applicable Federal and
state securities laws.
Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness and Disqualified
Capital Stock
The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any
of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, issue, assume, guaranty, incur,
become directly or indirectly liable with respect to (including as a result of
an Acquisition), or otherwise become responsible for, contingently or otherwise
(individually and collectively, to "incur" or, as appropriate, an
"incurrence"), any Indebtedness or any Disqualified Capital Stock (including
Acquired Indebtedness), except for Permitted Indebtedness.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) no Default or Event of Default shall
have occurred and be continuing at the time of, or would occur after giving
effect to, such incurrence of Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock and
(ii) on the date of such incurrence (the "Incurrence Date"), the Consolidated
Interest Coverage Ratio of the Company for the Reference Period immediately
preceding the Incurrence Date, after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such
incurrence of such Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock and, to the
extent set forth in the definition of Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio, the
use of proceeds thereof, would be at least 2.0 to 1 (the "Debt Incurrence
Ratio"), then the Company and its Subsidiaries may incur such Indebtedness or
Disqualified Capital Stock.
Indebtedness of any person which is outstanding at the time such person
becomes a Subsidiary of the Company or is merged with or into or consolidated
with the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall be deemed to have been
incurred at the time such person becomes such a Subsidiary of the Company or is
merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or a Subsidiary of the
Company, as applicable.
Limitation on Restricted Payments
The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any
of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any Restricted Payment if,
after giving effect to such Restricted Payment on a pro forma basis, (l) a
Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (2) the
Company is not permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness
pursuant to the Debt Incurrence Ratio in the second paragraph of the covenant
"Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness and Disqualified Capital
Stock," or (3) the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments made by the
Company and its Subsidiaries, including after giving effect to such proposed
Restricted Payment, from and after the Issue Date, would exceed the sum of (a)
50% of
69
<PAGE>
the aggregate Consolidated Net Income of the Company and its consolidated
Subsidiaries for the period (taken as one accounting period), commencing on the
first day after the Issue Date, to and including the last day of the fiscal
quarter ended immediately prior to the date of each such calculation (or, in
the event Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, then minus 100%
of such deficit), plus (b) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the
Company from the sale of its Qualified Capital Stock (other than (i) to a
Subsidiary of the Company, and (ii) to the extent applied in connection with a
Qualified Exchange after the Issue Date), plus (c) the aggregate of cash
capital contributions in the form of common equity made to the Company by the
Holding Company. The foregoing clauses (2) and (3), however, will not prohibit
Permitted Payments.
The foregoing paragraph shall not prevent payments to the Holding Company
to enable the Holding Company to pay federal, state or local tax liabilities,
not to exceed the aggregate amount of (1) the amount of such tax liabilities
that would be due from the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors to the
appropriate taxing authority if they were separate taxable entities to the
extent that the Holding Company has an obligation to satisfy such federal,
state or local tax liabilities relating to the operations, assets or capital of
the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors, plus (2) the amount of such tax
liabilities that are due from the Holding Company with respect to the Holding
Company's ownership of the Company's Capital Stock, as applicable; provided
such payment shall either be used by the Holding Company to pay such federal,
state or local tax liabilities within 90 days of its receipt of such payment or
refunded to the payee. In addition, the Indenture specifically permitted the
payment by the Company of the cash dividend on the Issue Date to the Holding
Company in an amount of $45.0 million to enable it to pay the cash distribution
to the securityholders of the Holding Company as stated under "Use of
Proceeds."
Limitation on Dividends and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting
Subsidiaries
The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any
of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, assume or suffer to
exist any consensual restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary of the
Company to pay dividends or make other distributions to or on behalf of, or to
pay any obligation to or on behalf of, or otherwise to transfer assets or
property to or on behalf of, or make or pay loans or advances to or on behalf
of, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, except (a) restrictions
imposed by the Notes or the Indenture, (b) restrictions imposed by applicable
law, (c) existing restrictions under specified Indebtedness outstanding on the
Issue Date or under any Acquired Indebtedness not incurred in violation of the
Indenture or under any agreement relating to any property, asset, or business
acquired by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, which restrictions in each
case existed at the time of acquisition, were not put in place in connection
with or in anticipation of such acquisition and are not applicable to any
person, other than the person acquired, or to any property, asset or business,
other than the property, assets and business so acquired, (d) any such
restriction or requirement imposed by Indebtedness incurred under clause (b)
under the definition of "Permitted Indebtedness," provided such restriction or
requirement is no more restrictive than that imposed by the Credit Agreement as
of the Issue Date, (e) restrictions with respect solely to a Subsidiary of the
Company imposed pursuant to a binding agreement which has been entered into for
the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or
assets of such Subsidiary, provided such restrictions apply solely to the
Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary that are being sold and only to the
extent such Subsidiary is so sold within 180 days of such event, (f)
restrictions on transfer contained in Purchase Money Indebtedness, provided
such restrictions relate only to the transfer of the property acquired with the
proceeds of such Purchase Money Indebtedness, (g) customary restrictions
imposed on the transfer of copyrighted or patented materials and customary
provisions in agreements (other than agreements relating to Indebtedness) that
restrict the assignment of such agreements or any rights thereunder, and (h) in
connection with and pursuant to permitted Refinancings, replacements of
restrictions imposed pursuant to clause (c) of this paragraph that are not more
restrictive than those being replaced and do not apply to any other person or
assets than those that would have been covered by the restrictions in the
Indebtedness so refinanced. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither (a)
customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease entered
into in the ordinary course of business, consistent with industry practice, nor
(b) Liens permitted under the terms of the Indenture, shall in and of
themselves be considered a restriction on the ability of the applicable
Subsidiary to transfer such agreement or assets, as the case may be.
70
<PAGE>
Liens
The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any
of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, any Lien of
any kind, other than Permitted Liens, upon any of their respective assets now
owned or acquired on or after the date of the Indenture or upon any income or
profits therefrom unless the Company or such Subsidiary provides, concurrently
therewith, that the Notes are equally and ratably secured, provided that, if
such Lien is to secure Subordinated Indebtedness, the Lien securing such
Subordinated Indebtedness shall be subordinate and junior to the Lien securing
the Notes or the applicable Guarantee, as applicable, with the same relative
priority as such Subordinated Indebtedness shall have with respect to the Notes
or the Guarantee, as applicable; provided, further, that in the case of a
Subsidiary, if such Subsidiary shall cease to be a Subsidiary Guarantor in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture, such equal and ratable Lien shall,
without any further action, cease to exist.
Limitation on Sale of Assets and Subsidiary Stock
The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any
of its Subsidiaries to, in one transaction or a series of related transactions,
convey, sell, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly,
any of their respective property, business or assets, including by merger or
consolidation (in the case of a Subsidiary of the Company), and including any
sale or other transfer or issuance of any Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of
the Company, whether by the Company or a Subsidiary of either or through the
issuance, sale or transfer of Capital Stock by a Subsidiary of the Company (an
"Asset Sale"), unless (l)(a) within 180 days after the date of such Asset Sale,
the Net Cash Proceeds therefrom (the "Asset Sale Offer Amount") are applied to
the optional redemption of the Notes in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture or to the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an irrevocable,
unconditional cash offer (the "Asset Sale Offer") to repurchase Notes at a
purchase price (the "Asset Sale Offer Price") of 100% of the principal amount
thereof, plus accrued interest to the date of payment, made within 180 days of
such Asset Sale or (b) within 180 days following such Asset Sale, the Asset
Sale Offer Amount is (i) invested in fixed assets and property (other than
notes, bonds, obligations and securities) which in the good faith reasonable
judgment of the Board will immediately constitute or be a part of a Related
Business of the Company or such Subsidiary (if it continues to be a Subsidiary)
immediately following such transaction or (ii) used to retire any Indebtedness
ranking at least pari passu with the Notes and the Guarantees and to
permanently reduce the amount of such Indebtedness (including that in the case
of a revolver or similar arrangement that makes credit available, such
commitment is so permanently reduced by such amount), (2) at least 75% of the
consideration for such Asset Sale consists of cash or Cash Equivalents, (3) no
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time
of, or would occur after giving effect to, such Asset Sale, and (4) in the case
of any Asset Sale resulting in Net Cash Proceeds in excess of $500,000, the
Board of Directors of the Company determines in good faith that the Company or
such Subsidiary, as applicable, receives fair market value for such Asset Sale.
The Indenture provides that an Asset Sale Offer may be deferred until the
accumulated Net Cash Proceeds from Asset Sales not applied to the uses set
forth in (l)(b) above (the "Excess Proceeds") exceeds $3.0 million and that
each Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for 20 Business Days following its
commencement and no longer (the "Asset Sale Offer Period"). Upon expiration of
the Asset Sale Offer Period, the Company shall apply the Asset Sale Offer
Amount plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid interest to the purchase of
all Notes properly tendered (on a pro rata basis if the Asset Sale Offer Amount
is insufficient to purchase all Notes so tendered) at the Asset Sale Offer
Price (together with accrued interest). To the extent that the aggregate amount
of Notes tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Asset Sale
Offer Amount, the Company may use any remaining Net Cash Proceeds for general
corporate purposes as otherwise permitted by the Indenture and following each
Asset Sale Offer the Excess Proceeds amount shall be reset to zero.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of the prior two paragraphs:
(i) the Company and its Subsidiaries may in the ordinary course of
business, convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of
inventory acquired and held for resale in the ordinary course of business;
(ii) the Company and its Subsidiaries may convey, sell, lease, transfer,
assign or otherwise dispose of assets pursuant to and in accordance with the
limitation on mergers, sales or consolidations provisions in the Indenture;
(iii) the Company and its Subsidiaries may convey, sell, lease, transfer,
assign or otherwise dispose of assets to the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries;
71
<PAGE>
(iv) the Company and its Subsidiaries may in the ordinary course of
business sell, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of Third Party Plan
Receivables in customary factoring arrangements; and
(v) the Company and its Subsidiaries may consummate any sale or series of
related sales of assets or properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries
having an aggregate Fair Market Value of less than $1.0 million in any fiscal
year.
Any Asset Sale Offer shall be made in compliance with all applicable laws,
rules, and regulations, including, if applicable, Regulation 14E of the
Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder and all other applicable
Federal and state securities laws.
Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates
The Indenture provides that neither the Company nor any of its
Subsidiaries will be permitted after the Issue Date to enter into any contract,
agreement, arrangement or transaction with any Affiliate (an "Affiliate
Transaction"), or any series of related Affiliate Transactions (other than
Exempted Affiliate Transactions), unless such Affiliate Transaction is made in
good faith, the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are fair and reasonable to
the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, and are no less favorable
than the terms which could be obtained by the Company or such Subsidiary, as
the case may be, in a comparable transaction made on an arm's-length basis with
persons who are not Affiliates.
Without limiting the foregoing, any Affiliate Transaction or series of
related Affiliate Transactions (other than Exempted Affiliate Transactions) (1)
involving consideration to either party in excess of $1.0 million, must be
evidenced by an Officers' Certificate addressed and delivered to the Trustee
stating that the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are fair and reasonable to
the Company or such Subsidiary, and no less favorable to the Company or such
Subsidiary, than could have been obtained in an arm's length transaction with a
non-Affiliate, and (2) involving consideration to either party in excess of
$5.0 million, unless in addition the Company, prior to the consummation
thereof, obtains a written favorable opinion as to the fairness of such
transaction to the Company or such Subsidiary from a financial point of view
from an independent investment banking firm of national reputation.
The foregoing provisions shall not apply to any Restricted Payment that is
made in compliance with or exempt from the provisions described in the first
paragraph under the heading "Limitation on Restricted Payments."
Limitation on Merger, Sale or Consolidation
The Indenture provides that the Company will not, directly or indirectly,
consolidate with or merge with or into another person or sell, lease, convey or
transfer all or substantially all of its assets (computed on a consolidated
basis), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, to
another person or group of affiliated persons or adopt a Plan of Liquidation,
unless (i) either (a) the Company is the continuing entity or (b) the
resulting, surviving or transferee entity or, in the case of a Plan of
Liquidation, the entity which receives the greatest value from such Plan of
Liquidation, is a corporation organized under the laws of the United States,
any state thereof or the District of Columbia and expressly assumes by
supplemental indenture all of the obligations of the Company in connection with
the Notes and the Indenture; (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall exist or
shall occur immediately after giving effect to such transaction; (iii)
immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the
Consolidated Net Worth of the consolidated surviving or transferee entity or,
in the case of a Plan of Liquidation, the entity which receives the greatest
value from such Plan of Liquidation, is at least equal to the Consolidated Net
Worth of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; and (iv)
immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the
consolidated resulting, surviving or transferee entity or, in the case of a
Plan of Liquidation, the entity which receives the greatest value from such
Plan of Liquidation, would immediately thereafter be permitted to incur at
least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt Incurrence Ratio
set forth in the second paragraph under the heading "Limitation on Incurrence
of Additional Indebtedness and Disqualified Capital Stock."
Upon any consolidation or merger or any transfer of all or substantially
all of the assets of the Company or consummation of a Plan of Liquidation in
accordance with the foregoing, the successor corporation formed by such
consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such transfer is
made or, in the case of a Plan of Liquidation, the entity which receives the
greatest value from such Plan of Liquidation, shall succeed to, and be
72
<PAGE>
substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under
the Indenture with the same effect as if such successor corporation had been
named therein as the Company, and the Company shall be released from the
obligations under the Notes and the Indenture.
For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or
otherwise) of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or
more Subsidiaries, the Capital Stock of which constitutes all or substantially
all of the properties and assets of the Company, shall be deemed to be the
transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the
Company.
Each Subsidiary will not, and the Company will not cause or permit any
Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, consolidate with or merge with or into
another person or sell, lease, convey or transfer all or substantially all of
its assets (computed on a consolidated basis), whether in a single transaction
or a series of related transactions, to another person or group of affiliated
persons or adopt a Plan of Liquidation, unless (i) either (a) the Subsidiary is
the continuing entity or (b) the resulting, surviving or transferee entity or,
in the case of a Plan of Liquidation, the entity which receives the greatest
value from such Plan of Liquidation, is a corporation organized under the laws
of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and
expressly assumes by supplemental indenture all of the obligations of the
Subsidiary in connection with its Guarantee; (ii) no Default or Event of
Default shall exist or shall occur immediately after giving effect to such
transaction; (iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro
forma basis, the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company is at least equal to the
Consolidated Net Worth of the Company immediately prior to such transaction;
and (iv) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma
basis, the Company would immediately thereafter be permitted to incur at least
$1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt Incurrence Ratio
described in the second paragraph under the heading "Limitation on Incurrence
of Additional Indebtedness and Disqualified Capital Stock." Any such
transaction with and into the Company (with the Company being the surviving
entity) or another Subsidiary that is a Wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company
need not comply with this covenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of
this paragraph, upon the sale or disposition (whether by merger, stock
purchase, asset sale or otherwise) of a Subsidiary or all or substantially all
of the assets of such Subsidiary to an entity which is not a Subsidiary of the
Company, which transaction complies with the provisions of the covenant
described under "Limitation on Sale of Assets and Subsidiary Stock," such sale
or disposition shall be permitted under the Indenture and such Subsidiary shall
be deemed released from all of its obligations under its Guarantee of the Notes
without complying with the provisions of this paragraph.
Limitation on Lines of Business
The Indenture provides that neither the Company nor any of its
Subsidiaries shall directly or indirectly engage to any substantial extent in
any line or lines of business activity other than that which, in the reasonable
good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, is a Related
Business.
Restriction on Sale and Issuance of Subsidiary Stock
The Indenture provides that the Company will not issue or sell, and will
not permit any of its Subsidiaries to issue or sell, any shares of Capital
Stock of any Subsidiary of the Company to any person other than the Company or
a Wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company, except for shares of common stock
with no preferences or special rights or privileges and with no redemption or
prepayment provisions.
Future Subsidiary Guarantors
The Indenture provides that all present and future Subsidiaries of the
Company jointly and severally will guarantee irrevocably and unconditionally
all principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on a senior basis.
Limitation on Status as Investment Company
The Indenture prohibits the Company and its Subsidiaries from being
required to register as an "investment company" (as that term is defined in the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended), or from otherwise becoming subject
to regulation under the Investment Company Act.
73
<PAGE>
Reports
The Indenture provides that whether or not the Company is subject to the
reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company
shall deliver to the Trustee and, to each Holder and to prospective purchasers
of Notes identified to the Company by an Initial Purchaser, within 15 days
after it is or would have been (if it were subject to such reporting
obligations) required to file such with the Commission, annual and quarterly
financial statements substantially equivalent to financial statements that
would have been included in reports filed with the Commission, if the Company
were subject to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act,
including, with respect to annual information only, a report thereon by the
Company's certified independent public accountants as such would be required in
such reports to the Commission, and, in each case, together with a management's
discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations which
would be so required. In addition, whether or not required by the rules and
regulations of the Commission, the Company will file a copy of all such
information and reports with the Commission for public availability (unless the
Commission will not accept such a filing) and make such information available
to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request.
Events of Default and Remedies
The Indenture defines an Event of Default as (i) the failure by the
Company to pay any installment of interest on the Notes as and when the same
becomes due and payable and the continuance of any such failure for 30 days,
(ii) the failure by the Company to pay all or any part of the principal, or
premium, if any, on the Notes when and as the same becomes due and payable at
maturity, redemption, by acceleration or otherwise, including, without
limitation, payment of the Change of Control Purchase Price or the Asset Sale
Offer Price, (iii) the failure by the Company or any Guarantor to observe or
perform any other covenant or agreement contained in the Notes, the Guarantees
or the Indenture and, subject to certain exceptions, the continuance of such
failure for a period of 30 days after written notice is given to the Company by
the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in
aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, (iv) certain events
of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization in respect of the Company or any of
its Significant Subsidiaries, (v) a default in any Indebtedness of the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries with an aggregate principal amount in excess of $2.0
million (a) resulting from the failure to pay principal at maturity or (b) as a
result of which the maturity of such Indebtedness has been accelerated prior to
its stated maturity, (vi) final unsatisfied judgments not covered by insurance
aggregating in excess of $2.0 million, at any one time rendered against the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries and not stayed, bonded or discharged within
60 days and (vii) except for any release of a Guarantee in accordance with the
covenant "Limitation on Merger, Sale or Consolidation," any Guarantee ceases to
be in full force and effect or is declared null and void or any Guarantor
denies that it has any further liability under any Guarantee, or gives notice
to such effect (other than by reason of the termination of the Indenture or the
release of any such Guarantee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture).
The Indenture provides that if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing,
generally the Trustee must, within 90 days after the occurrence of such
default, give to the Holders notice of such Event of Default.
If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing (other than an Event of
Default specified in clause (iv) above, relating to the Company or any
Significant Subsidiary) then in every such case, unless the principal of all of
the Notes shall have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or the
Holders of 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by
notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders) (an
"Acceleration Notice"), may declare all principal and accrued interest thereon
to be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in clause
(iv) above, relating to the Company or any Significant Subsidiary occurs, all
principal and accrued interest thereon will be immediately due and payable on
all outstanding Notes without any declaration or other act on the part of the
Trustee or the Holders. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount
of the Notes then outstanding generally are authorized to rescind such
acceleration if all existing Events of Default (other than the non-payment of
the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes which have become
due solely by such acceleration) have been cured or waived, except a default
with respect to any provision which cannot be modified or amended by majority
approval.
Prior to the declaration of acceleration of the maturity of the Notes, the
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time
outstanding may waive on behalf of all of the Holders any default, except a
default with respect to any provision requiring supermajority approval to
amend, which default may only be waived by such supermajority, and except a
default in the payment of principal of, premium on, or interest on any Note not
yet cured or a default with respect to any covenant or provision which cannot
be modified or amended
74
<PAGE>
without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected. Subject to
the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, the
Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers
under the Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders,
unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or
indemnity. Subject to all provisions of the Indenture and applicable law, the
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time
outstanding will have the right to direct the time, method and place of
conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or
exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.
Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance
The Indenture provides that the Company may, at its option and at any
time, elect to have its obligations and the obligations of the Guarantors
discharged with respect to the outstanding Notes ("Legal Defeasance"). Such
Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and
discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by, and the Indenture shall
cease to be of further effect as to, all outstanding Notes and Guarantees,
except as to (i) rights of Holders to receive payments in respect of the
principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments
are due from the trust funds; (ii) the Company's obligations with respect to
such Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes,
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes, and the maintenance of an office or
agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust; (iii) the
rights, powers, trust, duties, and immunities of the Trustee, and the Company's
and the Guarantors' obligations in connection therewith; and (iv) the Legal
Defeasance provisions of the Indenture. In addition, the Company may, at its
option and at any time, elect to have the obligations of the Company and the
Guarantors released with respect to certain covenants that are described in the
Indenture ("Covenant Defeasance") and thereafter any omission to comply with
such obligations shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default with
respect to the Notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events
(not including non-payment, bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and other
insolvency events) described under "Events of Default" will no longer
constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes.
In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, (i)
the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the
benefit of the Holders of the Notes, U.S. legal tender, U.S. Government
Obligations or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in
the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants,
to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes on the
stated date for payment thereof or on the redemption date of such principal or
installment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on such Notes, and
the Trustee, for the exclusive benefit of the Holders of the Notes, must have a
valid, perfected, exclusive security interest in such trust; (ii) in the case
of Legal Defeasance before the date that is one year prior to the Stated
Maturity, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel
in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (A)
the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal
Revenue Service, a ruling or (B) since the date of the Indenture, there has
been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the
effect that, and based thereon such opinion of counsel shall confirm that, the
Holders of such Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal
income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to
federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same
times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;
(iii) in the case of Covenant Defeasance before the date that is one year prior
to the Stated Maturity, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an
opinion of counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to such Trustee
confirming that the Holders of such Notes will not recognize income, gain or
loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance
and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same
manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant
Defeasance had not occurred; (iv) no Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or, insofar as Events of
Default from bankruptcy or insolvency events are concerned, at any time in the
period ending on the 91st day after the date of deposit; (v) such Legal
Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of,
or constitute a default under the Indenture or any other material agreement or
instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by
which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound; (vi) the Company shall
have delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that the deposit
was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of such
Notes over any other creditors of the Company or with the intent of defeating,
hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Company or others;
and (vii) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers'
Certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that the conditions
precedent provided for in, in the case of the Officers' Certificate, clauses
(i) through (vi)
75
<PAGE>
and, in the case of the opinion of counsel, clauses (i), (with respect to the
validity and perfection of the security interest), (ii), (iii) and (v) of this
paragraph have been complied with.
If the funds deposited with the Trustee to effect Legal Defeasance or
Covenant Defeasance are insufficient to pay the principal of premium, if any,
and interest on the Notes when due, then the obligations of the Company and the
Guarantors under the Indenture will be revived and no such defeasance will be
deemed to have occurred.
Amendments and Supplements
The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Company, the Guarantors
and the Trustee to enter into a supplemental indenture for certain limited
purposes without the consent of the Holders. With the consent of the Holders of
not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time
outstanding, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee are permitted to amend
or supplement the Indenture or any supplemental indenture or modify the rights
of the Holders; except that any amendments or supplements to the provisions
relating to the provisions described under the heading "Repurchase of Notes at
the Option of the Holder Upon a Change of Control" in a manner adverse to the
Holders shall require the consent of Holders of not less than 66-2/3% of the
aggregate principal amount of Notes at the time outstanding; provided, further,
that no such modification may, without the consent of each Holder affected
thereby: (i) change the Stated Maturity on any Note, or reduce the principal
amount thereof or the rate (or extend the time for payment) of interest thereon
or any premium payable upon the redemption thereof, or change the place of
payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any Note or any premium or the
interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the
enforcement of any such payment on or after the Stated Maturity thereof (or, in
the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date), or reduce the Change
of Control Purchase Price or Asset Sale Offer Price or alter the redemption
provisions of the Indenture in a manner adverse to the Holders, (ii) reduce the
percentage in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, the consent of whose
Holders is required for any such amendment, supplemental indenture or waiver
provided for in the Indenture, (iii) modify any of the waiver provisions,
except to increase any required percentage or to provide that certain other
provisions of the Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of
the Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby or (iv) cause the Notes or
any Guarantee to become subordinate in right of payment to any other
Indebtedness.
No Personal Liability of Partners, Stockholders, Officers, Directors
The Indenture provides that no direct or indirect stockholder, employee,
officer or director, as such, past, present or future of the Company, the
Guarantors or any successor entity shall have any personal liability in respect
of the obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Indenture or the
Notes by reason of his or its status as such stockholder, employee, officer or
director, except to the extent such person is the Company or a Guarantor.
Certain Definitions
"Acquired Indebtedness" means Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock
of any person existing at the time such person becomes a Subsidiary of the
Company or is merged or consolidated into or with the Company or one of its
Subsidiaries.
"Acquisition" means the purchase or other acquisition of any person or
substantially all the assets of any person by any other person, whether by
purchase, stock purchase, merger, consolidation, or other transfer, and whether
or not for consideration.
"Affiliate" means any person directly or indirectly controlling or
controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company. For
purposes of this definition, the term "control" means the power to direct the
management and policies of a person, directly or through one or more
intermediaries, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by
contract, or otherwise, provided, that, a Beneficial Owner of 10% or more of
the total voting power normally entitled to vote in the election of directors,
managers or trustees, as applicable, shall for such purposes be deemed to
constitute control.
"Average Life" means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any
security or instrument, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of (a)
the product of the number of years from the date of determination to the date
or dates of each successive scheduled principal (or redemption) payment of such
security or instrument and (b) the amount of each such respective principal (or
redemption) payment by (ii) the sum of all such principal (or redemption)
payments.
76
<PAGE>
"Beneficial Owner" has the meaning attributed to it in Rules 13d-3 and
13d-5 under the Exchange Act (as in effect on the Issue Date), whether or not
applicable, except that a "person" shall be deemed to have "beneficial
ownership" of all shares that any such person has the right to acquire, whether
such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time.
"Business Day" means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday
which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are
authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
"Capital Stock" means, (i) with respect to any corporation, any and all
shares, interests, rights to purchase (other than convertible or exchangeable
Indebtedness that is not itself otherwise Capital Stock), warrants, options,
participations or other equivalents of or interests (however designated) in
stock issued by that corporation, (ii) in the case of an association or
business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other
equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock, (iii) in the case of a
partnership, partnership interests (whether general or limited), and (iv) any
other interest or participation that confers on a person the right to receive a
share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing
person.
"Capitalized Lease Obligation" means rental obligations under a lease that
are required to be capitalized for financial reporting purposes in accordance
with GAAP, and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligations shall
be the capitalized amount of such obligations, as determined in accordance with
GAAP.
"Cash Equivalent" means (i) securities issued or directly and fully
guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or
instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United
States of America is pledged in support thereof) or (ii) time deposits and
certificates of deposit and commercial paper issued by the parent corporation
of any domestic commercial bank of recognized standing having capital and
surplus in excess of $500 million and commercial paper issued by any other
issuer which is rated at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof by Standard &
Poor's Corporation or at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof by Moody's
Investors Service, Inc. and in each case maturing within one year after the
date of acquisition.
"Consolidated Cash Flow" means, with respect to any person, for any
period, the Consolidated Net Income of such person for such period adjusted to
add thereto (to the extent deducted from net revenues in determining
Consolidated Net Income), without duplication, the sum of (i) consolidated
income tax expense, (ii) consolidated depreciation and amortization expense,
provided that consolidated depreciation and amortization of a Subsidiary that
is less than wholly owned shall only be added to the extent of the equity
interest of the Company in such Subsidiary, and (iii) Consolidated Interest
Expense.
"Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio" of any person on any date of
determination (the "Transaction Date") means the ratio, on a pro forma basis,
of (a) the aggregate amount of Consolidated Cash Flow of such person
attributable to continuing operations and businesses (exclusive of amounts
attributable to operations and businesses that would in accordance with GAAP be
deemed to be discontinued operations) for the Reference Period to (b) the
aggregate Consolidated Interest Expense of such person (exclusive of amounts
attributable to operations and businesses permanently discontinued or disposed
of, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such
Consolidated Interest Expense would no longer be obligations contributing to
such person's Consolidated Interest Expense subsequent to the Transaction Date)
during the Reference Period; provided, that for purposes of such calculation,
(i) Acquisitions which occurred during the Reference Period or subsequent to
the Reference Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date shall be assumed
to have occurred on the first day of the Reference Period, (ii) transactions
giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio
shall be assumed to have occurred on the first day of the Reference Period,
(iii) the incurrence of any Indebtedness or issuance of any Disqualified
Capital Stock during the Reference Period or subsequent to the Reference Period
and on or prior to the Transaction Date (and the application of the proceeds
therefrom to the extent used to refinance or retire other Indebtedness) shall
be assumed to have occurred on the first day of such Reference Period, and (iv)
the Consolidated Interest Expense of such person attributable to interest on
any Indebtedness or dividends on any Disqualified Capital Stock bearing a
floating interest (or dividend) rate shall be computed on a pro forma basis as
if the average rate in effect from the beginning of the Reference Period to the
Transaction Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period, unless
such person or any of its Subsidiaries is a party to an Interest Swap or
Hedging Obligation (which shall remain in effect for the 12-month period
immediately following the Transaction Date) that has the effect of fixing the
interest rate on the date of computation, in which case such rate (whether
higher or lower) shall be used. If any Indebtedness that is being given pro
forma effect was incurred under a revolving credit facility,
77
<PAGE>
the interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be computed based upon the
average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period.
"Consolidated Interest Expense" of any person means, for any period, the
aggregate amount (without duplication and determined in each case in accordance
with GAAP) of (a) interest expensed or capitalized, paid, accrued, or scheduled
to be paid or accrued (including, in accordance with the following sentence,
interest attributable to Capitalized Lease Obligations) of such person and its
Consolidated Subsidiaries during such period, including (i) original issue
discount and non-cash interest payments or accruals on any Indebtedness, (ii)
the interest portion of all deferred payment obligations, and (iii) all
commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to bankers'
acceptances and letters of credit financings and currency and Interest Swap and
Hedging Obligations, in each case to the extent attributable to such period,
and (b) the amount of dividends accrued or payable (or guaranteed) by such
person or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries in respect of Preferred Stock
(other than by Subsidiaries of such person to such person or such person's
wholly owned Subsidiaries). For purposes of this definition, (x) interest on a
Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate
reasonably determined in good faith by the Company to be the rate of interest
implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP, and (y)
interest expense attributable to any Indebtedness represented by the guarantee
by such person or a Subsidiary of such person of an obligation of another
person shall be deemed to be the interest expense attributable to the
Indebtedness guaranteed.
"Consolidated Net Income" means, with respect to any person for any
period, the net income (or loss) of such person and its Consolidated
Subsidiaries (determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP) for
such period, adjusted to exclude (only to the extent included in computing such
net income (or loss) and without duplication): (a) (i) in calculating
Consolidated Net Income for the purposes of the Debt Incurrence Ratio covenant
described in the second paragraph under the heading "Limitation on Incurrence
of Additional Indebtedness and Disqualified Capital Stock, " all gains and
losses and (ii) in calculating Consolidated Net Income for the purposes of the
covenant described under the heading "Limitation on Restricted Payments," all
gains but not losses, in each case which are either extraordinary (as
determined in accordance with GAAP) or are either unusual or nonrecurring
(including any gain or loss, as applicable, from the sale or other disposition
of assets outside the ordinary course of business or from the issuance or sale
of any Capital Stock), (b) the net income, if positive, of any person, other
than a Consolidated Subsidiary, in which such person or any of its Consolidated
Subsidiaries has an interest, except to the extent of the amount of any
dividends or distributions actually paid in cash to such person or a wholly
owned Consolidated Subsidiary of such person during such period, but in any
case not in excess of such person's pro rata share of such person's net income
for such period, (c) the net income or loss of any person acquired in a pooling
of interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such acquisition,
(d) the net income, if positive, of any of such person's Consolidated
Subsidiaries in the event and solely to the extent that the declaration or
payment of dividends or similar distributions is not at the time permitted by
operation of the terms of its charter or bylaws or any other agreement,
instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation
applicable to such Consolidated Subsidiary, and (e) the effects of changes in
accounting principles.
"Consolidated Net Worth" of any person at any date means the aggregate
consolidated stockholders' equity of such person (plus amounts of equity
attributable to preferred stock) and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, as would be
shown on the consolidated balance sheet of such person prepared in accordance
with GAAP, adjusted to exclude (to the extent included in calculating such
equity), (a) the amount of any such stockholders' equity attributable to
Disqualified Capital Stock or treasury stock of such person and its
Consolidated Subsidiaries, (b) all upward revaluations and other write-ups in
the book value of any asset of such person or a Consolidated Subsidiary of such
person resulting from or in connection with the transaction or series of
related transactions giving rise to the calculation of the Consolidated Net
Worth of such person at such date, and (c) all investments in Subsidiaries that
are not Consolidated Subsidiaries and in persons that are not Subsidiaries.
"Consolidated Subsidiary" means, for any person, each Subsidiary of such
person (whether now existing or hereafter created or acquired) the financial
statements of which are consolidated for financial statement reporting purposes
with the financial statements of such person in accordance with GAAP.
"Credit Agreement" means the Credit Agreement described under "Description
of New Credit Facility and Certain Other Indebtedness," including any related
notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in
connection therewith, as such credit agreement and/or related documents may be
amended, restated, supplemented, renewed, replaced or otherwise modified from
time to time whether or not with the same
78
<PAGE>
agent, trustee, representative, lenders or holders, and, subject to the proviso
to the next succeeding sentence, irrespective of any changes in the terms and
conditions thereof. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term
"Credit Agreement" shall include any amendment, amendment and restatement,
renewal, extension, restructuring, supplement or modification to such credit
agreement and all refundings, refinancings and replacements of such credit
agreement, including any agreement (i) extending the maturity of any
Indebtedness incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (ii) adding or
deleting borrowers or guarantors thereunder, so long as borrowers and issuers
include one or more of the Company and its Subsidiaries and their respective
successors and assigns, (iii) increasing the amount of Indebtedness incurred
thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder, provided that on the date
such additional Indebtedness is incurred it would not be prohibited by the
covenant described under the heading "Limitation on Incurrence of Additional
Indebtedness and Disqualified Capital Stock," or (iv) otherwise altering the
terms and conditions thereof in a manner not prohibited by the terms hereof.
"Disqualified Capital Stock" means (a) except as set forth in clause (b)
of this paragraph, with respect to any person, Capital Stock of such person
that, by its terms or by the terms of any security into which it is then
convertible, exercisable or exchangeable, is, or upon the happening of an event
or the passage of time would be, required to be redeemed or repurchased
(including at the option of the holder thereof) by such person or any of its
Subsidiaries, in whole or in part, on or prior to the Stated Maturity of the
Notes and (b) with respect to any Subsidiary of such person (including with
respect to any Subsidiary of the Company), any Capital Stock other than any
common stock with no preference, privileges, or redemption or repayment
provisions.
"Equity Offering" means an underwritten public offering pursuant to a
registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act
the consequence of which is that the common stock of either the Company or the
Holding Company is listed on a national securities exchange or quoted on the
national market system of NASDAQ and, in the case of an Equity Offering of the
Common Stock of the Holding Company, all the net proceeds (after payment of
related transaction costs) of such Equity Offering are contributed as common
equity to the Company.
"Excluded Person" means collectively or individually BancBoston Ventures
Inc. and Harvest Partners, Inc. and all Related Persons of such person.
"Exempted Affiliate Transaction" means (a) customary employee or director
compensation arrangements approved by a majority of independent (as to such
transactions) members of the Board of Directors of the Company or its
Subsidiary, as applicable, (b) dividends permitted under the terms of the
covenant discussed above under "Limitation on Restricted Payments" and payable,
in form and amount, on a pro rata basis to all holders of Common Stock of the
Company (after taking into account the exercise of one or more outstanding
options or warrants), (c) transactions solely between the Company and any of
its Wholly owned Subsidiaries or solely among Wholly owned Subsidiaries of the
Company, (d) transactions set forth in clauses (i) or (iii) of the definition
of "Permitted Payments" and (e) the payment to Mr. Frank Marfino and Mr. Todd
Pluymers of performance related bonuses in an aggregate amount not to exceed
$1.4 million to be paid no later than the first anniversary of the Issue Date.
"GAAP" means United States generally accepted accounting principles set
forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of
the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and
pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other
statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the
accounting profession in the United States as in effect on the Issue Date.
"Indebtedness" of any person means, without duplication, (a) all
liabilities and obligations, contingent or otherwise, of any such person, (i)
in respect of borrowed money (whether or not the recourse of the lender is to
the whole of the assets of such person or only to a portion thereof), (ii)
evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments, (iii)
representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any
property or services, except (other than accounts payable or other obligations
to trade creditors which have remained unpaid for greater than 90 days past
their original due date) those incurred in the ordinary course of its business
that would constitute ordinarily a trade payable to trade creditors, (iv)
evidenced by bankers' acceptances or similar instruments issued or accepted by
banks, (v) for the payment of money relating to a Capitalized Lease Obligation,
or (vi) evidenced by a letter of credit or a reimbursement obligation of such
person with respect to any letter of credit; (b) all net obligations of such
person under Interest Swap and Hedging Obligations; (c) all liabilities and
obligations of others of the kind described in the preceding clause (a) or (b)
that such person has guaranteed or that is otherwise
79
<PAGE>
its legal liability or which are secured by any assets or property of such
person and all obligations to purchase, redeem or acquire any Capital Stock;
and (d) any and all deferrals, renewals, extensions, refinancing and refundings
(whether direct or indirect) of, or amendments, modifications or supplements
to, any liability of the kind described in any of the preceding clauses (a),
(b) or (c), or this clause (d), whether or not between or among the same
parties. Indebtedness shall not include obligations of any person resulting
from the endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary
course of business and consistent with past business practices.
"Interest Swap and Hedging Obligation" means any obligation of any person
pursuant to any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement,
interest rate collar agreement, interest rate exchange agreement, currency
exchange agreement or any other agreement or arrangement designed to protect
against fluctuations in interest rates or currency values, including, without
limitation, any arrangement whereby, directly or indirectly, such person is
entitled to receive from time to time periodic payments calculated by applying
either a fixed or floating rate of interest on a stated notional amount in
exchange for periodic payments made by such person calculated by applying a
fixed or floating rate of interest on the same notional amount.
"Investment" by any person in any other person means (without duplication)
(a) the acquisition (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise)
by such person (whether for cash, property, services, securities or otherwise)
of Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures, partnership or other ownership
interests or other securities, including any options or warrants, of such other
person or any agreement to make any such acquisition; (b) the making by such
person of any deposit with, or advance, loan or other extension of credit to,
such other person (including the purchase of property from another person
subject to an understanding or agreement, contingent or otherwise, to resell
such property to such other person) or any commitment to make any such advance,
loan or extension (but excluding accounts receivable, endorsements for
collection or deposits arising in the ordinary course of business); (c) other
than guarantees of Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary to the extent
permitted by the covenant described under the heading "Limitation on Incurrence
of Additional Indebtedness and Disqualified Capital Stock," the entering into
by such person of any guarantee of, or other credit support or contingent
obligation with respect to, Indebtedness or other liability of such other
person; and (d) the making of any capital contribution by such person to such
other person.
"Issue Date" means the date of first issuance of the Notes under the
Indenture.
"Lien" means any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien (statutory or otherwise),
privilege, security interest, hypothecation or other encumbrance upon or with
respect to any property of any kind, real or personal, movable or immovable,
now owned or hereafter acquired (including any conditional sale or other title
retention agreement and any lease deemed to constitute a security interest and
any option or other agreement to give any security interest).
"Management Fee Agreements" means the Management Fee Agreements, dated as
of January 30, 1995, as amended, between the Company and BancBoston Ventures
Inc. and Harvest Partners Inc., respectively, each substantially as in effect
on the Issue Date.
"Net Cash Proceeds" means the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalents
received by the Company in the case of a sale of Qualified Capital Stock and by
the Company and its Subsidiaries in respect of an Asset Sale plus, in the case
of an issuance of Qualified Capital Stock upon any exercise, exchange or
conversion of securities (including options, warrants, rights and convertible
or exchangeable debt) of the Company that were issued for cash on or after the
Issue Date, the amount of cash originally received by the Company upon the
issuance of such securities (including options, warrants, rights and
convertible or exchangeable debt) less, in each case, the sum of all payments,
fees, commissions and (in the case of Asset Sales, reasonable and customary)
expenses (including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of legal counsel
and investment banking fees and expenses) incurred in connection with such
Asset Sale or sale of Qualified Capital Stock, and, in the case of an Asset
Sale only, less the amount (estimated reasonably and in good faith by the
Company) of income, franchise, sales and other applicable taxes required to be
paid by the Company or any of its respective Subsidiaries in connection with
such Asset Sale.
"Permitted Indebtedness" means, without duplication (a) Indebtedness
evidenced by the Notes and represented by the Indenture up to the amounts
specified therein as of the date thereof; (b) Indebtedness of the Company and
its Subsidiaries incurred under or in respect of the Credit Agreement up to an
aggregate amount outstanding (including any Indebtedness issued to refinance,
refund or replace such Indebtedness in whole or in part) at any time of $20.0
million, minus the amount of any such Indebtedness retired with Net Cash
Proceeds from any Asset Sale or assumed by a transferee in an Asset Sale; (c)
Refinancing Indebtedness incurred by the Company
80
<PAGE>
and its Subsidiaries, as applicable, with respect to any Indebtedness or
Disqualified Capital Stock, as applicable, described in clauses (a) and (b)
above, incurred pursuant to the second paragraph under the covenant "Limitation
on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness and Disqualified Capital Stock" or
which is outstanding on the Issue Date; (d) Indebtedness incurred by the
Company or its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time
(including any Indebtedness issued to refinance, replace, or refund such
Indebtedness in whole or in part) of up to $5.0 million, minus the amount of
any such Indebtedness retired with Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale or
assumed by a transferee in an Asset Sale; and (e) Indebtedness incurred by the
Company to any of its Subsidiaries, and Indebtedness incurred by any Subsidiary
to any other Subsidiary or to the Company; provided, that, in the case of
Indebtedness of the Company, such obligations shall be unsecured and
subordinated in all respects to the Company's obligations pursuant to the
Notes.
"Permitted Lien" means any of the following:
(a) Liens existing on the Issue Date;
(b) Liens imposed by governmental authorities for taxes, assessments or
other charges not yet subject to penalty or which are being contested in good
faith and by appropriate proceedings, if adequate reserves with respect thereto
are maintained on the books of the Company in accordance with GAAP;
(c) statutory liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen,
landlords, repairmen or other like Liens arising by operation of law in the
ordinary course of business provided that (i) the underlying obligations are
not overdue for a period of more than 30 days, or (ii) such Liens are being
contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and adequate reserves
with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the Company in accordance
with GAAP;
(d) Liens securing the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than
borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds,
performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the
ordinary course of business;
(e) easements, rights-of-way, zoning, similar restrictions and other
similar encumbrances or title defects which, singly or in the aggregate, do not
in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto
(as such property is used by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) or
interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries;
(f) Liens arising by operation of law in connection with judgments, only
to the extent, for an amount and for a period not resulting in an Event of
Default with respect thereto;
(g) pledges or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in
connection with workers' compensation, unemployment insurance and other types
of social security legislation;
(h) Liens securing the Notes;
(i) Liens securing Indebtedness of a person existing at the time such
person becomes a Subsidiary or is merged with or into the Company or a
Subsidiary or Liens securing Indebtedness incurred in connection with an
Acquisition, provided in each case that such Liens were in existence prior to
the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation, were not incurred in
anticipation thereof, and do not extend to any other assets;
(j) Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refinance any
Indebtedness that was previously so secured in a manner no more adverse to the
Holders of the Notes than the terms of the Liens securing such refinanced
Indebtedness provided that the Indebtedness secured is not increased and the
lien is not extended to any additional assets of property;
(k) Liens consisting of customary restrictions on assignment or transfer
in any lease or other agreement not relating to Indebtedness;
(l) Liens on the applicable accounts receivables, proceeds and contract
rights securing the Company's obligations with respect to a customary factoring
arrangement of Third Party Plan Receivables; and
(m) Liens securing Permitted Indebtedness of the type referred to in
clauses (b) and (d) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness, and any
Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to such Indebtedness.
81
<PAGE>
"Permitted Payments" means (i) (a) payments to the Holding Company in an
amount not to exceed $250,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year sufficient to
permit the Holding Company to pay reasonable and necessary operating expenses
and other general corporate expenses (including any reasonable professional
fees and expenses) and (b) cash dividends to the Holding Company to the extent
necessary to permit the Holding Company to repurchase common stock, stock
options and stock equivalents or other equity securities of the Holding Company
held by departing or deceased directors, officers or employees of the Holding
Company, the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor ("Management Holders"),
provided that the aggregate amount of all such repurchases shall not exceed
$500,000 during any fiscal year or $2,000,000 during the term of the Notes
(plus the net cash proceeds received by the Company after the Issue Date as a
capital contribution in the form of common equity from the sale to Management
Holders of such equity securities of the Holding Company); (ii) a Qualified
Exchange; (iii) payments made pursuant to the Management Fee Agreements; or
(iv) the payment of any dividend on Qualified Capital Stock within 60 days
after the date of its declaration if such dividend could have been made on the
date of such declaration in compliance with the foregoing provisions. The full
amount of any Permitted Payment made pursuant to the foregoing clause (iv) (but
not pursuant to clauses (i), (ii) and (iii)) of the immediately preceding
sentence, however, will be deducted in the calculation of the aggregate amount
of Restricted Payments available to be made referred to in clause (3) of the
covenant described under the heading "Limitation on Restricted Payments."
"Purchase Money Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness of such person to any
seller or other person incurred to finance the acquisition (including in the
case of a Capitalized Lease Obligation, the lease) of any after acquired real
or personal tangible property, which, in the reasonable good faith judgment of
the Board of Directors of the Company, is directly related to a Related
Business of the Company and which is incurred concurrently with such
acquisition and is secured only by the assets so financed.
"Qualified Capital Stock" means any Capital Stock of the Company that is
not Disqualified Capital Stock.
"Qualified Exchange" means any legal defeasance, redemption, retirement,
repurchase or other acquisition of Capital Stock or Indebtedness of the Company
issued on or after the Issue Date with the Net Cash Proceeds received by the
Company from the substantially concurrent sale of Qualified Capital Stock or
any exchange of Qualified Capital Stock for any Capital Stock or Indebtedness
of the Company issued on or after the Issue Date.
"Reference Period" with regard to any person means the four full fiscal
quarters (or such lesser period during which such person has been in existence)
ended immediately preceding any date upon which any determination is to be made
pursuant to the terms of the Notes or the Indenture.
"Refinancing Indebtedness" means Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital
Stock (a) issued in exchange for, or the proceeds from the issuance and sale of
which are used substantially concurrently to repay, redeem, defease, refund,
refinance, discharge or otherwise retire for value, in whole or in part, or (b)
constituting an amendment, modification or supplement to, or a deferral or
renewal of ((a) and (b) above are, collectively, a "Refinancing"), any
Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock in a principal amount or, in the
case of Disqualified Capital Stock, liquidation preference, not to exceed
(after deduction of reasonable and customary fees and expenses incurred in
connection with the Refinancing plus the amount of premium paid in connection
with such Refinancing in accordance with the terms of the documents governing
the Indebtedness Refinanced) the lesser of (i) the principal amount or, in the
case of Disqualified Capital Stock, liquidation preference, of the Indebtedness
or Disqualified Capital Stock so Refinanced and (ii) if such Indebtedness being
Refinanced was issued with an original issue discount, the accreted value
thereof (as determined in accordance with GAAP) at the time of such
Refinancing; provided, that (A) such Refinancing Indebtedness of any Subsidiary
of the Company shall only be used to Refinance outstanding Indebtedness or
Disqualified Capital Stock of such Subsidiary, (B) such Refinancing
Indebtedness shall (x) not have an Average Life shorter than the Indebtedness
or Disqualified Capital Stock to be so refinanced at the time of such
Refinancing and (y) in all respects, be no less subordinated or junior, if
applicable, to the rights of Holders of the Notes than was the Indebtedness or
Disqualified Capital Stock to be refinanced and (C) such Refinancing
Indebtedness shall have no installment of principal (or redemption payment)
scheduled to come due earlier than the scheduled maturity of any installment of
principal of the Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock to be so refinanced
which was scheduled to come due prior to the Stated Maturity or a final stated
maturity or redemption date, as applicable, no earlier than the final stated
maturity or redemption date, as applicable, of the Indebtedness or Disqualified
Capital Stock to be so refinanced.
82
<PAGE>
"Related Business" means the business conducted (or proposed to be
conducted) by the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the Issue Date and any and
all businesses that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the
Company are materially related businesses.
"Related Person" means any person who controls, is controlled by or is
under common control with an Excluded Person; provided that for purposes of
this definition "control" means the beneficial ownership of more than 50% of
the total voting power of a person normally entitled to vote in the election of
directors, managers or trustees, as applicable of a person.
"Restricted Investment" means, in one or a series of related transactions,
any Investment, other than investments in (a) Cash Equivalents, and (b) the
Company or a Wholly owned Subsidiary that is engaged in a Related Business;
provided, however, that a merger of another person with or into the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries shall not be deemed to be a Restricted Investment so
long as the surviving entity is the Company or a direct Wholly owned
Subsidiary.
"Restricted Payment" means, with respect to any person, (a) the
declaration or payment of any dividend or other distribution in respect of
Capital Stock of such person or any parent or Subsidiary of such person, (b)
any payment on account of the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or
retirement for value of Capital Stock of such person or any parent or
Subsidiary of such person, (c) other than with the proceeds from the
substantially concurrent sale of, or in exchange for, Refinancing Indebtedness,
any purchase, redemption, or other acquisition or retirement for value of, any
payment in respect of any amendment of the terms of or any defeasance of, any
Subordinated Indebtedness, directly or indirectly, by such person or a parent
or Subsidiary of such person prior to the scheduled maturity, any scheduled
repayment of principal, or scheduled sinking fund payment, as the case may be,
of such Indebtedness and (d) any Restricted Investment by such person;
provided, however, that the term "Restricted Payment" does not include (i) any
dividend, distribution or other payment on or with respect to Capital Stock of
an issuer to the extent payable solely in shares of Qualified Capital Stock of
such issuer; or (ii) any dividend, distribution or other payment to the
Company, or to any of its Wholly owned Subsidiaries, by the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries.
"Significant Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Company that would be
a "significant subsidiary" of the Company as defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation
S-X under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, as such Rule is in effect on
the Issue Date.
"Stated Maturity," when used with respect to any Note, means October 15,
2004.
"Subordinated Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of the Company or a
Guarantor that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such
Guarantee, as applicable, in any respect.
"Subsidiary," with respect to any person, means (i) a corporation a
majority of whose Capital Stock with voting power, under ordinary
circumstances, to elect directors is at the time, directly or indirectly, owned
by such person, by such person and one or more Subsidiaries of such person or
by one or more Subsidiaries of such person, (ii) any other person (other than a
corporation) in which such person, one or more Subsidiaries of such person, or
such person and one or more Subsidiaries of such person, directly or
indirectly, at the date of determination thereof has at least majority
ownership interest, or (iii) a partnership in which such person or a Subsidiary
of such person is, at the time, a general partner and in which such person,
directly or indirectly, at the date of determination thereof has at least a
majority ownership interest.
"Third Party Plan Receivable" means a right to receive payment from a
managed health care provider or other third party payer (a "Third Party Plan")
resulting from a sale to customers associated with a Third Party Plan of
pharmacy goods or services by a person pursuant to an arrangement with such
Third Party Plan under which such Third Party Plan is obligated to pay for such
goods or services under terms that permit the purchase of such goods or
services on credit.
"U.S. Government Obligations" means direct non-callable obligations of, or
non-callable obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America for the
payment of which obligation or guarantee the full faith and credit of the
United States of America is pledged.
"Wholly owned Subsidiary" means a Subsidiary all the Capital Stock of
which is owned by the Company or one or more Wholly owned Subsidiaries of the
Company.
83
<PAGE>
Book-Entry; Delivery; Form and Transfer
Except as set forth below, the New Notes will initially be issued in the
form of one or more registered New Notes in global form (the "Global Notes").
Each Global Note representing New Notes will be deposited on the date of the
closing of the Exchange Offer (the "Closing Date") with, or on behalf of, The
Depository Trust Company (the "Depositary") and registered in the name of Cede
& Co., as nominee of the Depositary. Interests in Global Notes will be
available for purchase only by "qualified institutional buyers," as defined in
Rule 144A under the Securities Act ("QIBs").
Notes that are (i) originally issued to or transferred to institutional
"accredited investors," as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the
Securities Act, who are not QIBs or to any other person who are not QIBs or
(ii) issued as described below under "Certificated Securities," will be issued
in registered form without coupons (the "Certificated Securities"). Upon the
transfer to a QIB of Certificated Securities, such Certificated Securities
will, unless the Global Note has previously been exchanged for Certificated
Securities, be exchanged for an interest in the Global Note representing the
principal amount of New Notes being transferred.
The Depository has advised the Company that it is (i) a limited-purpose
trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York, (ii) a member
of the Federal Reserve System, (iii) a "clearing corporation" within the
meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code, as amended, and (iv) a "Clearing
Agency" registered pursuant to Section 17A of the Exchange Act. The Depositary
was created to hold securities for its participating organizations
(collectively, the "Participants") and to facilitate the clearance and
settlement of transactions in such securities between Participants through
electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its Participants. The Depositary's
Participants include securities brokers and dealers (including the Initial
Purchasers), banks and trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other
organizations. Access to the Depositary's system is also available to other
entities such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies (collectively, the
"Indirect Participants") that clear through or maintain a custodial
relationship with a Participant, either directly or indirectly. QIBs may elect
to hold New Notes purchased by them through the Depositary. QIBs who are not
Participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of the
Depositary only through Participants or Indirect Participants. Persons that are
not QIBs may not hold New Notes through the Depositary.
The Company expects that pursuant to procedures established by the
Depositary (i) upon deposit of the Global Note, the Depositary will credit the
accounts of Participants designated by the Initial Purchasers with an interest
in the Global Note and (ii) ownership of the New Notes will be shown on, and
the transfer of ownership thereof will be effected only through, records
maintained by the Depositary (with respect to the interests of Participants),
the Participants and the Indirect Participants. The laws of some states require
that certain persons take physical delivery in definitive form of securities
that they own and that security interests in negotiable instruments can only be
perfected by delivery of certificates representing the instruments.
Consequently, the ability to transfer New Notes or to pledge the New Notes as
collateral will be limited to such extent. The New Notes will be subject to
certain other restrictions on transferability.
So long as the Depositary or its nominee is the registered owner of a
Global Note, the Depositary or such nominee, as the case may be, will be
considered the sole owner or holder of the New Notes represented by the Global
Note for all purposes under the Indenture. Except as provided below, owners of
beneficial interests in a Global Note will not be entitled to have New Notes
represented by such Global Note registered in their names, will not receive or
be entitled to receive physical delivery of Certificated Securities, and will
not be considered the owners or holders thereof under the Indenture for any
purpose, including with respect to the giving of any directions, instructions
or approvals to the Trustee thereunder. As a result, the ability of a person
having a beneficial interest in New Notes represented by a Global Note to
pledge such interest to persons or entities that do not participate in the
Depositary's system, or to otherwise take actions with respect to such
interest, may be affected by the lack of a physical certificate evidencing such
interest.
Accordingly, each QIB owning a beneficial interest in a Global Note must
rely on the procedures of the Depositary and, if such QIB is not a Participant
or an Indirect Participant, on the procedures of the Participant through which
such QIB owns its interests, to exercise any rights of a holder under the
Indenture or such Global Note. The Company understands that under existing
industry practice, in the event the Company requests any action of holders of
New Notes or a QIB that is an owner of a beneficial interest in a Global Note
desires to take any action that the Depositary, as the holder of such Global
Note, is entitled to take, the Depositary would authorize the Participants to
take such action and the Participants would authorize QIBs owning through such
Participants
84
<PAGE>
to take such action or would otherwise act upon the instructions of such QIBs.
Neither the Company nor the Trustee will have any responsibility or liability
for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of New
Notes by the Depositary, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any
records of the Depositary relating to such New Notes.
Payments with respect to the principal of, premium, if any, and interest
on any New Notes represented by a Global Note registered in the name of the
Depositary or its nominee on the applicable record date will be payable by the
Trustee to or at the direction of the Depositary or its nominee in its capacity
as the registered holder of the Global Note representing such new Notes under
the Indenture. Under the terms of the Indenture, the Company and the Trustee
may treat the persons in whose names the New Notes, including the Global Notes,
are registered as the owners thereof for the purpose of receiving such payments
and for any and all other purposes whatsoever. Consequently, neither the
Company nor the Trustee has or will have any responsibility or liability for
the payment of such amounts to beneficial owners of New Notes (including
principal, premium, if any, and interest), or to immediately credit the
accounts of the relevant participants with such payment, in amounts
proportionate to their respective holdings in principal amount of beneficial
interest in the Global Note as shown on the records of the Depositary. Payments
by the Participants and the Indirect Participants to the beneficial owners of
New Notes will be governed by standing instructions and customary practice and
will be the responsibility of the Participants or the Indirect Participants.
Certificated Securities
If (i) the Company notifies the Trustee in writing that the Depositary is
no longer willing or able to act as a depository and the Company is unable to
locate a qualified successor within 90 days (ii) the Company, at its option,
notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of New
Notes in definitive form under the Indenture, or (iii) there shall have
occurred and be continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the
Notes, then, upon surrender by the Depositary of its Global Note or Global
Notes, Certificated Securities will be issued to each person that the
Depositary identifies as the beneficial owner of the New Notes represented by
the Global Note. In addition, subject to certain conditions, any person having
a beneficial interest in a Global Note may, upon request to the Trustee,
exchange such beneficial interest for Certificated Securities. Upon any such
issuance, the Trustee is required to register such Certificated Securities in
the name of such person or persons (or the nominee of any thereof), and cause
the same to be delivered thereto.
Neither the Company nor the Trustee shall be liable for any delay by the
Depositary or any Participant or Indirect Participant in identifying the
beneficial owners of the related New Note and such person may conclusively rely
on, and shall be protected in relying on instructions from the Depositary for
all purposes (including with respect to the registration and delivery, and the
respective principal amounts, of the New Notes to be issued).
The information in this section concerning DTC and DTC's book-entry system
has been obtained from sources that the Company believes to be reliable. The
Company will have no responsibility for the performance by DTC or its
Participants of their respective obligations as described hereunder or under
the rules and procedures governing their respective operations.
Same Day Settlement and Payment
The Indenture requires that payments in respect of the Notes represented
by the Global Notes (including principal, premium, if any, interest and
Liquidated Damages, if any) be made by wire transfer of immediately available
same day funds to the accounts specified by the holder of interests in such
Global Note. With respect to Certificated Notes, the Company will make all
payments of principal, premium, if any, interest and Liquidated Damages, if
any, by wire transfer of immediately available same day funds to the accounts
specified by the holders thereof or, if no such account is specified, by
mailing a check to each such holder's registered address. The Company expects
that secondary trading in the Certificated Notes will also be settled in
immediately available funds.
85
<PAGE>
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
The following discussion of certain of the anticipated federal income tax
consequences of an exchange of the Existing Notes for New Notes and of the
purchase, ownership, and disposition of the New Notes is based upon the
provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), the
final, temporary, and proposed regulations promulgated thereunder, and
administrative rulings and judicial decisions now in effect, all of which are
subject to change (possibly with retroactive effect) or different
interpretations. The following summary is not binding on the Internal Revenue
Service ("IRS") and there can be no assurance that the IRS will take a similar
view with respect to the tax consequences described below. No ruling has been
or will be requested by the Company from the IRS on any tax matters relating to
the New Notes or the Exchange Offer. This summary does not purport to deal with
all aspects of federal income taxation that may be relevant to a particular
investor, nor any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state,
locality, or foreign jurisdiction, and it is not intended to be applicable to
all categories of investors, some of which, such as dealers in securities,
banks, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, foreign persons, persons
that hold New Notes as part of a straddle or conversion transactions or holders
subject to the alternative minimum tax, may be subject to special rules. In
addition, the summary is limited to persons that will hold the New Notes as
"capital assets" (generally, property held for investment) within the meaning
of Section 1221 of the Code. ALL INVESTORS ARE ADVISED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX
ADVISERS REGARDING THE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, AND FOREIGN TAX CONSEQUENCES OF
THE EXCHANGE AND THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF NEW NOTES.
Taxation of Holders on Exchange
An exchange of Existing Notes for New Notes should not be a taxable event
to holders of Existing Notes, and holders should not recognize any taxable gain
or loss as a result of such an exchange. Accordingly, a holder would have the
same adjusted basis and holding period in the New Notes as it had in the
Existing Notes immediately before the exchange. Further, the tax consequences
of ownership and disposition of any New Notes should be the same as the tax
consequences of ownership and disposition of Existing Notes.
Market Discount
If a holder purchases a Note for an amount that is less than its principal
amount, the amount of the difference will be treated as "market discount" for
federal income tax purposes, unless such difference is less than a specified de
minimis amount. Under the market discount rules, a holder will be required to
treat any principal payment on, or any gain on the sale, exchange, retirement
or other disposition of, a Note as ordinary income to the exchange of the
market discount which has not previously been included in income and is treated
as having accrued on such a Note at the time of such payment or disposition. In
addition, the holder may be required to defer, until the maturity of the Note
or its earlier disposition in a taxable transaction, the deduction of all or a
portion of the interest expense on any indebtedness incurred or continued to
purchase or carry such Note.
Any market discount will be considered to accrue ratably during the period
from the date of acquisition to the maturity date of the Note, unless the
holder elects to accrue on a constant interest method. A holder of a Note may
elect to include market discount in income currently as it accrues (on either a
ratable or constant interest method), in which case the rule described above
regarding deferral of interest deductions will not apply. This election to
include market discount in income currently, once made, applies to all market
discount obligations acquired on or after the first taxable year to which the
election applies and may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS.
Amortizable Bond Premium
A holder that purchases a Note for an amount in excess of the sum of its
principal amount will be considered to have purchased the Note at a "premium."
A holder generally may elect to amortize the premium over the remaining term of
the Note on a constant yield method. The amount amortized in any year will be
treated as a reduction of the holder's interest income from the Note. Bond
premium on a Note held by a holder that does not make such an election will
decrease the gain or increase the loss otherwise recognized on disposition of
the Note. The election to amortize premium on a constant yield method once made
applies to all debt obligations held or subsequently acquired by the electing
holder on or after the first day of the first taxable year to which the
election applies and may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS.
86
<PAGE>
Sale, Exchange and Retirement of Notes
A holder's tax basis in a Note will, in general, be the holder's cost
therefor, increased by market discount previously included in income by the
holder and reduced by any amortized premium. Upon the sale, exchange or
retirement of a Note, a holder will recognize gain or loss equal to the
difference between the amount realized upon the sale, exchange or retirement
(less any accrued interest, which will be taxable as such) and the adjusted tax
basis of the Note. Except as described above with respect to market discount,
such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss and will, as a general rule, be
long-term capital gain or loss if at the time of sale, exchange or retirement
the Note has been held for more than eighteen months. Under current law,
long-term capital gains of individuals are, under certain circumstances, taxed
at lower rates than items of ordinary income. The deductibility of capital
losses is subject to limitations.
Backup Withholding
In general, information reporting requirements will apply to certain
payments of principal, interest and premium paid on Notes and to the proceeds
of sale of a Note made to holders other than certain exempt recipients (such as
corporations). A 31% backup withholding tax will apply to such payments if the
holder fails to provide a taxpayer identification number or certification of
foreign or other exempt status or fails to report in full dividend and interest
income.
Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as
a refund or a credit against such holder's U.S. federal income tax liability
provided the required information is furnished to the IRS.
THE UNITED STATES FEDERAL TAX DISCUSSION SET FORTH ABOVE IS INCLUDED FOR
GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND MAY OR MAY NOT BE APPLICABLE DEPENDING UPON A
HOLDER'S PARTICULAR SITUATION. HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISERS WITH
RESPECT TO THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE EXCHANGE OF EXISTING NOTES FOR
NEW NOTES AND OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF THE NEW NOTES, INCLUDING THE
TAX CONSEQUENCES UNDER STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN AND OTHER TAX LAWS AND THE
POSSIBLE EFFECTS OF CHANGES IN FEDERAL OR OTHER TAX LAWS.
INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
The financial statements of the Company as of July 26, 1997, July 28, 1996
and July 30, 1995 and for the fiscal years ended July 26, 1997 and July 28,
1996 and the six month period ended July 30, 1995 included in this Prospectus
have been audited by Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent accountants, as
stated in their report appearing herein. The financial statements of the
Predecessor Company for the six month period ended January 29, 1995, included
in this Prospectus have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent
accountants, as stated in their report appearing herein. The consolidated
financial statements of the Holding Company as of July 26, 1997, July 28, 1996
and July 30, 1995 and for the fiscal years ended July 26, 1997 and July 28,
1996 and the six month period ended July 30, 1995 included in this Prospectus
have been audited by Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent accountants, as
stated in their report appearing herein.
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the Exchange Notes will be passed upon for the Company by
Bingham Dana LLP, Boston, Massachusetts.
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
The Company has agreed that whether or not the Company is subject to the
reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company
shall deliver to the Trustee and to each holder of the Notes and to prospective
purchasers of the Notes identified to the Company by an Initial Purchaser,
within 15 days after it is or would have been required to file such with the
Commission, annual and quarterly financial statements substantially equivalent
to financial statements that would have been included in reports filed with the
Commission, if the Company were subject to the requirements of Section 13 or
15(d) of the Exchange Act, including, with respect to annual information only,
a report thereon by the Company's certified independent public accountants as
such would be required in such reports to the Commission, and, in each case,
together with a management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and
results of operations which would be so required. In addition, from and after
87
<PAGE>
the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a
part of the Shelf Registration Statement, whether or not required by the rules
and regulations of the Commission, the Company will file a copy of all such
information and reports with the Commission for public availability (unless the
Commission will not accept such a filing) and make such information available
to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request.
Once the Registration Statement has been declared effective by the
Commission, the Company and the Holding Company will become subject to the
informational requirements of the Exchange Act and in accordance therewith will
be required to file reports and other information with the Commission. When
filed, the Registration Statement and the exhibits thereto, as well as such
reports and other information to be filed by the Company and the Holding
Company with the Commission, may be inspected, without charge, at the public
reference facilities maintained by the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Room 1024, Washington, D.C. 20549, as well as the regional offices of the
Commission at the Northwest Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400,
Chicago, Illinois 60661 and 7 World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New
York 10048. Copies of such documents can be obtained from the Public Reference
Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1024, Washington,
D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. In addition, the Company and the Holding
Company will be required to file electronic versions of these documents with
the Commission through the Commission's Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis,
and Retrieval (EDGAR) system. The Commission maintains a World Wide Web site,
located at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information
statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically
with the Commission.
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Prospectus contains certain statements that may be considered
"forward-looking." Such forward-looking statements include, among other things,
management's expectations about industry trends including, without limitation,
industry revenue and profit growth rates, the rates of public participation in
Third-Party Plans and the impact of such participation on margins, sales and
profitability, the correlation of sales of non-pharmacy merchandise with sales
of pharmaceutical products, the correlation of sales rates with the aging of
the population and introduction of new drugs, and projections of such rates and
correlations, and the impact of various factors on market shares of independent
drugstore chains, national chains, and regional chains. Forward-looking
statements are also made concerning the Company's expectations regarding
increased customer traffic, the Company's expectations regarding future
regulatory developments and health care reform, the relationship between the
Company's margins and its purchasing practices, product mix and inventory
controls, the Company's business strategy and expectations concerning possible
expansion by the Company, including the opening of new Drug Fair stores or
pharmacies in Cost Cutters locations, the Company's ability to obtain adequate
supplies of pharmaceuticals and general merchandise, the Company's ability to
maintain its gross profit margins in the face of pressure on pharmaceutical
profit margins as a result of an increase in Third-Party Plan pharmaceutical
sales, the Company's ability to minimize store maintenance expenses, the
Company's ability to decrease the amount of time necessary for a new store to
become profitable through the purchase of prescription customer files, the
Company's ability to cost-effectively consolidate its administrative and
distribution functions in a single new location and integrate a new MIS system
at that facility and accommodate any "Year 2000" problems, the Company's
ability to extend leases for current store locations, or find new leases for
attractive store locations at favorable rates, and the Company's ability to
generate cash flow or make borrowings sufficient to pay interest and principal
on the Notes. Such forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks,
uncertainties and other factors that may cause the actual results, performance
or achievements of the Company to be materially different from any future
results, performance or achievements of the Company expressed or implied by
such forward-looking statements. Prospective investors in the Notes offered
hereby are cautioned that although the Company believes that the assumptions on
which the forward-looking statements contained herein are based are reasonable,
any of those assumptions could prove to be inaccurate and, as a result, the
forward-looking statements based on those assumptions also could be materially
incorrect. The uncertainties in this regard include, but are not limited to,
those identified in the section of this Prospectus entitled "Risk Factors." In
light of these and other uncertainties, the inclusion of a forward-looking
statement herein should not be regarded as a representation by the Company that
the Company's plans and objectives will be achieved and prospective investors
in the Notes should not place undue reliance on such forward-looking
statements. The Company disclaims any obligation to publicly announce the
result of any revisions to any of the forward-looking statements contained
herein to reflect future events or developments.
88
<PAGE>
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
-----
<S> <C>
The Predecessor Company
Report of Independent Public Accountants ................................................ F-3
Statements of Income and Undistributed Earnings for the Six Months Ended January 29, 1995 F-4
Statement of Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended January 29, 1995 ........................ F-5
Notes to Financial Statements for the Six Months Ended January 29, 1995 .................. F-6
The Company
Report of Independent Accountants ...................................................... F-9
Balance Sheets as of July 28, 1996 and July 26, 1997 .................................... F-10
Statements of Income for the Six Months Ended July 30, 1995 and the Years Ended
July 28, 1996 and July 26, 1997 ......................................................... F-11
Statements of Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended July 30, 1995 and the Years Ended
July 28, 1996 and July 26, 1997 ......................................................... F-12
Statements of Stockholder's Equity for the Six Months Ended July 30, 1995, and the
Years Ended July 28, 1996 and July 26, 1997 ............................................. F-13
Notes to Financial Statements ............................................................ F-14
The Holding Company
Report of Independent Accountants ...................................................... F-22
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of July 28, 1996 and as of July 26, 1997 .................. F-23
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Six Months Ended July 30, 1995 and
the Years Ended July 28, 1996, and July 26, 1997 ....................................... F-24
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended July 30, 1995 and
the Years Ended July 28, 1996 and July 26, 1997 ....................................... F-25
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the Six Months Ended July 30, 1995,
and the Years Ended July 28, 1996 and July 26, 1997 .................................... F-26
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-27-F-36
The Company (Unaudited)
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations--Three Months Ended October 25, 1997
and October 26, 1996 .................................................................. F-37
Condensed Balance Sheets--As of July 26, 1997 and October 25, 1997 ..................... F-38
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows--Three Months Ended October 25, 1997
and October 26, 1996 .................................................................. F-39
Notes to Condensed Financial Statements ................................................ F-40
The Holding Company (Unaudited)
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations--Three Months Ended October 25, 1997
and October 26, 1996 .................................................................. F-41
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets--As of July 26, 1997 and October 25, 1997 ......... F-42
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows--Three Months Ended October 25, 1997
and October 26, 1996 .................................................................. F-43
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements .................................... F-44
</TABLE>
F-1
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
-----
<S> <C>
Financial Statement Schedules
Report of Independent Accountants ...................................................... F-45
Schedule II--Summary of Valuation and Qualifying Accounts--Community Distributors, Inc. F-46
Report of Independent Accountants ...................................................... F-47
Schedule II--Summary of Valuation and Qualifying Accounts--CDI Group, Inc. ............ F-48
</TABLE>
F-2
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
To the Stockholders of
Community Distributors, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying statements of income and undistributed
earnings and cash flows of Community Distributors, Inc. (a Delaware
corporation) for the six months ended January 29, 1995. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the results of operations of Community Distributors,
Inc. and its cash flows for the six month period ended January 29, 1995 in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
Roseland, New Jersey ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
March 10, 1995
F-3
<PAGE>
COMMUNITY DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
THE PREDECESSOR COMPANY
STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND UNDISTRIBUTED EARNINGS
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JANUARY 29, 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Six Months
Ended
January 29,
1995
----------------
<S> <C>
NET SALES ......................................................... $101,687,000
COST OF SALES ...................................................... 72,469,000
------------
Gross profit ................................................... 29,218,000
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE ........................ 22,352,000
------------
Operating income ................................................ 6,866,000
OTHER INCOME, net ................................................... 595,000
------------
Income before provision for state income taxes .................. 7,461,000
PROVISION FOR STATE INCOME TAXES .................................... 186,000
------------
Net income ...................................................... 7,275,000
UNDISTRIBUTED EARNINGS ("S" Corporation), beginning of period ...... 19,550,000
DISTRIBUTIONS TO STOCKHOLDERS ....................................... (4,887,000)
------------
UNDISTRIBUTED EARNINGS ("S" Corporation), end of period ............ $ 21,938,000
============
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes to financial statements
are an integral part of this statement.
F-4
<PAGE>
COMMUNITY DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
THE PREDECESSOR COMPANY
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JANUARY 29, 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Six Months
Ended
January 29,
1995
--------------
<S> <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income ............................................................... $ 7,275,000
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities--
Depreciation and amortization ....................................... 884,000
LIFO provision ...................................................... 1,337,000
Cash received from supplier advances ................................. 140,000
Revenue recognized from supplier advances ........................... (623,000)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities--
Receivables ......................................................... (554,000)
Inventories ......................................................... (2,280,000)
Prepaid expenses ................................................... 81,000
Due from affiliates ................................................ 33,000
Other assets ...................................................... 306,000
Accounts payable, accrued liabilities and state income taxes payable (883,000)
Other liabilities ................................................... (9,000)
------------
Net cash provided by operating activities ........................ 5,707,000
CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES--
Capital expenditures ................................................... (1,313,000)
CASH FLOWS USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES--
Distributions to stockholders .......................................... (4,887,000)
------------
Net decrease in cash and short-term investments .................. (493,000)
CASH AND SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS AT BEGINNING OF FISCAL YEAR ............... 17,296,000
------------
CASH AND SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS AT END OF FISCAL YEAR ..................... $16,803,000
============
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Cash paid during the fiscal year for--
Income taxes ......................................................... $ 110,000
Interest ............................................................... 0
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes to financial statements
are an integral part of this statement.
F-5
<PAGE>
COMMUNITY DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
THE PREDECESSOR COMPANY
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
Company Business-
Community Distributors, Inc. (the Company) owns and operates a chain of
specialty drug stores under the name "Drug Fair" and deep discount general
merchandise stores under the name "Cost Cutters."
Accounting Year-
The Company maintains its accounts on a 52-53 week year ending on the last
Sunday in July. The fiscal period ended January 29, 1995 included 26
weeks.
Use of Estimates-
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and
disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the
financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these
estimates.
Cash and Short-Term Investments-
Cash and short-term investments include cash on deposit with banks and
investments having a maturity of three months or less.
Inventories-
Store and warehouse inventories are stated at the lower of cost, using the
last-in, first-out method (LIFO), or market. If the first-in, first-out
method (FIFO) of inventory accounting had been used, inventories would
have been $6,893,000 higher than reported at January 29, 1995.
Depreciation and Amortization-
Property and equipment are stated at cost and depreciation is provided
using the straight-line method over the expected useful lives of the
applicable assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the expected
useful life of the improvement or the life of the lease, whichever is
shorter.
Supplier Advances-
Included in the accompanying balance sheet at January 29, 1995 is
$4,637,000 representing advances received related to inventory supply
agreements. Such amounts are being amortized as a reduction of cost of
sales over the term of the applicable supply agreements (periods ranging
from three to five years).
S Corporation Election-
The Company and its stockholders elected to be taxed as an S Corporation
for fiscal years beginning after July 26, 1987, under the provisions of
Subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code. As such, the taxable income or
losses of the Company are included in the individual tax returns of the
stockholders for Federal income tax purposes. Effective with the fiscal
year beginning July 26, 1993, the Company and its stockholders elected to
be taxed as an S Corporation under the provisions of the tax regulations
for the State of New Jersey. Accordingly, the tax rate used by the Company
in determining its provision for state income taxes was 2.350% for the six
months ended January 29, 1995. Effective with this change, the taxable
income or losses of the Company are included in the individual state
income tax returns of the stockholders. Deferred income taxes are provided
on transactions recorded for financial statement purposes in periods
different from that in which such transactions are recorded for tax
purposes. The differences relate primarily to liabilities for supplier
advances which are reflected as income when the advances are received and
the use of accelerated methods of depreciation and amortization for income
tax purposes. Deferred taxes totaling approximately $146,000 as of January
29, 1995 and are included in other assets in the accompanying balance
sheet.
F-6
<PAGE>
COMMUNITY DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
THE PREDECESSOR COMPANY
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(2) FINANCING ARRANGEMENT:
The Company has a short-term line of credit totaling $7,500,000. This line
of credit bears interest at the bank's prime rate (8.50% at January 29,
1995). Borrowings under the line of credit are unsecured. There were no
borrowings outstanding under the line of credit at January 29, 1995. Under
the line of credit agreement the Company may use up to $2,500,000 to
secure letters of credit. The Company was committed to $705,000 in
outstanding letters of credit at January 29, 1995.
(3) COMMITMENTS:
Litigation-
The Company is party to various legal actions arising in the normal course
of its business. The Company believes that the disposition of such
actions, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material
adverse effect on the financial position or results of operations of the
Company.
Leases-
The Company conducts all of its warehousing and retailing operations from
leased facilities. These leases, which may be renewed for periods ranging
from five to thirty years, generally provide that the Company pay
insurance, maintenance costs and property taxes. These additional charges
are subject to escalation for increases in the related costs. Minimum
rental commitments under long-term noncancelable operating leases are as
follows-
Related
Party (Note 4) Third Party Total
--------------- ------------- ------------
Fiscal years ending January-
1996 .................. $ 401,000 $ 6,224,000 $ 6,625,000
1997 .................. 401,000 6,240,000 6,641,000
1998 .................. 401,000 6,158,000 6,559,000
1999 .................. 183,000 5,915,000 6,098,000
2000 .................. 0 5,808,000 5,808,000
Thereafter ............ 0 25,704,000 25,704,000
---------- ----------- -----------
$1,386,000 $56,049,000 $57,435,000
========== =========== ===========
Rental expense for all leases aggregated $3,172,000 for the six months
ended January 29, 1995.
(4) RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:
The Company is a guarantor of a loan from a bank to a real estate holding
company owned by the stockholders of the Company. The loan amounted to
$607,000 at January 29, 1995. This real estate company owns the buildings in
which the Company conducts its warehousing and one of its retailing
operations. Rents paid to the real estate company were approximately $201,000
during the six months ended January 29, 1995. In connection with the sale of
the Company (Note 5) on January 30, 1995, the Company was relieved of its
obligation to guarantee the loan.
During fiscal 1991, the Company entered into a line of credit agreement with
the real estate company to finance the construction of an addition to the
facility it rents to the Company and the construction of an additional
facility at the same location. During fiscal 1992, the balance outstanding
(approximately $2 million) was converted into a 15 year mortgage agreement.
The mortgage was originally scheduled to mature in April 2007 and bore
interest at 8.5% per annum. In connection with the sale of the Company (Note
5) on January 30, 1995, the balance due under this mortgage agreement was
paid in full and, accordingly, has been included as a current asset in the
accompanying balance sheet.
F-7
<PAGE>
COMMUNITY DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
THE PREDECESSOR COMPANY
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(5) SALE OF THE COMPANY:
On January 30, 1995, the Company's stockholders sold their shares in the
Company to Newrxco, Inc., a newly formed acquisition company, for
approximately $75,000,000. The accompanying balance sheet does not give
effect to this sale, which will be accounted for under the purchase method of
accounting.
As a result of the sale, the Company will no longer qualify to be taxed as an
S Corporation for either Federal or New Jersey State income tax purposes.
Without giving effect to adjustments to allocate the purchase price for this
sale, the effect of terminating the S Corporation tax treatment would be to
increase deferred tax assets and stockholders' equity by approximately $2.3
million as of January 29, 1995, and to recognize Federal and state income tax
benefits associated with temporary differences (primarily supplier advances).
This adjustment has not been reflected in the accompanying balance sheet.
F-8
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
To the Stockholder of
Community Distributors, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Community Distributors,
Inc. (a Delaware corporation) as of July 26, 1997 and July 28, 1996, and the
related statements of income, cash flows and stockholder's equity for the
fiscal years then ended and for the six months ended July 30, 1995. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Community Distributors,
Inc. as of July 26, 1997 and July 28, 1996, and the results of its operations
and its cash flows for the fiscal years then ended, and for the six months
ended July 30, 1995, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.
Parsippany, New Jersey
October 9, 1997, except for Note 9 for
which the date is October 16, 1997.
F-9
<PAGE>
COMMUNITY DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
BALANCE SHEETS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
As of As of
July 28, 1996 July 26, 1997
--------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS:
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents ................................. $ 3,623 $ 1,870
Accounts receivable ....................................... 3,270 2,614
Inventory ................................................... 28,196 30,233
Prepaid expenses and other current assets .................. 740 1,085
-------- --------
Total current assets .................................... 35,829 35,802
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:
Leasehold improvements .................................... 5,084 5,217
Furniture, fixtures and equipment ........................... 6,220 7,195
Automobiles and trucks .................................... 410 551
-------- --------
11,714 12,963
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization ............ (2,381) (4,314)
-------- --------
Property and equipment, net ........................... 9,333 8,649
Beneficial leaseholds, net ................................. 2,704 2,127
Other assets ................................................ 63 91
Deferred financing costs, net .............................. 464 356
Deferred tax assets ....................................... 1,104 712
Goodwill, net ............................................. 35,434 33,519
-------- --------
Total assets .......................................... $ 84,931 $ 81,256
======== ========
LIABILITIES:
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Current portion of long-term debt ........................... $ 4,675 $ 4,750
Accounts payable .......................................... 11,698 14,796
Accrued liabilities ....................................... 3,563 3,587
Deferred tax liabilities .................................... 1,746 391
Current portion of supplier advances ........................ 1,340 1,900
Income taxes payable ....................................... 1,611 503
-------- --------
Total current liabilities .............................. 24,633 25,927
LONG-TERM DEBT ................................................ 34,490 24,519
SUPPLIER ADVANCES, net of current portion ..................... 1,965 1,353
OTHER LIABILITIES ............................................. 1,037 1,402
DUE TO PARENT ................................................ 34 720
-------- --------
Total liabilities ....................................... 62,159 53,921
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY:
Common stock, $.01 par value, 1,000 shares authorized, issued
and outstanding .......................................... -- --
Additional paid-in capital ................................. 18,000 18,000
Retained earnings .......................................... 4,772 9,335
-------- --------
Total stockholder's equity .............................. 22,772 27,335
-------- --------
Total liabilities and stockholder's equity ............ $ 84,931 $ 81,256
======== ========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-10
<PAGE>
COMMUNITY DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the Six For the For the
Months Ended Year Ended Year Ended
July 30, 1995 July 28, 1996 July 26, 1997
--------------- --------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales .......................................... $96,171 $215,731 $231,033
Cost of sales .................................... 67,686 152,645 163,157
------- -------- --------
Gross profit .................................... 28,485 63,086 67,876
Selling, general and administrative expenses ...... 21,635 47,487 50,831
Administrative fees .............................. 125 250 250
Depreciation and amortization ..................... 1,980 4,341 4,399
Other income, net ................................. 205 353 401
------- -------- --------
Operating income .............................. 4,950 11,361 12,797
Interest expense, net .............................. 2,284 3,998 3,018
------- -------- --------
Income before income taxes ..................... 2,666 7,363 9,779
Provision for income taxes ........................ 1,598 3,659 5,216
------- -------- --------
Net income .................................... $ 1,068 $ 3,704 $ 4,563
======= ======== ========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-11
<PAGE>
COMMUNITY DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the Six For the For the
Months Ended Year Ended Year Ended
July 30, 1995 July 28, 1996 July 26, 1997
--------------- --------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income .......................................... $ 1,068 $ 3,704 $ 4,563
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization .................. 1,926 4,233 4,443
Deferred financing costs ........................ 54 108 108
Non-cash rent expense ........................... 217 552 414
LIFO provision ................................. 567 659 1,086
(Gain) loss on sale of assets .................. (9) -- 7
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
Accounts receivable ........................... (250) (865) 656
Inventory .................................... (394) (1,792) (3,123)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets . 237 1,002 (345)
Other non-current assets ..................... (617) -- (28)
Deferred tax asset ........................... -- 134 392
Due to Parent ................................. -- 34 686
Deferred tax liability ........................ 376 (134) (1,355)
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ...... 2,469 56 3,122
Income taxes payable ........................... -- 3,740 (1,108)
Supplier advances .............................. (417) (915) (52)
Other .......................................... (46) 1 (48)
---------- -------- --------
Net cash provided by operating
activities ................................. 5,181 10,517 9,418
Cash flows used in investing activities:
Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired ...... (68,143) --
Capital expenditures .............................. (1,070) (2,887) (1,287)
Proceeds from sale of assets ........................ 74 20 12
---------- -------- --------
Net cash used in investing activities ......... (69,139) (2,867) (1,275)
Cash flows provided by (used in) financing
activities:
Proceeds from issuance of common stock ............ 18,000 -- --
Proceeds from borrowings on long-term debt ......... 45,000 -- --
Debt issuance costs ................................. (590) -- --
Proceeds from revolver borrowings .................. 5,733 4,700 7,550
Payments made on revolver borrowings ............... (5,733) (4,700) (7,550)
Payments made on long-term debt ..................... -- (5,835) (9,896)
---------- -------- --------
Net cash provided by (used in)
financing activities ........................ 62,410 (5,835) (9,896)
---------- -------- --------
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash
equivalents ............................... (1,548) 1,815 (1,753)
Cash and cash equivalents beginning of period ...... 3,356 1,808 3,623
---------- -------- --------
Cash and cash equivalents end of period ............ $ 1,808 $ 3,623 $ 1,870
========== ======== ========
Supplemental disclosures of cash information:
Cash paid during the period:
Income taxes .................................... $ 1,001 $ 2,255 $ 6,605
========== ======== ========
Interest .......................................... $ 2,018 $ 4,088 $ 3,160
========== ======== ========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-12
<PAGE>
COMMUNITY DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS--EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Total
Paid-in Retained Stockholder's
Shares Amount Capital Earnings Equity
----------- -------- --------- ------------ --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at January 29, 1995 as previously
reported by predecessor company ......... 1,000 $ -- $ 100 $ 35,933 $ 36,033
Repurchase and elimination of predecessor
company equity ........................... (1,000) -- (100) (35,933) (36,033)
Issuance of successor company shares ...... 1,000 -- 18,000 -- 18,000
------ -------- ------- --------- ---------
Balance at January 30, 1995 for successor
company ................................. 1,000 -- 18,000 -- 18,000
Net income ................................. -- -- -- 1,068 1,068
------ -------- ------- --------- ---------
Balance at July 30, 1995 .................. 1,000 -- 18,000 1,068 19,068
Net income ................................. -- -- -- 3,704 3,704
------ -------- ------- --------- ---------
Balance at July 28, 1996 .................. 1,000 -- 18,000 4,772 22,772
Net income ................................. -- -- -- 4,563 4,563
------ -------- ------- --------- ---------
Balance at July 26, 1997 .................. 1,000 $ -- $18,000 $ 9,335 $ 27,335
====== ======== ======= ========= =========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-13
<PAGE>
COMMUNITY DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
(1) ORGANIZATION:
On January 30, 1995 (the "acquisition date"), all of the outstanding capital
stock of Community Distributors, Inc. (the "Company") was acquired by
Newrxco, Inc. a newly formed acquisition company, wholly owned by CDI Group,
Inc. (the "Parent"), for approximately $68 million, net of cash acquired and
certain liabilities assumed. Concurrent with the acquisition of the Company
by Newrxco, Inc., Newrxco, Inc. was merged into the Company so that Newrxco,
Inc. ceased to exist and the Company became the sole subsidiary of the
Parent. This acquisition has been accounted for by the purchase method of
accounting at the date of the acquisition, and accordingly, the purchase
price has been "pushed down" and allocated to the assets acquired and
liabilities assumed based on the estimated fair market values at the date of
acquisition. The purchase price exceeded the fair market value of the net
assets acquired by approximately $38 million. The resulting goodwill is being
amortized on a straight-line basis over 20 years.
On January 30, 1995, the Parent issued $13,250 in senior subordinated notes
which are due January 31, 2005. The ability of the Parent to pay these notes
is currently reliant upon the operations and financial position of the
Company.
The Company owns and operates in the State of New Jersey a chain of drug and
general merchandise stores under the name "Drug Fair" and general merchandise
stores under the name "Cost Cutters." Community Distributors, Inc. is a
wholly owned subsidiary of CDI Group, Inc. and under the principles of
consolidation would be considered part of the consolidated results of CDI
Group, Inc. These separate company financial statements and notes to
financial statements solely represent the financial position and results of
operations of Community Distributors, Inc.
(2) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
Accounting Year
The Company maintained its accounts on a 52-53 week fiscal year ending
with the last Sunday in July through fiscal 1996 and the last Saturday in
July for fiscal 1997. The six months ended July 30, 1995 included 26
weeks, and the years ended July 28, 1996 and July 26, 1997 each contained
52 weeks.
Revenue Recognition
Sales are net of returns and exclude sales tax. Revenues include sales
from all stores operating during the period.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents are considered by the Company to be financial
instruments with original maturities of three months or less, and are
presented at cost which approximates fair value.
Inventories
Store and warehouse inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market,
using the dollar-value, double extension last-in, first-out (LIFO) method.
If the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method of inventory accounting had been
used, inventories would have been approximately $1,296 and $2,382 higher
than reported at July 28, 1996 and July 26, 1997, respectively. Management
believes inventory on a FIFO basis approximates current replacement costs
of such inventory. Inventories are reflected net of reserves for
excess/obsolete/damaged inventories in the amounts of $109 and $113 at
July 28, 1996 and July 26, 1997, respectively.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment, including computer software costs, are recorded at
cost and are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated
useful lives of the assets, which range from three to seven years.
Leasehold improvements are amortized over the expected useful life of the
improvement or the life of the lease, whichever is shorter. Depreciation
expense recorded for the six months ended July 30, 1995 and the fiscal
years ended July 28, 1996 and July 26, 1997 was $674, $1,743 and $1,952,
respectively. The cost and related accumulated depreciation of assets
retired or sold are removed from the respective accounts and any gain or
loss is recognized in operations.
F-14
<PAGE>
COMMUNITY DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
(2) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (Continued)
Beneficial Leaseholds
Beneficial leasehold rights existing at the acquisition date have been
recorded for acquired leases based on differences between contractual
rents under the respective lease agreements and prevailing market rents on
the acquisition date. Beneficial leaseholds are amortized over the lease
term using the straight-line method. Accumulated amortization as of July
28, 1996 and July 26, 1997 was $865 and $1,441, respectively.
Goodwill
Goodwill, which represents the excess of purchase price of acquired assets
over the fair market value of net assets acquired is being amortized using
the straight-line method over twenty years. The Company evaluates the
recoverability of goodwill on an annual basis, or earlier, if
circumstances indicate that such an evaluation is necessary based upon
current and future profitability as well as estimated undiscounted future
cash flows from operations. Accumulated amortization as of July 28, 1996
and July 26, 1997 was $2,873 and $4,793, respectively.
Deferred Financing Costs
Deferred financing costs are amortized utilizing the interest method over
the term of the respective borrowings, approximately 6 years.
Supplier Advances
Included in the accompanying balance sheets are $3,305 and $3,253 of
advances received related to various inventory supply agreements at July
28, 1996 and July 26, 1997, respectively. Such amounts are being amortized
as a reduction of cost of sales as earned over the terms of the applicable
agreements (generally ranging from three to five years). The Company's
obligations under these supply agreements, which commit the Company to
approximately $31,000 of additional purchases with these suppliers as of
July 26, 1997, are fulfilled, and the related advances earned, either by
the passage of time or by meeting specified purchase requirements.
Preopening and Advertising Costs
Costs associated with new stores prior to opening and advertising costs
are expensed as incurred. Net advertising expense was approximately $481,
$1,638 and $1,941 for the six months ended July 30, 1995 and the fiscal
years ended July 28, 1996 and July 26, 1997, respectively.
Interest Expense (Net)
Interest expense recorded for the six months ended July 30, 1995 and
fiscal years ended July 28, 1996 and July 26, 1997 has been recorded net
of interest income was:
For the Six For the For the
Months Ended Year Ended Year Ended
July 30, 1995 July 28, 1996 July 26, 1997
--------------- --------------- -------------
Interest expense ........ $2,293 $4,061 $3,160
Interest income ........ (9) (63) (142)
-------- ------ ------
Interest expense (net) .. $2,284 $3,998 $3,018
======= ====== ======
Income Taxes
The Company provides for income taxes on a separate tax return basis and
in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109,
"Accounting for Income Taxes" ("SFAS" No. 109"). To the extent the
separate return current tax liability recorded by the Company differs from
tax payments made by the consolidated group, such difference is classified
as due to Parent in these financial statements. SFAS No. 109 requires
recognition of deferred tax liabilities and assets for the expected future
tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial
statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax liabilities
F-15
<PAGE>
COMMUNITY DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
(2) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (Continued)
and assets are determined on the basis of the differences between the
financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities ("temporary
differences") at enacted tax rates in effect for the years in which the
temporary differences are expected to reverse.
Deferred Lease Liabilities
The Company recognizes rental expense for leases with scheduled rent
increases on the straight-line basis. During the six month period ended
July 30, 1995 and the years ended July 28, 1996 and July 26, 1997, the
Company recognized rent expense in excess of amounts paid of approximately
$217, $552 and $411, respectively.
Concentrations of Risk
Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to
concentrations of credit risk are cash and cash equivalents. Such amounts
are primarily held in a single commercial bank. The Company holds no
collateral for these financial instruments.
All of the Company's stores are located in northern and central New
Jersey. As a result, the Company is sensitive to economic, competitive,
and regulatory conditions in that region. The success of the Company's
future operations will be substantially affected by its ability to compete
effectively in New Jersey, and no prediction can be made as to economic
conditions in that region.
The Company is party to a supply agreement with Cardinal Health, Inc.
pursuant to which the Company is required to purchase at least 90% of its
pharmacy products from such supplier.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make significant
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the
date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and
expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from
those estimates.
Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
In the current fiscal year, the Company adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 121 "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived
Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of", ("SFAS 121"). SFAS
No. 121 prescribes the accounting for the impairment of long-lived assets,
such as property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, as well as
the accounting for long-lived assets that are held for disposal. The
statement requires that the carrying value of such assets be reviewed when
events or circumstances indicate that an impairment might exist. The
implementation of SFAS No. 121 in the fiscal year ended July 26, 1997 did
not have a material effect on the results of operations or financial
position of the Company.
Recently Issued Accounting Standard
During February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued
Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, "Earnings Per Share" ("SFAS No.
128"). SFAS No. 128 will require the Company to replace the current
presentation of the per share data with "basic" and "diluted" per share
data. SFAS No. 128 will be adopted by the Company for periods ending after
July 25, 1998, and "basic" and "diluted" per share data for all periods
presented by the Company will be provided. Based on management's current
estimates, the future adoption of SFAS 128 is not expected to have a
material impact on per share data.
F-16
<PAGE>
COMMUNITY DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
(3) LONG-TERM DEBT:
Long-term debt consists of the following (dollars in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
As of As of
July 28, 1996 July 26, 1997
--------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
Term loan A--due last business day in January, 2000, principal
and interest payable in quarterly installments ............ $16,501 $11,003
Term loan B--due last business day in January, 2002, principal
and interest payable in quarterly installments ............ 22,664 18,266
------- -------
39,165 29,269
Less, current portion due within one year .................. 4,675 4,750
------- -------
Long-term portion .......................................... $34,490 $24,519
======= =======
</TABLE>
On January 30, 1995, the Company entered into a $58,000 Credit Agreement (the
"Credit Agreement") with a consortium of banks (the "Banks"). The Credit
Agreement provides for a Revolving Credit facility not to exceed $13,000
based on trade accounts receivable and inventory as defined in the agreement,
a letter of credit facility for up to $3,500 of the unused portion of the
Revolving Credit facility, and a $45,000 term loan facility. The Revolving
Credit facility has a term ending January 30, 2000, which may be extended to
January 30, 2002, upon written request by the Company. The Company must pay a
commitment fee of 1/2 of 1.00% per annum on the daily average unutilized
Revolving Credit facility commitment. For the six month period ended July 30,
1995 and for the years ended July 28, 1996 and July 26, 1997, the Company
incurred approximately $25, $60 and $70, respectively, of commitment fees and
letter of credit fees.
The A Term Loan and Revolving Loan bear interest at a rate equal to 2.00%
plus the base rate, and the B Term Loan bears interest at a rate equal to
2.50% plus the base rate. The base rate is the greater of (i) 1/2 of 1.00% in
excess of the Federal Funds Rate and (ii) the Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A.
Prime Lending Rate. The A Term Loan, Revolving Loan, and B Term Loan are
collectively termed Base Rate Loans. The Credit Agreement allows the Company
to temporarily convert all or a portion of the Base Rate Loans, with certain
restrictions, to Eurodollar Loans for periods of one, three, or six months.
Eurodollar Loans bear interest at the lead bank's Eurodollar rate, as defined
in the Credit Agreement, plus 3.00% in the case of the A Term Loan and
Revolving Loan and 3.50% in the case of the B Term Loan.
At July 28, 1996, the Company had converted Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar
loans which are summarized as follows:
Conversion Period
--------------------------------
Begin End Amount Interest Rate
----- --- --------- --------------
Term Loan A
July 24, 1996 January 24, 1997 $10,000 8.8750%
July 26, 1996 August 26, 1996 6,501 8.4375%
Term Loan B
May 20, 1996 August 20, 1996 10,000 9.0000%
July 24, 1996 January 24, 1997 10,000 9.3750%
July 26, 1996 August 26, 1996 2,664 8.9375%
F-17
<PAGE>
COMMUNITY DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
(3) LONG-TERM DEBT: (Continued)
At July 26, 1997, the Company had converted Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar
Loans which are summarized as follows:
Conversion Period
--------------------------------
Begin End Amount Interest Rate
----- ---- ------ --------------
Term Loan A
July 24, 1997 August 26, 1997 $8,603 7.69%
June 30, 1997 July 31, 1997 2,400 7.69%
Term Loan B
May 20, 1997 August 20, 1997 10,000 8.56%
July 24, 1997 August 26, 1997 8,266 8.56%
The Parent has pledged all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital
stock of the Company and the Company has pledged substantially all of its
assets as collateral under the Credit Agreement. The Company is required to
make mandatory repayments or commitment reductions for a percentage of excess
cash flows and for certain supplier advances, as defined by the Credit
Agreement.
The Credit Agreement contains various covenants, including among other
things, limitations on capital expenditures and restrictions on: additional
indebtedness; issuance of capital stock; payment of any cash dividends; and
the purchase or sale of assets. The Company is also required to achieve
certain earnings levels and maintain various leverage and interest coverage
ratios.
On February 13, 1995, the First Amendment to the Credit Agreement was
executed requiring the Company to obtain interest rate protection acceptable
to the banks for at least 50% of the outstanding Term Loans for a period of
two years from the initial borrowing date. In conjunction with this
amendment, on February 16, 1995, the Company entered into an interest rate
cap agreement with a bank. This agreement relates to a $22,500 notional
amount of debt and provides for payments to be received by the Company based
exclusively on the three month London Interbank Offered Rate with a cap of
9%. The purchase price of the cap has been capitalized and amortized over the
term of the agreement. The cap was purchased for approximately $50 and
expired February 16, 1997. Aggregate debt maturities as of July 26, 1997 are
as follows:
Amount Due
Fiscal Year Ending -----------
1998 ............... $ 4,750
1999 ............... 5,750
2000 ............... 6,750
2001 ............... 9,000
2002 ............... 3,019
-------
$29,269
=======
The carrying amount of the Company's debt approximates fair value as of July
28, 1996 and July 26, 1997 based upon market conditions and the terms and
conditions of the Company's debt.
See footnote 9 "Subsequent Events" regarding various financing activities
occurring after July 26, 1997.
(4) COMMITMENTS:
Leases
The Company conducts all of its warehousing and retailing operations from
leased facilities. Annual store rent is composed of a fixed minimum
amount, and for certain stores, contingent rent based upon a percentage of
sales exceeding a stipulated amount. The leases, which may be renewed for
periods ranging from five to thirty
F-18
<PAGE>
COMMUNITY DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
(4) COMMITMENTS: (Continued)
years, generally provide that the Company pay insurance, maintenance costs
and property taxes. These additional charges are subject to escalation for
increases in the related costs. Minimum rental commitments under long-term
noncancelable operating leases are as follows at July 26, 1997:
Amount Due
Fiscal Year -----------
1998 ............ $ 8,582
1999 ............ 8,243
2000 ............ 7,327
2001 ............ 5,862
2002 ............ 5,317
Thereafter ...... 40,959
-------
$76,290
=======
Annual Rent expense is comprised of a fixed minimum amount, plus
contingent rent based on a percentage of sales exceeding a stipulated
amount. For the six months ended July 30, 1995 and for the twelve months
ended July 28, 1996 and July 26, 1997, total rent expense included:
1995 1996 1997
-------- -------- -------
Fixed Minimum Rent ...... $3,266 $7,696 $8,261
Contingent Rent ......... 89 178 180
------ ------ ------
Total Rent Expense ...... $3,355 $7,874 $8,441
====== ====== ======
Letter of Credit
Outstanding letters of credit, guaranteeing certain contingent purchase
commitments which are not reflected in the accompanying financial
statements, aggregate approximately $1,031 and $1,135 at July 28, 1996 and
July 26, 1997.
(5) INCOME TAXES:
The provision for income taxes for the six month period ended July 30, 1995
and for the years ended July 28, 1996 and July 26, 1997 consist of the
following:
July 30, July 28, July 26,
1995 1996 1997
---------- ---------- ---------
Current ......... $1,222 $3,659 $6,179
Deferred ...... 376 -- (963)
--- ----
$1,598 $3,659 $5,216
====== ====== ======
The components of deferred taxes as of July 28, 1996 and July 26, 1997 are
summarized as follows:
July 28, July 26,
1996 1997
---------- ---------
Supplier advances, current ......................... $ 536 $ 620
Inventory ........................................ 136 169
Accruals and reserves ............................ 627 658
Inventory (LIFO reserve) ......................... (2,916) (2,094)
------- --------
Depreciation ..................................... (129) 256
Net deferred income tax liability--current .... (1,746) (391)
======= ========
Accruals and reserves ............................ 318 482
Supplier advances, non-current ................... 786 230
------- --------
Net deferred income tax asset--long-term .......... $ 1,104 $ 712
F-19
<PAGE>
COMMUNITY DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
(5) INCOME TAXES: (Continued)
The following table accounts for the differences between the actual provision
and the amounts obtained by applying the statutory U.S. Federal income tax
rate of 34% to the income before provision for income taxes:
For the For the For the
six months twelve months twelve months
ended ended ended
July 30, 1995 July 28, 1996 July 26, 1997
------------- ------------- -------------
Federal statutory tax rate ....... 34% 34% 34%
State and local income taxes,
net of federal tax benefit ..... 6% 6% 8%
Goodwill amortization .......... 19% 12% 9%
Other ............................ 1% (2%) 2%
--- --- ---
60% 50% 53%
=== === ===
(6) RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:
Included in the Company's statements of income for the six month period ended
July 30, 1995 and for the years ended July 28, 1996 and July 26, 1997 are
administrative fees of $125, $250 and $250, respectively. The Company has
entered into administrative fee agreements with certain shareholders of CDI
Group, Inc., whereby these shareholders will provide, advisory and consulting
services to the Company. These administrative fee agreements require the
Company to pay $250 of administrative fees annually.
Under a lease dated September 30, 1983, the former majority stockholders of
the Company lease the building housing the Company's Westfield Drug Fair
store to the Company. Under this lease, which has a term of 15 years and
expires on September 30, 1998, the Company pays $17 per month in rent.
Under a letter agreement dated as of January 30, 1995 between the Company and
a corporation owned by the former majority stockholders of the Company, the
corporation pays to the Company $3 per month in rent for the use of
approximately 6,000 sq. feet of storage space at the Company's Somerville, NJ
warehouse. This letter agreement was terminated in July 1996.
(7) LITIGATION:
The Company is a defendant in various lawsuits arising in the ordinary course
of business. In the opinion of management, the disposition of these lawsuits
should not have a material impact on the Company's results of operations,
financial position, and cash flows.
(8) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN:
On July 1, 1995, the Company implemented a 401(k) salary deferral plan (the
"Plan") which is available to eligible employees, as defined. The Plan
provides for the Company to make discretionary contributions, however, the
Company elected not to make contributions for all periods through July 26,
1997.
(9) SUBSEQUENT EVENT:
On October 16, 1997 the Company issued $80,000 of 10-1/4% senior notes due
2004 which are guaranteed by the Parent. The net proceeds of such debt
issuance was approximately $77,000. The Company used $29,000 of such net
proceeds to refinance substantially all of its then existing indebtedness and
$45,000 of net proceeds was used to pay a dividend to the Parent which then
paid a dividend of the same amount to the stockholders of the Parent. Under
the relevant debt agreements, in the event of a change in control, as
defined, the Company is required to repurchase all such outstanding notes.
F-20
<PAGE>
COMMUNITY DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
(9) SUBSEQUENT EVENT: (Continued)
On October 16, 1997, the Company also replaced its then existing credit
facility with a $20,000 five year revolving credit facility concurrent with
the issuance of the $80,000 of senior notes. This facility bears interest at
either prime rate or LIBOR plus 1.75% and is secured by the Company's
eligible accounts receivable and inventory balances, as defined. The new
facility contains certain financial and operating covenants, including a
minimum fixed charge ratio. Additionally, the Company cannot make any
dividend or other distributions with respect to any share of stock other than
in certain limited circumstances.
The following unaudited proforma data reflects the Long Term Debt and
Securities of the Company at July 26, 1997 after giving effect to the
issuance of the notes and use of proceeds.
(Unaudited)
Long Term Debt, including current maturities ...... $ 80,198
Stockholders' Deficit .............................. (19,269)
F-21
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
To the Stockholders of
CDI Group, Inc. and Subsidiary:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of CDI Group,
Inc. and Subsidiary (a Delaware corporation) as of July 26, 1997 and July 28,
1996, and the related consolidated statements of income, cash flows and
stockholders' equity for the fiscal years then ended and for the six months
ended July 30, 1995. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of CDI Group,
Inc. and Subsidiary as of July 26, 1997 and July 28, 1996, and the consolidated
results of their operations and their cash flows for the fiscal years then
ended and for the six months ended July 30, 1995 in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.
Parsippany, New Jersey COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.
October 9, 1997, except for Note 11
for which the date is October 16, 1997.
F-22
<PAGE>
CDI GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
As of As of
July 28, 1996 July 26, 1997
--------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS:
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents ................................................ $ 3,623 $ 1,870
Accounts receivable ...................................................... 3,289 2,644
Inventory ............................................................... 28,196 30,233
Prepaid expenses and other current assets .............................. 740 1,131
-------- --------
Total current assets ................................................ 35,848 35,878
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:
Leasehold improvements ................................................... 5,084 5,217
Furniture, fixtures and equipment ....................................... 6,220 7,195
Automobiles and trucks ................................................... 410 551
-------- --------
11,714 12,963
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization ........................ (2,381) (4,314)
-------- --------
Property and equipment, net .......................................... 9,333 8,649
Beneficial leaseholds, net ............................................. 2,704 2,127
Other assets ............................................................ 63 91
Deferred financing costs, net .......................................... 464 356
Deferred tax assets ...................................................... 1,104 712
Goodwill, net ............................................................ 35,434 33,519
-------- --------
Total assets ......................................................... $ 84,950 $ 81,332
======== ========
LIABILITIES:
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Current portion of long-term debt ....................................... $ 4,675 $ 4,836
Accounts payable ......................................................... 11,698 14,796
Accrued liabilities ...................................................... 3,574 3,592
Deferred tax liabilities ................................................ 1,746 391
Current portion of supplier advances .................................... 1,340 1,900
Income taxes payable ................................................... 1,159 --
-------- --------
Total current liabilities .......................................... 24,192 25,515
LONG-TERM DEBT ............................................................ 34,490 24,519
SUBORDINATED DEBT ......................................................... 15,422 16,834
SUPPLIER ADVANCES, net of current portion ................................. 1,965 1,353
OTHER LIABILITIES ......................................................... 1,037 1,402
-------- --------
Total liabilities ................................................... 77,106 69,623
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Redeemable preferred stock, $1.00 par value, 7,862 authorized, issued and
outstanding at July 28, 1996, and July 26, 1997 redemption value $100
per share ............................................................... 666 726
Redeemable shares of class A voting common stock, 33,726 shares issued and
outstanding at July 28, 1996 and July 26, 1997 at net redemption value ... 101 128
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Class A voting common stock, $.00001 par value, authorized 600,000 shares,
196,632 issued and outstanding at July 28, 1996 and July 26, 1997
Class B non-voting common stock, $.00001 par value, authorized 600,000
shares, 187,922 issued and outstanding at July 28, 1996 and July 26, 1997 -- --
Additional paid-in capital ............................................. 3,846 3,846
Retained earnings ...................................................... 3,231 7,009
-------- --------
Total stockholders' equity .......................................... 7,077 10,855
-------- --------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity ........................... $ 84,950 $ 81,332
======== ========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-23
<PAGE>
CDI GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS--EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the Six For the For the
Months Ended Year Ended Year Ended
July 30, 1995 July 28, 1996 July 26, 1997
--------------- --------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales .......................................... $96,171 $215,731 $231,033
Cost of sales .................................... 67,686 152,645 163,157
------- -------- --------
Gross profit .................................... 28,485 63,086 67,876
Selling, general and administrative expenses ...... 21,635 47,487 50,831
Administrative fees .............................. 125 250 250
Depreciation and amortization ..................... 1,980 4,341 4,399
Other income, net ................................. 205 353 401
------- -------- --------
Operating income .............................. 4,950 11,361 12,797
Interest expense, net .............................. 2,946 5,326 4,586
------- -------- --------
Income before income taxes ..................... 2,004 6,035 8,211
Provision for income taxes ........................ 1,366 3,442 4,433
------- -------- --------
Net income .................................... $ 638 $ 2,593 $ 3,778
======= ======== ========
Per share data:
Net income per common share ..................... $ 1.56 $ 5.88 $ 8.22
======= ======== ========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-24
<PAGE>
CDI GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the Six For the For the
Months Ended Year Ended Year Ended
July 30, 1995 July 28, 1996 July 26, 1997
--------------- --------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income ................................................ $ 638 $ 2,593 $ 3,778
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided
by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization ........................ 1,926 4,233 4,443
Deferred financing costs .............................. 54 108 108
Non-cash rent expense ................................. 217 552 414
Non-cash interest expense .............................. 662 1,347 1,585
LIFO provision ....................................... 567 659 1,086
(Gain) Loss on sale of assets ........................ (9) -- 7
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
Accounts receivable ................................. (250) (884) 645
Inventory .......................................... (394) (1,792) (3,123)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets ............ (372) 1,028 (391)
Other non-current assets ........................... (617) 2,351 (28)
Deferred tax asset ................................. -- 134 392
Deferred tax liability .............................. 376 (134) (1,355)
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ............ 2,885 (175) 3,116
Income taxes payable ................................. -- 1,159 (1,159)
Supplier advances .................................... (417) (915) (52)
Other ................................................ (85) 227 (48)
--------- -------- --------
Net cash provided by operating activities ......... 5,181 10,491 9,418
--------- -------- --------
Cash flows used in investing activities:
Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired ............ (68,143) -- --
Capital expenditures .................................... (1,070) (2,887) (1,287)
Proceeds from sale of assets .............................. 74 20 12
--------- -------- --------
Net cash used in investing activities ............... (69,139) (2,867) (1,275)
--------- -------- --------
Cash flows provided by financing activities:
Proceeds from borrowings on long-term debt ............... 45,000 -- --
Debt issuance costs ....................................... (590) -- --
Proceeds from issuance of common stock .................. 4,000 226 --
Payments for the redemption of common stock ............... -- (300) --
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock ............... 750 564 --
Payments for the redemption of preferred stock ............ -- (714) --
Proceeds from repayment of loans to Directors and
Officers ................................................ -- 87 87
Proceeds from issuance of senior subordinated notes ...... 13,250 163 --
Proceeds from revolver borrowings ........................ 5,733 4,700 7,550
Payments made on revolver borrowings ..................... (5,733) (4,700) (7,550)
Payments made on long-term debt ........................... -- (5,835) (9,896)
Payments on subordinated debt ........................... -- -- (87)
--------- -------- --------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing
activities ....................................... 62,410 (5,809) (9,896)
--------- -------- --------
Net (decrease) increase in cash and
cash equivalents ................................. (1,548) 1,815 (1,753)
--------- -------- --------
Cash and cash equivalents beginning of period ............ 3,356 1,808 3,623
--------- -------- --------
Cash and cash equivalents end of period .................. $ 1,808 $ 3,623 $ 1,870
========= ======== ========
Supplemental disclosures of cash information:
Cash paid during the period:
Income taxes .......................................... $ 1,001 $ 2,255 $ 6,605
========= ======== ========
Interest ................................................ $ 2,018 $ 4,088 $ 3,160
========= ======== ========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-25
<PAGE>
CDI GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Common Stock
-------------------------------
Additional Total
Class A Class B Paid-in Retained Stockholders'
Shares Shares Amount Capital Earnings Equity
------------ --------- -------- ------------ ---------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Initial issuance of shares ......... 212,078 187,922 $ -- $4,000 $ -- $ 4,000
Net income ........................ -- -- -- -- 638 638
------- ------- ------- ------ ------ -------
Balance, July 30, 1995 ............ 212,078 187,922 $ -- $4,000 $ 638 4,638
Repurchase of Shares ............... (30,016) (300) (300)
Sales of Shares to Management ...... 14,570 -- -- 146 -- 146
Net income ........................ -- -- -- -- 2,593 2,593
------- ------- -------- ------ ------ -------
Balance, July 28, 1996 ............ 196,632 187,922 $ -- $3,846 $3,231 7,077
Net income ........................ -- -- -- -- 3,778 3,778
------- ------- -------- ------ ------ -------
Balance, July 26, 1997 ............ 196,632 187,922 $ -- $3,846 $7,009 $10,855
======= ======= ======== ====== ====== =======
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-26
<PAGE>
CDI GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
(1) ORGANIZATION:
CDI Group, Inc. (the "Parent") was formed in January 1995. On January 30,
1995 (the "acquisition date"), all of the outstanding capital stock of
Community Distributors, Inc. (the "Subsidiary") was acquired by Newrxco, Inc.
a newly formed acquisition company, wholly owned by CDI Group, Inc., for
approximately $68 million, net of cash acquired, and certain liabilities
assumed. Concurrent with the acquisition of the Company by Newrxco, Inc.,
Newrxco, Inc. was merged into the Subsidiary so that Newrxco, Inc. ceased to
exist. This acquisition has been accounted for by the purchase method of
accounting at the date of the acquisition, and accordingly, the purchase
price has been allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based
on the estimated fair market values at the date of acquisition. The purchase
price exceeded the fair market value of the net assets acquired by
approximately $38 million. The resulting goodwill is being amortized on a
straight-line basis over 20 years.
CDI Group, Inc. and Subsidiary (the "Company") owns and operates in the State
of New Jersey a chain of drug and general merchandise stores under the name
"Drug Fair" and general merchandise stores under the name "Cost Cutters".
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
CDI Group, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Community Distributors, Inc.
All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated
in consolidation.
(2) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
Accounting Year
The Company maintains its accounts on a 52-53 week year ending with the
last Sunday in July through Fiscal 1996 and the last Saturday in July for
fiscal 1997. The six months ended July 30, 1995 included 26 weeks and the
years ended July 28, 1996 and July 26, 1997 each contained 52 weeks.
Revenue Recognition
Sales are net of returns and exclude sales tax. Revenues include sales
from all stores operating during the period.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents are considered by the Company to be financial
instruments with original maturities of three months or less, and are
presented at cost which approximates fair value.
Inventories
Store and warehouse inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market,
using the dollar-value, double extension last-in, first-out (LIFO) method.
If the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method of inventory accounting had been
used, inventories would have been approximately $1,296 and $2,382 higher
than reported at July 28, 1996 and July 26, 1997, respectively. Management
believes inventory on a FIFO basis approximates current replacement costs
of such inventory. Inventories are reflected net of reserves for
excess/obsolete/damaged inventories in the amounts of $109 and $113 at
July 28, 1996 and July 26, 1997, respectively.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment, including computer software costs, are recorded at
cost and are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated
useful lives of the assets, which range from three to seven years.
Leasehold improvements are amortized over the expected useful life of the
improvement or the life of the lease, whichever is shorter. Depreciation
expense recorded for the six months ended July 30, 1995 and the fiscal
years ended July 28, 1996 and July 26, 1997 was $674, $1,743 and $1,952,
respectively. The cost and related accumulated depreciation of assets
retired or sold are removed from the respective accounts and any gain or
loss is recognized in operations.
Beneficial Leaseholds
Beneficial leasehold rights existing at the acquisition date have been
recorded for acquired leases based on differences between contractual
rents under the respective lease agreements and prevailing market rents on
F-27
<PAGE>
CDI GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
(2) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (Continued)
the acquisition date. Beneficial leaseholds are amortized over the lease
term using the straight-line method. Accumulated amortization as of July
28, 1996 and July 26, 1997 was $865 and $1,441, respectively.
Goodwill
Goodwill, which represents the excess of purchase price of acquired assets
over the fair market value of net assets acquired is being amortized using
the straight-line method over twenty years. The Company evaluates the
recoverability of goodwill on an annual basis, or earlier, if
circumstances indicate that such an evaluation is necessary based upon
current and future profitability as well as estimated undiscounted future
cash flows from operations. Accumulated amortization as of July 28, 1996
and July 26, 1997 was $2,873 and $4,793, respectively.
Deferred Financing Costs
Deferred financing costs are amortized utilizing the interest method over
the term of the respective borrowings, approximately 6 years.
Supplier Advances
Included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet are $3,305 and
$3,253 of advances received related to various inventory supply agreements
at July 28, 1996 and July 26, 1997, respectively. Such amounts are being
amortized as a reduction of cost of sales as earned over the terms of the
applicable agreements (generally ranging from three to five years). The
Company's obligations under these supply agreements, which commit the
Company to approximately $31,000 of additional purchases with these
suppliers as of July 26, 1997, are fulfilled, and the related advances
earned, either by the passage of time or by meeting specified purchase
requirements.
Preopening and Advertising Costs
Costs associated with new stores prior to opening and advertising costs
are expensed as incurred. Net advertising expense was approximately $481,
$1,638 and $1,941 for the six-month period ending July 30, 1995 and the
fiscal years ended July 28, 1996 and July 26, 1997, respectively.
Interest Expense (Net)
Interest expense recorded for the six months ended July 30, 1995 and the
fiscal years ended July 26, 1996 and July 26, 1997, net of interest income
was:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the Six For the Year For the Year
Months Ended Ended Ended
July 30, 1995 July 28, 1996 July 26, 1997
--------------- --------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Interest expense ............ $2,955 $5,389 $4,755
Interest income ............ (9) (63) (169)
-------- ------ ------
Interest expense (net) ...... $2,946 $5,326 $4,586
======= ====== ======
</TABLE>
Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior year financial
statements to conform to the fiscal 1997 presentation.
Income Taxes
The Company provides for income taxes in accordance with Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes"
("SFAS" No. 109). SFAS No. 109 requires recognition of deferred tax
liabilities and assets for the expected future tax consequences of events
that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Under
this method, deferred tax liabilities and assets are determined on the
basis
F-28
<PAGE>
CDI GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
(2) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (Continued)
of the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets
and liabilities ("temporary differences") at enacted tax rates in effect
for the years in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse.
Deferred Lease Liabilities
The Company recognizes rental expense for leases with scheduled rent
increases on the straight-line basis. During the six month period ended
July 30, 1995 and the years ended July 28, 1996 and July 26, 1997, the
Company recognized rent expense in excess of amounts paid of $217, $552
and $411, respectively.
Concentrations of Risk
Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to
concentrations of credit risk are cash and cash equivalents. Such amounts
are primarily held in a single commercial bank. The Company holds no
collateral for these financial instruments.
All of the Company's stores are located in northern and central New
Jersey. As a result, the Company is sensitive to economic, competitive,
and regulatory conditions in that region. The success of the Company's
future operations will be substantially affected by its ability to compete
effectively in New Jersey, and no prediction can be made as to economic
conditions in that region.
The Company is party to a supply agreement with Cardinal Health, Inc.
pursuant to which the Company is required to purchase at least 90% of its
pharmacy products from such supplier.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make significant
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the
date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and
expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from
those estimates.
Earnings per Share
Net income per share is computed using the weighted average number of
common and common equivalent shares outstanding during the period. The
weighted average number of common and common equivalent shares outstanding
for the periods ended July 30, 1995, July 28, 1996 and July 26, 1997 was
409,283, 441,037, and 459,673, respectively.
Stock Options
In the current fiscal year, the Company adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 123 "Accounting for Stock Based Compensation"
("SFAS 123"). SFAS 123 prescribes the accounting for stock options and
requires that options be valued at their fair market value, as defined in
the statement, on the date of grant. SFAS 123 allows companies to either
fully adopt its requirements or to elect to only disclose the impact that
the requirements would have. The Company has adopted SFAS 123 for
disclosure purposes only and will continue to account for its stock
options under APB Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees."
Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
In the current fiscal year, the Company adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 121 "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived
Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of", "SFAS No. 121". SFAS
No. 121 prescribes the accounting for the impairment of long-lived assets,
such as property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, as well as
the accounting for long-lived assets that are held for disposal. The
statement requires that the carrying value of such assets be reviewed when
events or circumstances indicate that an impairment might exist. The
implementation of SFAS No. 121 in the fiscal year ending July 26, 1997 did
not have a material effect on the results of operations or financial
position of the Company.
F-29
<PAGE>
CDI GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
(2) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (Continued)
Recently Issued Accounting Standard
During February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued
Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, "Earnings Per Share" ("SFAS No.
128"). SFAS No. 128 will require the Company to replace the current
presentation of the per share data with "basic" and "diluted" per share
data. SFAS No. 128 will be adopted by the Company for periods ending after
July 25, 1998, and "basic" and "diluted" per share data for all periods
presented by the Company will be provided. Based on management's current
estimates, the future adoption of SFAS No. 128 is not expected to have a
material impact on per share data.
(3) LONG-TERM DEBT:
Long-term debt consists of the following (dollars in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
As of As of
July 28, 1996 July 26, 1997
--------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
Term loan A--due last business day in January, 2000, principal and
interest payable in quarterly installments .............................. $16,501 $11,003
Term loan B--due last business day in January, 2002, principal and
interest payable in quarterly installments .............................. 22,664 18,266
Senior subordinated notes-due January 31, 2005, principal plus interest at
a rate of 10% per annum payable upon maturity ........................... 15,249 16,834
Subordinated notes-due December 31, 1997 principal plus interest at a
rate of 8% per annum payable upon maturity .............................. 173 86
------- -------
Total ............................................................... 54,587 46,189
Less, current portion due within one year ........................... 4,675 4,836
------- -------
Long-term portion ...................................................... $49,912 $41,353
======= =======
</TABLE>
On January 30, 1995, the Subsidiary entered into a $58,000 Credit Agreement
(the "Credit Agreement") with a consortium of banks (the "Banks"). The Credit
Agreement provided for a Revolving Credit facility not to exceed $13,000
based on trade accounts receivable and inventory balances as defined in the
agreement, a letter of credit facility for up to $3,500 of the unused portion
of the revolving credit facility, and a $45,000 term loan facility. The
Revolving Credit facility had a term ending January 30, 2000, which may have
been extended to January 30, 2002, upon written request by the Subsidiary.
The Subsidiary was required to pay a commitment fee of 1/2 of 1.00% per annum
on the daily average unutilized revolving credit facility commitment. For the
six month period ended July 30, 1995 and for the years ended July 28, 1996
and July 26, 1997, the Subsidiary incurred approximately $25, $60 and $70, of
commitment fees and letter of credit fees, respectively.
On January 30, 1995, the Parent issued $13,250 in senior subordinated notes
which are due January 31, 2005. Principal on the notes was payable upon
maturity plus interest at a rate of 10% per annum. Payment of principal and
interest on the notes was subordinated to the prior payment in full of all of
the Company's obligations under the Credit Agreement.
On January 30, 1995, the Parent issued $260 in subordinated notes which are
due December 31, 1997. Principal on the notes was payable upon maturity plus
interest at a rate of 8% per annum.
The A Term Loan and Revolving Loan bear interest at a rate equal to 2.00%
plus the base rate, and the B Term Loan bears interest at a rate equal to
2.50% plus the base rate. The base rate was the greater of (i) 1/2 of 1.00%
in excess of the Federal Funds Rate and (ii) the Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A.
Prime Lending Rate. The A Term, Revolving Loan, and B Term loans are
collectively termed Base Rate Loans. The Credit Agreement allowed the
Subsidiary to temporarily convert all or a portion of the Base Rate Loans,
with certain restrictions, to Eurodollar Loans for periods of one, three, or
six months. Eurodollar Loans bear interest at the lead bank's Eurodollar
rate,
F-30
<PAGE>
CDI GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
(3) LONG-TERM DEBT: (Continued)
as defined in the Credit Agreement, plus 3.00% in the case of the A Term Loan
and Revolving Loan and 3.50% in the case of the B Term Loan.
At July 28, 1996, the Subsidiary had converted Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar
loans which are summarized as follows:
Conversion Period
---------------------------------------
Begin End Amount Interest Rate
----- ---- ------ --------------
Term Loan A
July 24, 1996 January 24, 1997 $10,000 8.8750%
July 26, 1996 August 26, 1996 6,501 8.4375%
Term Loan B
May 20, 1996 August 20, 1996 10,000 9.0000%
July 24, 1996 January 24, 1997 10,000 9.3750%
July 26, 1996 August 26, 1996 2,664 8.9375%
At July 26, 1997, the Subsidiary had converted Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar
loans which are summarized as follows:
Conversion Period
--------------------------------------
Begin End Amount Interest Rate
------ ---- ------ --------------
Term Loan A
July 24, 1997 August 26, 1997 $ 8,603 7.69%
June 30, 1997 July 31, 1997 2,400 7.69%
Term Loan B
May 20, 1997 August 20, 1997 10,000 8.56%
July 24, 1997 August 26, 1997 8,266 8.56%
The Parent had pledged all of the issued and outstanding shares of its
capital stock and the Subsidiary had pledged substantially all its assets as
collateral under the Credit Agreement. The Subsidiary was required to make
mandatory repayments or commitment reductions for a percentage of excess cash
flows and for certain supplier advances, as defined by the Credit Agreement.
The Credit Agreement contained various covenants, including among other
things, limitations on capital expenditures and restrictions on: additional
indebtedness; issuance of capital stock; payment of no cash dividends; and
the purchase or sale of assets. The Subsidiary was also required to achieve
certain earnings levels and maintain various leverage and interest coverage
ratios.
On February 13, 1995, the First Amendment to the Credit Agreement was
executed requiring the Subsidiary to obtain interest rate protection
acceptable to the banks for at least 50% of the outstanding Term Loans for a
period of two years from the initial borrowing date. In conjunction with this
amendment, on February 16, 1995, the Subsidiary entered into an interest rate
cap agreement with a bank. This agreement related to a $22,500 notional
amount of debt and provided for payments to be received by the Subsidiary
based exclusively on the three month London Interbank Offered Rate with a cap
of 9%. The purchase price of the cap had been capitalized and amortized over
the term of the agreement. The cap was purchased for approximately $50 and
expired February 16, 1997.
F-31
<PAGE>
CDI GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
(3) LONG-TERM DEBT: (Continued)
Aggregate debt maturities as of July 26, 1997 are as follows:
Amount Due
Fiscal Year -----------
(in 000's)
1998 ............ $ 4,836
1999 ............ 5,750
2000 ............ 6,750
2001 ............ 9,000
2002 ............ 3,019
Thereafter ...... 16,834
-------
$46,189
=======
The carrying amount of the Company's debt approximates fair value as of July
28, 1996 and July 26, 1997 based upon market conditions and the terms and
conditions of the Company's debt.
See footnote 11 "Subsequent Events" regarding various financing activities
occurring after July 26, 1997.
(4) COMMITMENTS:
Leases
The Company conducts all of its warehousing and retailing operations from
leased facilities. Annual store rent is composed of a fixed minimum
amount, and for certain stores, contingent rent is based upon a percentage
of sales exceeding a stipulated amount. The leases, which may be renewed
for periods ranging from five to thirty years, generally provide that the
Company pay insurance, maintenance costs and property taxes. These
additional charges are subject to escalation for increases in the related
costs. Minimum rental commitments under long-term noncancelable operating
leases are as follows at July 26, 1997:
(in 000's)
Fiscal Year -----------
1998 ............ $ 8,582
1999 ............ 8,243
2000 ............ 7,327
2001 ............ 5,862
2002 ............ 5,317
Thereafter ...... 40,959
-------
$76,290
=======
Annual Rent expense is comprised of a fixed minimum amount, plus
contingent rent based on a percentage of sales exceeding a stipulated
amount. For the six months ended July 30, 1995 and for the twelve months
ended July 28, 1996 and July 26, 1997, total rent expense included:
1995 1996 1997
-------- -------- -------
Fixed Minimum Rent ...... $3,266 $7,696 $8,261
Contingent Rent ......... 89 178 180
------ ------ ------
Total Rent Expense ...... $3,355 $7,874 $8,441
====== ====== ======
Letter of Credit
Outstanding letters of credit, guaranteeing certain contingent purchase
commitments which are not reflected in the accompanying financial
statements, aggregate approximately $1,031 and $1,135 at July 28, 1996 and
July 26, 1997.
F-32
<PAGE>
CDI GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
(5) INCOME TAXES:
The provision for income taxes for the six month period ended July 30, 1995
and for the years ended July 28, 1996 and July 26, 1997 consist of the
following:
1995 1996 1997
-------- -------- ----------
Current ...... $ 990 $3,442 $5,396
Deferred ...... 376 -- (963)
------ ------ ------
$1,366 $3,442 $4,433
====== ====== ======
The components of deferred taxes as of July 28, 1996 and July 26, 1997 are
summarized as follows:
1996 1997
----------- -----------
Supplier advances, current .................... $ 536 $ 620
Inventory ...................................... 136 169
Other assets
Accruals and reserves .......................... 627 658
Inventory (LIFO reserve) ....................... (2,916) (2,094)
Depreciation ................................... (129) 256
-------- --------
Net deferred income tax liability--current .. $ (1,746) $ (391)
======== ========
Accruals and reserves .......................... 318 482
Supplier advances, non-current ................. 786 230
-------- --------
Net deferred income tax asset--long-term ..... $ 1,104 $ 712
======== ========
The following table accounts for the differences between the actual provision
and the amounts obtained by applying the statutory U.S. Federal income tax
rate of 34% to the income before income taxes:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the
six months For the For the
ended year ended year ended
July 30, 1995 July 28, 1996 July 26, 1997
------------- ------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Federal statutory tax rate .... 34% 34% 34%
State and local income taxes,
net of federal tax benefit.... 6% 6% 6%
Goodwill amortization .......... 26% 15% 12%
Other ......................... 2% 2% 2%
--- --- ---
68% 57% 54%
=== === ===
</TABLE>
F-33
<PAGE>
CDI GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
(6) RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:
Included in the Company's consolidated statements of income for the six month
period ended July 30, 1995 and for the years ended July 28, 1996 and July 26,
1997 are administrative fees of $125, $250 and $250, respectively. The
Company has entered into administrative fee agreements with certain
shareholders of CDI Group, Inc., whereby these shareholders will provide
advisory and consulting services to the Board of Directors. These
administrative fee agreements require the Company to pay $250 of
administrative fees annually.
Under a lease dated May 1, 1983, the former majority stockholders of the
Company Leased to the Company the building housing the company's warehouse
and office. Under this lease, which expires on December 31, 1998, the Company
pays $17 per month in rent. Under a lease dated September 30, 1983, the
former majority stockholders of the Company leased to the Company the
building housing the Company's Westfield Drug Fair store. Under this lease,
which expires on September 30, 1998, the Company pays $16 per month in rent.
Under a letter agreement dated as of January 30, 1995 (the "Letter
Agreement") between the Company and a corporation owned by the former
majority stockholders of the Company, the corporation pays to the Company $3
per month in rent for the use of approximately 6,000 square feet of storage
space at the Company's Somerville, NJ warehouse. This letter agreement was
terminated in July 1996.
(7) REDEEMABLE STOCK:
Redeemable Preferred
On January 30, 1995, 7,500 shares of $1.00 par value Preferred Stock were
issued for $100 per share, for an aggregate consideration of $750. On
October 31, 1995, 7,143 shares of $1.00 par value Preferred Stock were
redeemed by the Company from the stockholders and were sold to certain
members of Management of the Company at the redemption price of $100 per
share. At the same time, the Management of the Company purchased an
additional 362 of the $1.00 par value Preferred Stock shares at the same
price as the initial consideration paid on January 30, 1995. The Company's
Preferred Stock is redeemable at the option of the Company at any time,
unless prohibited by the terms of any credit or other financing agreement
with any lender to the Company, at a price equal to $100 per share,
subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend,
stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting the
Preferred Stock ("Liquidation Value"). On January 31, 2005, unless
prohibited by the terms of any credit or other financing agreement with
any lender to the Company, the Company will redeem all of the Preferred
Stock outstanding at a price per share equal to the Liquidation Value.
Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up
of the Company, the holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be
paid the Liquidation Value of the Preferred Stock before any payments
could be made to holders of Common Stock.
Redeemable Common
Under certain circumstances defined in the respective stock purchase
agreements, up to 33,726 shares of Class A Common Stock can be put back to
the Company with a redemption price to be determined under the stock
purchase agreement. Such redemption price cannot exceed the original issue
price which was ten dollars per share.
Loans to Officers and Directors
On October 31, 1995, the Company issued 33,726 shares of Class A Common
Stock and 3,643 of Preferred Stock to certain directors and officers of
the Company in consideration for a note signed by each director and
officer. These notes bear interest at 8.0% and are due on various dates
through January 31, 2005. All such shares are pledged as collateral toward
these notes.
The outstanding balance of the notes due from certain directors and
officers at July 26, 1997 and July 28, 1996 of $269 and $356,
respectively, has been reflected as a reduction of the redemption value of
the related redeemable Preferred and Common Stock.
F-34
<PAGE>
CDI GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
(8) STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Common Stock
On January 30, 1995, 212,078 shares of Class A Common Stock and 187,922
shares of Class B Common Stock were issued for consideration of $4 million
(average of $10.00 per share). Class A Common Stock ("Class A") and Class
B Common Stock ("Class B") stockholders have the same rights and
privileges with the exception that each holder of record of Class A stock
is entitled to one vote per share so held, while Class B stockholders have
no voting rights. Class A and Class B stockholders are entitled to convert
any or all such shares into an equivalent number of Class B and Class A
shares, respectively, except in the event that the holder of Class B is a
bank holding company or subsidiary thereof and such holder is restricted
by applicable banking laws from holding any (or any additional) shares
with voting rights. The conversion feature of the Class A and Class B
shares only affects the voting status of such shareholders, and the
exercise of such feature by all of the holders of the Class B shares would
not trigger a change in control event as defined in the Company's debt
agreements.
On October 31, 1995, 30,016 shares of Class A Common Stock were redeemed
by the Company from the stockholders and 14,570 shares of Class A Common
Stock were sold to Management at the repurchase price of $10 per share,
which approximated fair market value at the original issue date of January
30, 1995 and at the repurchase date of October 31, 1995.
Stock Options and Warrants
On January 30, 1995, the Board of Directors approved the 1995 Stock Option
Plan (the "Plan"), which provides for the issuance of up to 65,882 shares
of Class A Voting Common Stock to employees and consultants of the Company
and its affiliates. The Plan is intended to be an incentive stock option
plan within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Service
Code of 1986. The option price under each incentive option shall be not
less than 100% of the fair market value of the Stock on the grant date. On
January 30, 1995, the Company issued options to purchase 37,649 shares of
Class A Common Stock, at a price of $10 per share, to a senior executive
the Company pursuant to the Plan. The options expire on January 31, 2005
and expiration may be accelerated due to termination of employment of the
senior executive as well as various other reasons as stipulated in the
Option Agreement. These options vest as follows:
Number of
Options Vested Date Vested
-------------------- -----------------
10,667 ............ January 30, 1996
10,667 ............ January 30, 1997
10,667 ............ January 30, 1998
2,824 ............ January 30, 1999
2,824 ............ January 30, 2000
On January 30, 1995, Non-Plan options to acquire 4,706 shares of Class A
Common Stock at $10 per share were issued to a senior executive of the
Company. These options are exercisable immediately after any disposition
event as defined by the Option Agreement.
On January 30, 1995, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 16,667
shares of Class A Common Stock, at a price of $.001 per share, to its'
principal bank. The holder of the Warrant may exercise the rights
represented by the Warrant in whole or in part at any time through January
30, 2005.
F-35
<PAGE>
CDI GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
(8) STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY: (Continued)
A summary of stock option transactions follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Fiscal 1995 Fiscal 1996 Fiscal 1997
----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Options outstanding at beginning of period ......... -- 67,473 67,079
Options granted .................................... 67,473 -- --
Options exercised ................................. -- -- --
Options canceled ................................. -- (394) --
Options outstanding at end of period ............... 67,473 67,079 67,079
Options available for grant at end of period ...... 3,115 3,115 3,115
Options vested and outstanding at end of period ... -- 15,299 30,989
Option price per share for outstanding options ... $ 10.00 $ 10.00 $ 10.00
</TABLE>
(9) LITIGATION:
The Company is a defendant in various lawsuits arising in the ordinary course
of business. In the opinion of management, the disposition of these lawsuits
should not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated results of
operations, financial position, and cash flows.
(10) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN:
On July 1, 1995, the Company implemented a 401(K) salary deferral plan (the
"Plan") which is available to eligible employees, as defined. The Plan
provides for the Company to make discretionary contributions, however, the
Company elected not to make contributions for all periods through July 26,
1997.
(11) SUBSEQUENT EVENT:
On October 16, 1997 the Subsidiary issued $80,000 of 10-1/4% senior notes due
2004 which are guaranteed by the Parent. The net proceeds of such debt
issuance was approximately $77,000. The Subsidiary used $29,000 of such net
proceeds to refinance substantially all of its then existing indebtedness and
$45,000 of net proceeds was used to pay a dividend to the Parent which then
paid a dividend of the same amount to the stockholders of the Parent. Under
the relevant debt agreements, in the event of a change in control, as
defined, the Company is required to repurchase all such outstanding notes.
On October 16, 1997, the Company also replaced its then existing credit
facility with a $20,000 five year revolving credit facility concurrent with
the issuance of the $80,000 of senior notes. This facility bears interest at
either prime rate or LIBOR plus 1.75% and is secured by the Company's
eligible accounts receivable and inventory balances, as defined. The new
facility contains certain financial and operating covenants, including a
minimum fixed charge ratio. Additionally, the Company cannot make any
dividend or other distributions with respect to any share of stock other than
in certain limited circumstances.
The following unaudited proforma data reflects the Long Term Debt and
Securities of the company at July 26, 1997 after giving effect to the
issuance of the notes and use of proceeds.
(Unaudited)
Long Term Debt, including current maturities ...... $ 97,118
Redeemable Preferred and Common Stock ............ 854
Stockholders' Deficit .............................. (36,817)
F-36
<PAGE>
COMMUNITY DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Three Months Ended
October 25, October 26,
1997 1996
------------- ------------
(Amounts in thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
Net sales .......................................... $54,722 $52,073
Cost of sales .................................... 39,671 38,072
------- -------
Gross profit .................................... 15,051 14,001
Selling, general and administrative expenses ...... 12,678 11,752
Administrative fees .............................. 63 63
Depreciation and amortization ..................... 1,467 1,116
Other income, net ................................. 105 95
------- -------
Operating income ................................. 948 1,165
Interest expense, net .............................. 718 826
------- -------
Income before income taxes ..................... 230 339
Provision for income taxes ........................ 349 393
------- -------
Net loss ....................................... $ (119) $ (54)
======= =======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to condensed financial statements.
F-37
<PAGE>
COMMUNITY DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
(UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
As of As of
October 25, 1997 July 26, 1997
------------------ --------------
(Amounts in thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents ................................. $ 1,139 $ 1,870
Accounts receivable ....................................... 2,595 2,614
Inventory ................................................... 38,403 30,233
Prepaid expenses and other current assets .................. 1,155 1,085
--------- -------
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS .................................... 43,292 35,802
Property and equipment, net ................................. 8,810 8,649
Deferred charges and other assets ........................... 5,899 3,286
Goodwill, net ............................................. 33,040 33,519
--------- -------
TOTAL ASSETS ................................................ $ 91,041 $81,256
========= =======
LIABILITIES:
Revolver borrowings ....................................... $ -- $ --
Current portion of long-term debt ........................... -- 4,750
Accounts payable .......................................... 19,314 14,796
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities ............ 3,995 4,118
Current portion of supplier advances ........................ 1,900 1,900
--------- -------
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES .............................. 25,209 25,564
LONG-TERM DEBT ................................................ 80,000 24,519
SUPPLIER ADVANCES, NET OF CURRENT PORTION ..................... 1,032 1,353
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES ................................. 2,342 2,122
STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY (DEFICIT):
Common stock, $.01 par value, 1,000 shares authorized, issued
and outstanding .......................................... -- --
Additional paid-in capital ................................. 18,242 18,000
Retained earnings/(accumulated deficit) ..................... (35,784) 9,698
--------- -------
TOTAL STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY (DEFICIT) .................. (17,542) 27,698
--------- -------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
(DEFICIT) ................................................... $ 91,041 $81,256
========= =======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to condensed financial statements.
F-38
<PAGE>
COMMUNITY DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Three Months Ended
October 25, October 26,
1997 1996
------------- ------------
(Dollars in thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
CASH FLOWS USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income .......................................... $ (119) $ (54)
Depreciation and amortization ........................ 1,500 1,116
Non-cash rent expense .............................. 119 86
LIFO provision ....................................... 300 300
Changes in operating assets and liabilities ......... (4,755) (1,923)
--------- --------
NET CASH USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES .................. (2,955) (475)
CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Capital expenditures ................................. (663) (506)
--------- --------
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES: (663) (506)
CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY (USED IN) FINANCING
ACTIVITIES:
Payments made on long-term debt ..................... (29,269) (1,909)
Proceeds from issuance of Senior Notes ............... 80,000 --
Transaction fees paid .............................. (3,086) --
Dividend paid to parent .............................. (45,000) --
Additional capital received from parent ............ 242 --
--------- --------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) FINANCING
ACTIVITIES .......................................... 2,887 (1,909)
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents ............ (731) (2,890)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period ...... 1,870 3,623
--------- --------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD ............ $ 1,139 $ 733
========= ========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to condensed financial statements.
F-39
<PAGE>
COMMUNITY DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(UNAUDITED)
(1) BASIS OF PRESENTATION:
The accompanying financial statements should be read in conjunction with the
audited financial statements of Community Distributors, Inc. (the "Company"),
and the notes thereto contained elsewhere herein. The Company, a wholly owned
subsidiary of CDI Group, Inc. (the "Parent"), is engaged in the operation of
retail stores throughout New Jersey. These interim financial statements are
unaudited but, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments,
consisting only of normal recurring items, necessary to fairly present the
financial position and operating results for the interim periods. Results for
interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results for the full year.
The year end balance sheet data was derived from audited financial statements
but does not include all disclosures required by generally accepted
accounting principles.
(2) CONTINGENCIES:
The Company is a defendant in various lawsuits arising in the ordinary course
of business. In the opinion of management, the disposition of these lawsuits
should not have a material impact on the Company's results of operations,
financial position, and cash flows.
(3) DEBT OFFERING:
On October 16, 1997, the Company issued $80.0 million of its 10-1/4% senior
notes due 2004 which are guaranteed by the Parent. The net proceeds of such
debt issuance was approximately $77.0 million. The Company used approximately
$29.0 million of such net proceeds to refinance substantially all of its then
existing indebtedness and approximately $45.0 million of the net proceeds was
used to pay a dividend to the Parent which was then distributed in the same
amount to the stockholders of the Parent. Under the relevant debt agreements,
in the event of a change in control, as defined, the Company is required to
repurchase all such outstanding notes.
On October 16, 1997, The Company also replaced its then existing credit
facility with a $20.0 million five year revolving credit facility (the
"Facility") concurrent with the issuance of the $80.0 million of senior
notes. At October 25, 1997, there were no borrowings under the Facility. This
Facility bears interest at either prime rate or LIBOR plus 1.75% and is
collateralized by the Company's eligible accounts receivable and inventory
balances, as defined. The Facility contains certain financial and operating
covenants, including a minimum fixed charge ratio. Additionally, the Company
cannot make any dividend or other distributions with respect to any share of
stock other than in certain limited circumstances.
(4) INVENTORY COSTING METHOD:
Inventory at interim periods is valued on a last-in, first-out (LIFO) basis
which is determined based on estimates of gross profit rate, inflation rates
and inventory levels, and is adjusted for the results of physical inventories
which are taken twice a year. The results of the last physical inventory that
was taken on July 26, 1997 did not have a material impact on the results of
operations.
(5) ESTIMATES:
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make significant estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
F-40
<PAGE>
CDI GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Three Months Ended
October 25, October 26,
1997 1996
------------- ------------
(Dollars in thousands,
except per share data)
<S> <C> <C>
Net sales ....................................... $ 54,722 $ 52,073
Cost of sales ................................. 39,671 38,072
-------- --------
Gross profit ................................. 15,051 14,001
Selling, general and administrative expenses ... 12,678 11,752
Administrative fees ........................... 63 63
Depreciation and amortization .................. 1,467 1,116
Other income, net .............................. 105 95
-------- --------
Operating income .............................. 948 1,165
Interest expense, net ........................... 1,241 1,151
-------- --------
Income (loss) before income taxes ............ (293) 14
Provision for income taxes ..................... 166 279
-------- --------
Net loss .................................... $ (459) $ (265)
======== ========
Per share data:
Net loss per common share ..................... $ (1.09) $ (0.63)
======== ========
Weighted average shares outstanding ......... 420,677 418,280
======== ========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to condensed financial statements.
F-41
<PAGE>
CDI GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
As of As of
October 25, 1997 July 26, 1997
------------------ --------------
(Amounts in thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents .................................... $ 1,139 $ 1,870
Accounts receivable .......................................... 2,609 2,644
Inventory ................................................... 38,403 30,233
Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..................... 1,155 1,131
--------- -------
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS ....................................... 43,306 35,878
Property and equipment, net ................................. 8,810 8,649
Deferred charges and other assets ........................... 5,899 3,286
Goodwill, net ................................................ 33,040 33,519
--------- -------
TOTAL ASSETS ................................................... $ 91,055 $81,332
========= =======
LIABILITIES:
Revolver borrowings .......................................... $ -- $ --
Current portion of long-term debt ........................... -- 4,836
Accounts payable ............................................. 19,314 14,796
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities ............... 3,263 3,620
Current portion of supplier advances ........................ 1,900 1,900
--------- -------
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES ................................. 24,477 25,152
LONG-TERM DEBT ................................................ 80,000 24,519
SUBORDINATED DEBT ............................................. 17,361 16,834
SUPPLIER ADVANCES, NET OF CURRENT PORTION ..................... 1,032 1,353
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES .................................... 1,511 1,402
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:
Redeemable preferred stock, $1.00 par value, 7,862 authorized,
issued and outstanding, redemption value $100 per share ...... 786 726
Redeemable shares of Class A voting common stock, 57,963 and
33,726 shares issued and outstanding at net redemption value at
October 25, 1997 and July 26, 1997, respectively ............ 492 128
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT):
Class A voting common stock, $.00001 par value, authorized
600,000 shares, 196,632 issued and outstanding at October 25,
1997 and July 26, 1997 ....................................... -- --
Class B non-voting common stock, $.00001 par value, authorized
600,000 shares, 187,922 issued and outstanding at October 25,
1997 and July 26, 1997 ....................................... -- --
Additional paid-in capital .................................... 3,846 3,846
Retained earnings/(accumulated deficit) ..................... (38,450) 7,372
--------- -------
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) ........................... (34,604) 11,218
--------- -------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
(DEFICIT) ................................................... $ 91,055 $81,332
========= =======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to condensed financial statements.
F-42
<PAGE>
CDI GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Three Months Ended
October 25, October 26,
1997 1996
------------- ------------
(Dollars in thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
CASH FLOWS USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income .......................................... $ (459) $ (265)
Depreciation and amortization ........................ 1,500 1,116
Non-cash rent expense .............................. 119 86
LIFO provision ....................................... 300 300
Non-cash interest expense ........................... 527 332
Changes in operating assets and liabilities ......... (5,037) (2,044)
--------- --------
NET CASH USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES .................. (3,050) (475)
CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Capital expenditures ................................. (663) (506)
--------- --------
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES .................. (663) (506)
CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY (USED IN) FINANCING
ACTIVITIES:
Payments made on long-term debt ..................... (29,269) (1,909)
Proceeds from issuance of Senior Notes ............... 80,000 --
Transaction fees paid .............................. (3,086) --
Dividend paid to stockholders ........................ (45,000) --
Proceeds from exercise of stock options ............ 242 --
Proceeds from loans to officers and directors ...... 182 --
Payments of subordinated debt ........................ (87) --
--------- --------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) FINANCING
ACTIVITIES .......................................... 2,982 (1,909)
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents ............ (731) (2,890)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period ...... 1,870 3,623
--------- --------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD ............ $ 1,139 $ 733
========= ========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to condensed financial statements.
F-43
<PAGE>
CDI GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(UNAUDITED)
(1) BASIS OF PRESENTATION:
The accompanying consolidated financial statements should be read in
conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements of CDI Group,
Inc. and Subsidiary, (the "Company") and the notes thereto contained
elsewhere herein. The Company consists of an operating entity, Community
Distributors, Inc. (the "Subsidiary") which is engaged in the operation of
retail stores throughout New Jersey, and a holding company, CDI Group, Inc.
(the "Parent") which principally owns all of the outstanding shares of the
Subsidiary. These interim consolidated financial statements are unaudited
but, in the opinion of the management, include all adjustments, consisting
only of normal recurring items, necessary to fairly present the financial
position and operating results for the interim periods. Results for interim
periods are not necessarily indicative of results for the full year. The year
end balance sheet data was derived from audited financial statements but does
not include all disclosures required by generally accepted accounting
principles.
(2) CONTINGENCIES:
The Company is a defendant in various lawsuits arising in the ordinary course
of business. In the opinion of management, the disposition of these lawsuits
should not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated results of
operations, financial position, and cash flows.
(3) DEBT OFFERING:
On October 16, 1997, the Subsidiary issued $80.0 million of its 10-1/4%
senior notes due 2004 which are guaranteed by the Parent. The net proceeds of
such debt issuance was approximately $77,000. The Subsidiary used
approximately $29.0 million of such net proceeds to refinance substantially
all of its then existing indebtedness and approximately $45.0 million of net
proceeds was used to pay a dividend to the Parent which was then distributed
in the same amount to the stockholders of the Parent. Under the relevant debt
agreements, in the event of a change in control, as defined, the Parent is
required to repurchase all such outstanding notes.
On October 16, 1997, the Subsidiary also replaced its then existing credit
facility with a $20.0 million five year revolving credit facility (the
"Facility") concurrent with the issuance of the $80.0 million of senior
notes. At October 25, 1997, there were no borrowings under the Facility. This
Facility bears interest at either prime rate or LIBOR plus 1.75% and is
collateralized by the Subsidiary's eligible accounts receivable and inventory
balances, as defined. The Facility contains certain financial and operating
covenants, including a minimum fixed charge ratio. Additionally, the
Subsidiary cannot make any dividend or other distributions with respect to
any share of stock other than in certain limited circumstances.
In addition to the $80.0 million of senior notes issued by the Subsidiary, at
October 25, 1997, the Parent had outstanding long term debt consisting of
approximately $17,268,000 of senior subordinated notes due January 31, 2005,
including current maturities and accrued interest.
(4) INVENTORY COSTING METHOD:
Inventory at interim periods is valued on a last-in, first-out (LIFO) basis
which is determined based on estimates of gross profit rate, inflation rates
and inventory levels, and is adjusted for the results of physical inventories
which are taken twice a year. The results of the last physical inventory that
was taken on July 26, 1997 did not have a material impact on the results of
operations.
(5) ESTIMATES:
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make significant estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
F-44
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
Our report on the financial statements of Community Distributors, Inc. is
included on page F-9 of this Form S-4. In connection with our audits of such
financial statements, we have also audited the related financial statement
schedule listed in the index on page F-2 of this Form S-4.
In our opinion, the financial statement schedule referred to above, when
considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole,
presents fairly, in all material respects, the information required to be
included therein.
Parsippany, New Jersey COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.
October 9, 1997
F-45
<PAGE>
Schedule II
Community Distributors, Inc.
Summary of Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Inventory Beginning End
Reserves of Year Additions Reductions of Year
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ----------- ------------ ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Fiscal 1997 .............................. $108,779 $ 4,441 $ 0 $113,220
Fiscal 1996 .............................. $ 61,233 $47,547 $ 0 $108,779
Six Months Ended July 30, 1995 (1) ...... $100,757 $ 0 $ (39,525) $ 61,233
</TABLE>
Note (1) Includes results as of the origination of the Company beginning
January 30, 1995.
Note The Company has the demonstrated ability, based upon its contractual and
other relationships with its vendors, to recover virtually all of the
costs of excess, obsolete and damaged inventory upon return of such
inventory to its vendors.
F-46
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
Our report on the consolidated financial statements of CDI Group, Inc. and
Subsidiary is included on page F-22 of this Form S-4. In connection with our
audits of such financial statements, we have also audited the related financial
statement schedule listed in the index on page F-2 of this Form S-4.
In our opinion, the financial statement schedule referred to above, when
considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole,
presents fairly, in all material respects, the information required to be
included therein.
Parsippany, New Jersey COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.
October 9, 1997
F-47
<PAGE>
Schedule II
CDI Group, Inc.
Summary of Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Inventory Beginning End
Reserves of Year Additions Reductions of Year
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ----------- ------------ ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Fiscal 1997 .............................. $108,779 $ 4,441 $ 0 $113,220
Fiscal 1996 .............................. $ 61,233 $47,547 $ 0 $108,779
Six Months Ended July 30, 1995 (1) ...... $100,757 $ 0 $ (39,525) $ 61,233
</TABLE>
Note (1) Includes results as of the origination of the Company beginning
January 30, 1995.
Note The Company has the demonstrated ability, based upon its contractual and
other relationships with its vendors, to recover virtually all of the
costs of excess, obsolete and damaged inventory upon return of such
inventory to its vendors.
F-48
<PAGE>
================================================================================
No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized in connection with any
offering made hereby to give any information or to make any representation not
contained in this Prospectus, and, if given or made, such information or
representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized by the Company
or by the Initial Purchasers. This Prospectus does not constitute an offer to
sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any security other than the securities
offered hereby, nor does it constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an
offer to buy any of the securities offered hereby to any person in any
jurisdiction in which it is unlawful to make such an offer or solicitation to
such person. Neither the delivery of this Prospectus nor any sale made hereunder
shall under any circumstance create any implication that the information
contained herein is correct as of any date subsequent to the date hereof.
------------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Prospectus Summary ........................... 1
Risk Factors ................................. 15
Use of Proceeds .............................. 23
Capitalization .............................. 24
Selected Financial Data of the Company ...... 25
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Financial
Data .................................... 28
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of
Operations .............................. 29
Business .................................... 37
Management ................................. 49
Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions .............................. 52
Beneficial Ownership ........................ 54
Description of New Credit Facility and
Certain Other Indebtedness ............... 57
Exchange Offer .............................. 58
Plan of Distribution ........................ 65
Description of Notes ........................ 66
Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations . 86
Independent Public Accountants ............... 87
Legal Matters .............................. 87
Available Information ........................ 87
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking
Statements .............................. 88
Index to Financial Statements ............... F-1
Community Distributors, Inc.
CDI Group, Inc.
Offer to Exchange up to
$80,000,000 of 10-1/4%
Senior Notes Due 2004
Which Have Been Registered
Under the Securities Act of 1933,
as Amended, For Any and All of its
Outstanding 10-1/4% Senior Notes
Due 2004, of which $80,000,000 in
Principal Amount is Outstanding on the Date Hereof
----------------------
PROSPECTUS
----------------------
___________, 1998
================================================================================
<PAGE>
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL") grants a
Delaware corporation the power to indemnify any director, officer, employee or
other agent if such person acted in good faith and in a manner the person
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no
reasonable cause to believe such person's conduct was unlawful. No
indemnification may be provided, however, for any person with respect to any
matter as to which he shall have been adjudicated in any proceeding not to have
acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his action was in the best
interest of the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of
Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine
upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all
the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to
indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court
shall deem proper.
With respect to indemnification of directors, Article Seventh of the
Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of the Holding Company and Article
Sixth of the Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of the Company, copies
of which are filed as Exhibits 3.1 through 3.3, respectively, provide as
follows:
"No director of the corporation shall be personally liable to the
corporation or to any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of
fiduciary duty as a director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing
such liability; provided, however, that to the extent required from time to
time by applicable law, this Article shall not eliminate or limit the liability
of a director, to the extent such liability is provided by applicable law, (i)
for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its
stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174
of Title 8 of the Delaware Code, or (iv) for any transaction from which the
director derived an improper personal benefit."
With respect to indemnification, Article VII of each of the By-laws of the
Holding Company and the Amended and Restated By-laws of the Company, copies of
which are filed as Exhibits 3.2 through 3.4, respectively, provide as follows:
"Section 7.1. Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a
party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any
action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative (a "Proceeding"), by reason of being or having been a director or
officer of the Corporation or serving or having served at the request of the
Corporation as a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another
corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise,
including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (an "Indemnitee"),
whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action or failure to act in an
official capacity as a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent or in any
other capacity while serving as a director, trustee, officer, employee or
agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest
extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists
or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to
the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader
indemnification rights than permitted prior thereto) (as used in this Article
VII, the "Delaware Law"), against all expense, liability and loss (including
attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts
paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such Indemnitee in
connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to an
Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent
and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee's heirs, executors and
administrators; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 7.2
hereof with respect to Proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the
Corporation shall indemnify any such Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding
(or part thereof) initiated by such Indemnitee only if such Proceeding (or part
thereof) was authorized by the board of directors of the Corporation. The right
to indemnification conferred in this Article VII shall be a contract right and
shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses (including
attorneys' fees) incurred in defending any such Proceeding in advance of its
final disposition (an "Advancement of Expenses"); provided, however, that, if
the Delaware Law so requires, an Advancement of Expenses incurred by an
Indemnitee shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an
undertaking (an "Undertaking"), by or on behalf of such Indemnitee, to repay
all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial
decision from which there is no further
II-1
<PAGE>
right to appeal (a "Final Adjudication") that such Indemnitee is not entitled
to be indemnified for such expenses under this Article VII or otherwise.
Section 7.2. Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit. If a claim under Section
7.1 hereof is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty days after a
written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a
claim for an Advancement of Expenses, in which case the applicable period shall
be twenty days, the Indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against
the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in
whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to
recover an Advancement of Expenses pursuant to the terms of an Undertaking, the
Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or
defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a
right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the Indemnitee
to enforce a right to an Advancement of Expenses) it shall be a defense that,
and (ii) in any suit by the Corporation to recover an Advancement of Expenses
pursuant to the terms of an Undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to
recover such expenses upon a Final Adjudication that, the Indemnitee has not
met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware Law. Neither
the failure of the Corporation (including its board of directors, independent
legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the
commencement of such suit that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in
the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of
conduct set forth in the Delaware Law, nor an actual determination by the
Corporation (including its board of directors, independent legal counsel, or
its stockholders) that the Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of
conduct, shall create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the
applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the
Indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the Indemnitee to
enforce a right to indemnification or to an Advancement of Expenses hereunder,
or by the Corporation to recover an Advancement of Expenses pursuant to the
terms of an Undertaking, the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not
entitled to be indemnified, or to such Advancement of Expenses, under this
Article VII or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.
Section 7.3. Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights to indemnification and
to the Advancement of Expenses conferred in this Article VII shall not be
exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire
under any statute, the Corporation's Certificate or Incorporation, by-law,
agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.
Section 7.4. Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its
expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the
Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other
enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the
Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense,
liability or loss under this Article VII or under the Delaware Law.
Section 7.5. Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation.
The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the board of
directors, grant rights to indemnification, and to the Advancement of Expenses,
to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the
provisions of this Article VII with respect to the indemnification and
Advancement of Expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation."
Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(a) The following is a list of exhibits filed as a part of this
Registration Statement:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Exhibit
<S> <C>
3.1 Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of CDI Group, Inc. (the "Holding Company").*
3.2 By-laws of the Holding Company.*
3.3 Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of Community Distributors, Inc. (the "Company").*
3.4 Amended and Restated By-laws of the Company.*
4.1 Indenture, dated as of October 16, 1997, by and among the Company, the Holding Company
and the Bank of New York, as Trustee.*
4.2 Form of the Company's 10-1/4% Senior Notes due 2004 (including the Exchange Notes).*
4.3 Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 16, 1997, by and among the Company, the
Holding Company, Donaldson, Lufkin, and Jenrette Securities Corporation and Bear, Stearns
and Co. Inc.*
5.1 Opinion of Bingham Dana LLP, as to validity of securities being registered.
</TABLE>
II-2
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Exhibit
<S> <C>
10.1 Investor Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 30, 1995, by and among the
Holding Company, BancBoston Ventures Inc. ("BBV"), Harvest Partners International, LP
("HPI"), Harvest Technology Partners, LP ("HTP"), European Development Capital Corporation
N.V. ("EDCC") and Deutsche Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH ("DBMBH", and together with
BBV, HPI, HTP, EDCC and DBMBH, the "Investors"), as amended by that certain First
Amendment to Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 16, 1997, by and among the
Holding Company and the Investors.*
10.2 Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 10, 1997, by and among the Holding Company, DLJ
and BSC.*
10.3 Form of Holding Company's Amended and Restated Senior Subordinated Note due 2005.*
10.4 Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 30, 1995, by and among the Holding
Company, the Investors, Banque Paribas (the "Bank"), Paribas Principal, Inc. ("PPI"), TA
Holding, Inc. ("TAH"), Jon Tietbohl ("Tietbohl"), each of the Persons listed under the caption
"Managers" on the signature pages thereto and any officer, employer or director of the Holding
Company who becomes a party thereto by executing an Instrument of Accession in the form of
Schedule 1 thereto, and each other Person who becomes a party thereto by executing an
Instrument of Accession.*
10.5 Stockholder Agreement, dated as of January 30, 1995, by and among the Holding Company, the
Investors, PPI, TAH, Tietbohl, Frank Marfino and any other officer, employee or director of the
Holding Company who becomes a party thereto by executing an Instrument of Accession in the
form of Schedule 1 thereto and each other Person who becomes a party thereto by executing an
Instrument of Accession (collectively, the "Stockholders"), as amended by that certain First
Amendment to Stockholder Agreement, dated as of October 16, 1997, by and among the
Holding Company and the Stockholders.*
10.6 Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 30, 1995, by and between the Holding
Company and the Bank, and its successors and assigns.*
10.7 Common Stock Purchase Warrant, dated as of January 30, 1995, issued by the Holding
Company to the Bank, as amended by that certain Amendment of Common Stock Purchase
Warrant, Acknowledgment and Waiver, dated as of September 30, 1997, by and between the
Company and the Bank.*
10.8 Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of October 16, 1997, by and between PNC Bank,
National Association and the Company.*
10.9 The Company's $20,000,000 Revolving Loan Note, dated as of October 16, 1997.*
10.10 Lease Agreement, dated as of May , 1995, by and between 105 Sylvania Place, L.L.C. and
the Company (South Plainfield, New Jersey)
10.11 Lease Agreement, dated as of May 5, 1983, by and between JAM Realty Company and the
Company (Branchburg Township (Somerville), New Jersey).
10.12 Employment and Non-Competition Agreement, dated as of January 30, 1995, by and between
the Company and Frank Marfino.
10.13 Letter Agreement, dated as of October 16, 1997, by and between the Company and Frank
Marfino regarding bonus payment.
10.14 Employment and Non-Competition Agreement, dated as of January 30, 1995, by and between
the Company and Todd H. Pluymers.
10.15 Letter Agreement, dated as of October 16, 1997, by and between the Company and Todd H.
Pluymers regarding bonus payment.
10.16 Employment and Non-Competition Agreement, dated as of January 30, 1995, by and between
the Company and Lynn L. Shallcross.
</TABLE>
II-3
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Exhibit
<S> <C>
10.17 Employment and Non-Competition Agreement, dated as of January 30, 1995, by and between
the Company and William F. Gilligan.
10.18 Employment Agreement, dated as of February 17, 1995, by and between the Company and
Barrie Levine.
11.1 Statement re: Computation of Earnings per Share.*
12.1 Statement re: Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.*
21.1 List of Subsidiaries.*
23.1 Consent of Bingham Dana LLP, counsel to the Holding Company and the Company
(included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.2 Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.
23.3 Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
23.4 Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
24.1 Power of Attorney (included in signature page to Registration Statement).*
25.1 Statement re: Eligibility of Trustee.*
99.1 Form of Letter of Transmittal.
99.2 Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
99.3 Form of Exchange Agency Agreement among the Exchange Agent, the Holding Company and
the Company.*
99.4 Letter Regarding Eligibility for use of Form S-4.
</TABLE>
- ------------
* Previously filed.
Item 22. Undertakings
The undersigned Registrants hereby undertake:
(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a
post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the
Securities Act of 1933;
(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after
the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent
post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate,
represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration
statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in the volume
of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not
exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of
the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus
filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) ([sec]2304.424(b) of this
chapter) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more
than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the
"Calculation of Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement;
(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of
distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any
material change to such information in the registration statement;
(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to
be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and
the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial
bona fide offering thereof.
(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any
of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of
the offering.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of
the Registrants pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the
Registrants have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and
Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed
in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
Registrants of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer
II-4
<PAGE>
or controlling person of the Registrants in the successful defense of any
action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or
controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the
Registrants will, unless in the opinion of the Registrants' counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by the Registrants is
against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned Registrants hereby undertake to file an application for
the purpose of determining the eligibility of the trustee to act under
subsection (a) of Section 310 of the Trust Indenture Act ("Act") in accordance
with the rules and regulations prescribed by the Commission under section
305(b)(2) of the Act.
The undersigned Registrants hereby undertake to supply by means of a
post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the
company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and
included in the registration statement when it went effective.
II-5
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the undersigned
Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City
of Somerville, State of New Jersey, on this 20th day of January, 1998.
CDI GROUP, INC.
By: /s/ Todd H. Pluymers
-------------------------------
Todd H. Pluymers,
Chief Financial Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
No. 1 to Registration Statement has been signed below on behalf of CDI Group,
Inc. by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Signature Title Date
- ----------------------------- ------------------------------------- -----------------
<S> <C> <C>
/s/ Frank Marfino* President, Chief Executive Officer January 20, 1998
- ------------------------- and Director of CDI Group, Inc.
Frank Marfino (principal executive officer)
/s/ Mark H. DeBlois* Director of CDI Group, Inc. January 20, 1998
- -------------------------
Mark H. DeBlois
/s/ Harvey P. Mallement* Director of CDI Group, Inc. January 20, 1998
- -------------------------
Harvey P. Mallement
/s/ Todd H. Pluymers Chief Financial Officer of CDI January 20, 1998
- ------------------------- Group, Inc. (principal financial and
Todd H. Pluymers accounting officer)
* By: /s/ Todd H. Pluymers
-------------------------
Todd H. Pluymers
Attorney-in-fact
</TABLE>
II-6
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the undersigned
Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City
of Somerville, State of New Jersey on this 20th day of January, 1998.
COMMUNITY DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
By: /s/ Todd H. Pluymers
----------------------------------
Todd H. Pluymers, Chief Financial
Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
No. 1 to Registration Statement has been signed on behalf of Community
Distributors, Inc. below by the following persons in the capacities and on the
dates indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Signature Title Date
- ----------------------------- ------------------------------ -----------------
<S> <C> <C>
/s/ Frank Marfino* President, Chief Executive January 20, 1998
- ------------------------- Officer and Director of
Frank Marfino Community Distributors, Inc.
(principal executive officer)
/s/ Mark H. DeBlois* Director of Community January 20, 1998
- ------------------------- Distributors, Inc.
Mark H. DeBlois
/s/ Harvey P. Mallement* Director of Community January 20, 1998
- --------------------------- Distributors, Inc.
Harvey P. Mallement
/s/ Todd H. Pluymers Chief Financial Officer of January 20, 1998
- ------------------------- Community Distributors, Inc.
Todd H. Pluymers (principal financial and
accounting officer)
* By: /s/ Todd H. Pluymers
--------------------
Todd H. Pluymers
Attorney-in-fact
</TABLE>
II-7
Exhibit 5.1
January 16, 1998
Community Distributors, Inc.
CDI Group, Inc.
251 Industrial Parkway
Branchburg Township
Somerville, NJ 08876
Re: Community Distributors, Inc. - Registration of
$80,000,000 Aggregate Principal Amount of
10-1/4% Senior Notes Due
2004, Series B on Form S-4
----------------------------------------------
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This opinion is furnished in connection with the registration, pursuant
to a Registration Statement on Form S-4 under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "Act"), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
November 28, 1997 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto filed on January 16,
1998, the "Registration Statement"), of $80,000,000 aggregate principal amount
of 10-1/4% Senior Notes due 2004, Series B (the "New Notes") of Community
Distributors, Inc. (the "Company"), together with a guarantee thereof (the "New
Guarantee") by CDI Group, Inc. (the "Holding Company").
The New Notes and the New Guarantee will be offered in exchange for the
Company's outstanding 10-1/4% Senior Notes due 2004 (the "Old Notes"), which
have also been guaranteed by the Holding Company, pursuant to the terms of the
exchange offer (the "Exchange Offer") set forth in the form of prospectus
included in the Registration Statement.
We have acted as counsel to the Company and the Holding Company in
connection with the foregoing registration of the New Notes. We have examined
and relied upon the originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to
our satisfaction, of such records, instruments, certificates, memoranda and
other documents as we have deemed necessary or advisable for purposes of this
opinion and have assumed, without independent inquiry, the accuracy of those
documents. In that examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all
signatures, the conformity
<PAGE>
Community Distributors, Inc.
CDI Group, Inc.
January 16, 1998
Page 2
to the originals of all documents reviewed by us as copies, the authenticity and
completeness of all original documents reviewed by us in original or copy form
and the legal competence of each individual executing such documents.
The opinion set forth below relating to the binding effect of the New
Notes and the New Guarantee is subject to the following general qualifications:
(i) we assume that the Indenture (as defined in the Registration
Statement) is the binding obligation of the other parties
thereto;
(ii) the enforceability of any obligation of the Company or the
Holding Company may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,
fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium, marshalling or
other laws and rules of law affecting the enforcement generally
of creditors' rights and remedies (including such as may deny
giving effect to waivers of debtors' or guarantors' rights);
(iii) no opinion is given herein as to the enforceability of any
particular provision of the New Notes or the Indenture relating
to remedies after default or as to the availability of any
specific or equitable relief of any kind; and
(iv) the enforcement of any rights may in all cases be subject to an
implied duty of good faith and to general principles of equity
(regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a
proceeding at law or in equity).
This opinion is limited to the laws of The Commonwealth of
Massachusetts as applied by courts located in Massachusetts and the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as applied by courts located in
Delaware. Pursuant to its terms, the Indenture and the New Notes are governed by
the laws of the State of New York; for the purposes of this opinion we have
assumed, without independent investigation, that the laws of the State of New
York governing such Indenture and New Notes are the same as those which would
govern the Indenture and New Notes if such Indenture and New Notes were governed
by the internal substantive laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts. No
opinion is given herein as to the choice of law or internal substantive rules of
law which any tribunal may apply to the transactions referred to herein. We
express no opinion as to, and assume compliance, with any applicable, federal or
state securities law.
<PAGE>
Community Distributors, Inc.
CDI Group, Inc.
January 16, 1998
Page 3
We understand that all of the foregoing assumptions and limitations are
acceptable to you.
Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the New Notes
(together with the New Guarantee), when issued by the Company and the Holding
Company in accordance with the terms of the Indenture against receipt of Old
Notes pursuant to the terms of the Exchange Offer, will have been duly
authorized and validly executed and delivered by the Company, and will be
binding obligations of the Company and the Holding Company, respectively.
We consent to the filing of a copy of this opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm in the Registration
Statement under the caption "Legal Matters".
Very truly yours,
/s/ BINGHAM DANA LLP
BINGHAM DANA LLP
LEASE AGREEMENT
AGREEMENT OF LEASE made as of the ________ day of May, 1995 between 105
SYLVANIA PLACE, L.L.C., a New Jersey limited liability company, having its
offices at c/o Silverline Building Products, Inc., 207 Pond Avenue, P.O. Box
3010, Middlesex, NJ 08846 ("Landlord") and COMMUNITY DISTRIBUTORS, INCORPORATED,
a Delaware Corporation, having its offices at 251 Industrial Parkway,
Somerville, NJ 08876 ("Tenant").
R E C I T A L S:
A. Landlord is the owner of the land (the "Land") and the combined office
and warehouse building containing 95,000+/- square feet of space (the
"Building"), located at 105 Sylvania Place, South Plainfield, New Jersey
(collectively called the "Property"), more fully described on Exhibit A annexed
hereto.
B. Tenant wishes to use and occupy a 53,554+/- square foot portion of the
Building and all the improvements and fixtures thereon (collectively called the
"Premises"), and Landlord desires to lease the Premises to Tenant.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the conditions and
terms set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt
and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, it is agreed as follows:
ARTICLE 1. Premises
Landlord does hereby demise to Tenant, and Tenant does hereby lease from
Landlord, the Premises, together with the non-exclusive right to use the
driveways, parking area and walkways on the Property, subject to the covenants,
easements and restrictions that do not interfere in the permitted use of the
Premises. The parties shall have the right to verify the square footage of the
Premises and the Building.
ARTICLE 2. Term
The term of the Lease shall be for a period of three (3) years and seven
(7) months beginning June 1, 1995 (the "Commencement Date") and ending on
December 31, 1998 (the "Expiration Date"). Any reference herein to the "third
year of the Lease" shall mean the period commencing on June 1, 1997 through the
Expiration Date. After the first Lease year, Landlord shall have the right, in
its sole and absolute discretion, to terminate this Lease prior to the
Expiration Date by giving Tenant six (6) months advance written notice of
termination, provided that such notice is given during the months of June
through December of the second or third Lease years.
<PAGE>
ARTICLE 3. Use
Tenant shall use the Premises only for offices and warehousing of general
merchandise and distribution of same, subject to any restrictions imposed by
federal, state, county and municipal statutes, ordinances and regulations.
ARTICLE 4. Net Lease
It is the purpose and intent of Landlord and Tenant, that the fixed rent
shall be absolutely net to Landlord, except as may be specifically set forth
herein, and shall be payable to Landlord free of any charges and without
abatement or set-off by Tenant. From and after the Commencement Date, Landlord
shall not be expected or required to pay any charge or imposition relating to
the maintenance, preservation, care, repair and operation of the Premises,
except as set forth herein, and all such expenses shall be paid by Tenant.
ARTICLE 5. Rent
5.1 Tenant shall pay Landlord fixed annual rent beginning on the
Commencement Date at the rate of $3.00 per square foot which equals $160,662 per
year. In the event that the square footage of the Premises is adjusted, the
fixed annual rent shall be adjusted accordingly.
5.2 The fixed rent shall be paid in equal monthly installments of
$13,388.50 in advance on the first day of each month during the term of the
Lease commencing on the Commencement Date.
5.3 All other amounts payable by Tenant under the Lease shall be deemed to
be additional rent.
5.4 Upon the execution of this Lease, Tenant shall pay the first month's
rent of $13,388.50.
ARTICLE 6. Taxes and Utilities; Pro Rata Share
6.1 Landlord shall pay all real estate taxes on the Premises for the first
year of the Lease (i.e., June 1, 1995 through May 31, 1996), herein referred to
as "Base Taxes". In the second and third years of the Lease, Landlord shall be
responsible for Base Taxes only. In the event of any increase in real estate
taxes on the Property over and above such taxes in effect on the Commencement
Date, then Tenant shall be responsible, after presentation of tax bills
reflecting such increase, for the payment of Tenant's Pro Rata Share (as defined
below) of such increase or increases applicable to second and third years of the
Lease. Conversely, in the event of any decrease in real estate taxes on the
Property below such taxes in effect on the Commencement Date, then Tenant
-2-
<PAGE>
shall be entitled to a credit, in the amount of Tenant's Pro Rata Share, of such
decrease or decreases applicable to the second and third years of the Lease. Any
such increase or decrease shall be prorated in twelve equal payments over the
applicable Lease year. As used herein, "Tenant's Pro Rata Share" shall be a
fraction, the numerator of which shall be the square footage of the Premises and
the denominator of which shall be the square footage of the Building, which
equals 56.37%. Tenant's Pro Rata Share shall be subject to adjustment if the
square footage of the Building or the Premises is changed.
6.2 Tenant shall pay all sewer charges, and any interest or costs with
respect thereto imposed upon the Premises or Tenant's use thereof, and charges
for public and private utilities which at any time during or otherwise
attributable to any period falling within the term of this Lease may be
assessed, levied or become due and payable in respect of the Premises. (All such
charges are referred to collectively as "Impositions").
6.3 Tenant shall be responsible for obtaining and paying for all water,
heat, electricity, pest control, security systems, and all other utilities for
the Premises, except as specifically set forth herein.
ARTICLE 7. Condition of Premises
7.1 Tenant accepts the Premises in "as is", "where is" condition, and
acknowledges that Landlord has no obligation of any kind whatsoever to alter,
decorate or otherwise adapt the Premises for Tenant's use.
7.2 Tenant represents and warrants that (a) Tenant's use of the Premises
will be in compliance with all applicable governmental, legal and insurance
requirements, (b) Tenant will obtain all permits, licenses or the like as
required to operate Tenant's business at the Premises, and (c) Tenant covenants
that it shall not manufacture, store or discharge any hazardous substance,
material or waste at or from the Premises.
ARTICLE 8. Repairs and Maintenance
8.1 During the term of this Lease, Tenant shall at its sole expense comply
with all laws and regulations whether now in force or enacted during the term of
the Lease, relating to Tenant's use and occupancy of the Premises.
8.2 Subject to Section 8.3 below, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and
expense, take good care of the Premises, including the maintenance, repair and
replacement as necessary of all building systems (including but not limited to
heating, ventilation, air conditioning, plumbing and electrical), and shall make
all repairs therein and thereon, interior and exterior, ordinary and
-3-
<PAGE>
extraordinary, unforeseen and foreseen, necessary to keep the same (a) in good
and safe order and condition, and (b) in substantially the same condition as of
the date of this Lease, reasonable wear and tear excepted. Tenant shall not
commit or suffer, and shall use all reasonable precaution to prevent, waste,
damage, or injury to the Premises.
8.3 Landlord, at its cost and expense, shall be responsible for the
maintenance and repair of the structural elements of the Premises, such as
foundation, the walls and the roof and any other such of the Premises, except
any repairs required as a result of the acts or omissions of the Tenant, its
agents, servants, employees, licensees, invitees or independent contractors.
8.4 Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense, keep clean and free from
dirt, rubbish, obstructions, encumbrances, snow and ice, the sidewalks,
driveways, parking lots and curbs used in connection with the Premises.
8.5 Tenant shall pay Tenant's Pro Rata Share of the fire insurance premium
for the Building (approximately $3,200 per year), sprinkler system cost
(approximately $2,400 per year), and the lawn maintenance costs for the Property
(approximately $2,400 per year), as additional rent in monthly increments equal
to one-twelfth of the annual cost of same.
8.6 At all times, Tenant shall:
a. Use all electric, plumbing, heating, cooling and other facilities
in the Premises in a safe and reasonable way;
b. Replace all broken glass in the Premises;
c. Permit no load to be placed upon the floors of the Premises in
excess of such floor's weight-bearing capacity;
d. do nothing to destroy, deface, damage or remove any part of the
Premises or the Property;
e. Keep no inflammable or dangerous substances or object in or about
the Premises; and
f. Do nothing to impair the peace and quiet of the Landlord, other
tenants, or persons in the neighborhood.
8.7 Landlord represents that the weight-bearing capacity of the floors of
the Premises is not less than 450 lbs. per square foot.
ARTICLE 9. [INTENTIONALLY DELETED]
-4-
<PAGE>
ARTICLE 10. Inspection by Landlord
Tenant shall permit Landlord and its authorized representatives to enter
the Premises during Tenant's normal business hours upon reasonable advance
notice to Tenant (except in emergencies) for the purpose of inspecting the
Premises.
ARTICLE 11. Alterations and Improvements
Tenant shall have the right, at its own cost and expense, to make
alterations, replacements, changes, additions and improvements in and to the
Premises, subject to the following:
(a) that the same shall be performed in a good workmanlike manner, shall
not materially reduce the amount of office space of the Building and shall not
impair the structural integrity of the Building or of any structure now or
hereafter forming part of the Premises;
(b) that Tenant shall have obtained all required permits and authorizations
of all governmental agencies and departments having jurisdiction over such work;
(c) that all alterations, repairs and replacements, additions and
improvements commenced shall be completed and paid for, by Tenant;
(d) that prior to doing any structural alteration, repair, replacement,
addition, or improvement costing more than $10,000, Tenant shall submit plans
and specifications for such work to Landlord for its review and approval;
(e) that Tenant shall assure that all contractors, prior to commencing
work, have appropriate insurance coverage including Workmen's Compensation
Insurance and general liability insurance for the mutual benefit of Tenant and
Landlord;
(f) that if as a result of any alterations or repairs to the Premises
performed by or at the direction of Tenant, any mechanic's or other lien, charge
or order for the payment of money shall be filed against the Premises, or the
Building or land or against Landlord, Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense,
cause the same to be canceled and discharged of record or bonded within thirty
(30) days after the date of filing thereof;
(g) that all such alterations and repairs on or in the Premises that are
erected, installed, or affixed by Tenant shall be deemed to be part of the
realty and the sole property of Landlord;
(h) that all alterations and repairs in and to the Premises shall be
constructed and completed in accordance with applicable legal requirements,
approvals of governmental entities
-5-
<PAGE>
having jurisdiction over the work and the rules and regulations of the National
Board of Fire Underwriters as they may relate to the work; and
(i) that Landlord's consent to any work performed by Tenant shall not
render Landlord responsible for the cost of such work or constitute a
determination by Landlord that (a) the proposed work complies with applicable
laws and regulations or (b) that the proposed work reflects good architectural
and engineering practices.
ARTICLE 12. Indemnity and Insurance
12.1 (a) Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from all
losses, costs, damages, liability, claims, causes of action, judgments and
expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees and court costs, arising from the
use and occupancy of the Premises by Tenant and Tenant's agents, servants,
employees, guests or contractors.
(b) Tenant, as a material part of the consideration to be rendered to
Landlord, hereby waives all claims against Landlord for damages to goods,
equipment, improvements, wares and merchandise in, upon or about the Premises
and the Property and for injuries to Tenant, its servants, agents, customers,
employees and invitees in or about the Premises or Property from any cause
arising at any time, except to the extent occasioned by Landlord's wilful
misconduct or gross negligence, provided always, that any insurance proceeds
received by Tenant with respect to same shall be credited against any amounts
payable to Landlord to Tenant under such circumstances.
12.2 Tenant shall maintain the following insurance coverage at Tenant's
sole cost and expense:
(a) General liability insurance against claims for bodily injury,
death, or property damage occurring in, on, or about the Premises, such
insurance to afford minimum comprehensive, combined single limit protection
of not less than $2,000,000 with a maximum $25,000 deductible;
(b) Boiler and machinery insurance (if applicable);
(c) Elevator insurance (if applicable);
(d) Tenant shall insure its trade fixtures, personal property,
removable business fixtures and equipment.
12.3 All insurance required to be obtained by Tenant pursuant to this
Article shall be carried in favor of Landlord, its mortgagee (if applicable) and
Tenant as their respective interests
-6-
<PAGE>
may appear, and shall name Arthur Silverman and Kenneth Silverman as additional
insureds.
12.4 Tenant and Landlord shall cooperate in connection with the collection
of any insurance proceeds that may be due in the event of loss and shall execute
and deliver such proofs of loss and other instruments that may be reasonably
required for such purpose.
12.5 All premiums on insurance required to be obtained by Tenant under this
Article shall be paid for by Tenant.
12.6 Prior to taking occupancy of the Premises, and on each anniversary of
the Commencement Date, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord certificates evidencing
that the required insurance coverage is in effect with respect to the Premises
for the next twelve (12) months, and that all premiums therefor have been paid
in full.
12.7 Tenant's insurance policies in respect of the Premises shall include a
waiver by the insurers of all rights of subrogation against the Landlord, in
connection with any loss or damage covered by such insurance.
12.8 The insurance policies procured by Tenant pursuant to its obligations
under this Lease shall (a) be issued by insurers of recognized responsibility
and qualified to do business in the State of New Jersey and approved by Landlord
and its mortgagee, and (b) include a provision that such policy or policies
shall not be canceled without at least thirty (30) days notice to Landlord and
Tenant and any mortgagee named therein.
12.9 All insurance required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to this
Article 12, shall be evidenced by valid and enforceable policies, in form and
substance satisfactory to Landlord, and issued by insurers of recognized
responsibility having a Best's rating of A or better and a financial size
category of Class VII or above.
ARTICLE 13. Damage or Destruction
13.1 Except as provided in the next sentence, if any portion of the
Premises shall be destroyed or damaged in whole or in part by fire or other
casualty, Tenant shall give Landlord notice of such occurrence and Landlord
shall repair, alter, restore, replace and rebuild such improvements, at least to
substantially the same condition as existed immediately prior to such
occurrence. If the Premises are substantially damaged or destroyed during the
term of this Lease, Landlord may, in lieu of repairing the damage, within sixty
(60) days from the date of the damage or destruction, cancel the Lease by (i)
sending Tenant a notice of cancellation which shall be effective on the date of
such notice, and (ii) Tenant shall assign to Landlord Tenant's right to
insurance proceeds in
-7-
<PAGE>
respect of the damage, except for the proceeds relating to Tenant's personal
property, inventory, business fixtures and equipment. Tenant shall also have the
right to terminate the Lease in the event the Premises is substantially damaged
or destroyed, by giving notice of termination to Landlord within thirty (30)
days of such damage, and the Lease shall be terminated ten (10) days thereafter.
Upon the effective date of the termination, the Landlord and Tenant shall have
no further obligations to the other under this Lease, except obligations
accruing prior to the date of termination. For the purposes of this paragraph,
"substantially damaged or destroyed" shall be deemed to mean that at least
twenty-five (25%) percent of the Premises is damaged, destroyed or rendered
unusable.
13.2 The Landlord shall be relieved of its duty to repair, restore, rebuild
or replace the Premises following damage or destruction by fire and other
casualty in the event that no or inadequate proceeds of insurance to be provided
by Tenant pursuant to Article 12 are available to defray the cost of such
repairing, restoring, rebuilding or replacement.
13.3 In the event of damage or destruction to the Premises, Tenant shall be
entitled to an equitable abatement of fixed rent for the Premises based on the
remaining useful portion of the Premises after such damage.
ARTICLE 14. Condemnation
14.1 In the event of any taking by condemnation or eminent domain, the
entire award shall be and remain the property of Landlord subject only to the
provisions of paragraph 14.4 hereof.
14.2 If the entire Premises shall be taken in condemnation proceedings or
by exercise of any right of eminent domain, then in such event this Lease and
the term hereof shall cease and terminate as of the date of such taking;
provided that rent and additional rent shall be apportioned and paid up to such
date.
14.3 If less than 25% of the Premises shall be so taken or condemned, this
Lease shall not terminate, but the rent payable hereunder after the date of the
partial taking shall be reduced pro rata based on the square footage taken.
14.4 In the event that more than 25% of the Premises is taken or condemned,
then either party shall have the right to cancel the Lease by giving written
notification to the other, and such cancellation shall be effective on the date
of taking.
14.5 In the event of a taking or condemnation, Tenant shall be entitled to
assert a claim to the condemning authority for the unamortized cost of Tenant's
leasehold improvements and trade fixtures and Tenant's reasonable moving
expenses, to the extent such claim does not reduce Landlord's award.
-8-
<PAGE>
ARTICLE 15. Subletting and Assignment
15.1 Except as set forth herein to the contrary, Tenant shall not assign
this Lease nor sublet the Premises or any portion thereof without providing 60
days written notice to landlord of the proposed assignment or sublet, stating
terms and commencement date, and not without Landlord's prior written consent,
which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the
event that Tenant proposes to assign this Lease or to sublet any portion of the
Premises, Landlord shall have a right of first refusal to recapture such space,
by notifying Tenant of Landlord's recapture within fourteen (14) days of
Tenant's notice of proposed assignment or sublet, which recapture shall be
effective as of the commencement date of the proposed assignment or sublet. No
such consent by Landlord to any proposed assignment or subletting shall relieve
Tenant of its obligations hereunder. If in connection with any assignment or
subletting of this Lease any consideration is received in excess of the rent
payable to Landlord hereunder, such consideration or excess rent shall be paid
to the Landlord.
ARTICLE 16. Default
16.1 Each of the following events shall be an "Event of Default" hereunder:
(a) if Tenant shall file a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency for
reorganization or arrangement or shall make an assignment for the benefit
of creditors;
(b) if involuntary proceedings under any bankruptcy law or insolvency
act or for the dissolution of Tenant shall be instituted against Tenant or
if a receiver or trustee shall be appointed of all or substantially all of
the property of Tenant and such proceedings shall not be dismissed, bonded
or vacated within thirty (30) days after such institution or appointment;
(c) if Tenant shall fail to pay any installment of rent or additional
rent when due hereunder, and fails to cure such default for a period of
five (5) days after the due date;
(d) if Tenant shall fail to perform any of the other agreements,
terms, covenants, or conditions of this Lease on Tenant's part to be
performed and such non-performance shall continue for a period of twenty
(20) days after written notice thereof from Landlord specifying such
default or, if such performance cannot reasonably be accomplished within
such twenty (20) day period, Tenant shall not have promptly commenced such
performance and diligently proceeded therewith to completion; and
-9-
<PAGE>
16.2 If Tenant does not pay rent when due and fails to pay within five (5)
days of the due date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a fee of five (5%) percent of
the amount due Landlord in addition to the unpaid rent. In addition, Tenant
shall pay Landlord interest on the unpaid rent at the rate of ten (10%) percent
per annum accruing from the day that such unpaid rent fell due.
16.3 If an Event of Default occurs hereunder, Landlord at any time
thereafter may give written notice to Tenant terminating this Lease and all
rights of Tenant under this Lease shall expire and terminate and Tenant shall
remain liable as hereinafter provided.
16.4 Upon any termination of this Lease pursuant to paragraph 16.3, or any
termination resulting from summary proceedings or otherwise, Tenant shall
immediately quit and peaceably surrender the Premises to Landlord, without any
payment therefor by Landlord. Landlord, in addition to all other remedies herein
reserved to it, upon or at any time after such termination, may, without further
notice, enter upon and re-enter the Premises and possess and repossess itself
thereof by summary proceedings, ejectment or otherwise, and may dispossess
Tenant and remove Tenant and all other persons and property from the Premises,
and may have, hold and enjoy the Premises and the right to receive all rental
income of and from the same.
16.5 At any time after any such termination pursuant to paragraph 16.3 or
any termination by or resulting from summary proceedings or otherwise, Landlord
may relet the Premises or any part thereof, in the name of Landlord or
otherwise, for such term or terms (which may be greater or less than the period
which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the term of this Lease)
and on such conditions (which may include concessions or free rent) as Landlord,
in its sole discretion, may determine, and may collect and receive the rent
therefor.
16.6 No termination of this Lease pursuant to paragraph 16.3 or resulting
from summary proceedings or otherwise, shall relieve Tenant of its liability and
obligations under this Lease, and such liability and obligations shall survive
any such termination. In the event of any such termination, whether or not the
Premises or any part thereof shall have been relet, Tenant shall pay to Landlord
the fixed rent and additional rent and other sums and charges to be paid by
Tenant up to the time of such termination of this Lease, and thereafter Tenant,
until the end of what would have been the term of this Lease in the absence of
such termination, shall be liable to Landlord, for and shall pay to Landlord, as
and for liquidated and agreed current damages for Tenant's default, the
equivalent of the amount of the fixed rent and additional rent and such other
sums and charges which would be payable under this Lease by Tenant if this Lease
were still in effect, less the net proceeds, if any, of any reletting effected
pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 16.5, after deducting all of Landlord's
-10-
<PAGE>
expenses in connection with such reletting, including, without limitation, all
repossession costs, brokerage and management commissions, operating expenses,
legal expenses, reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements, alteration costs,
and expenses of preparation for such reletting. Tenant shall pay such current
damages (herein called "deficiency") to Landlord monthly on the days on which
the fixed rent would have been payable under this Lease if the Lease were still
in effect, and Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant each monthly
deficiency as the same shall arise. At any time after such termination, whether
or not Landlord shall have collected any monthly deficiencies as aforesaid,
Landlord shall be entitled, at Landlord's sole option, to recover from Tenant,
and Tenant shall pay to Landlord, on demand, as and for liquidated and agreed
final damages for Tenant's default, an amount equal to the then present worth of
the excess of the fixed rent reserved under this Lease and any additional rent
that would be payable under this Lease by Tenant if the Lease were still in
effect calculated from the date of such termination for what would be the then
unexpired term of this Lease if the same had remained in effect, over the then
fair rental value of the Premises for the same period.
16.7 Tenant hereby expressly waives, any right of redemption or
repossession in case Tenant shall be dispossessed by a judgment or by warrant of
any court of competent jurisdiction.
16.8 Each right and remedy of Landlord provided for in this Lease shall be
cumulative and shall be in addition to every other right or remedy provided for
in this Lease or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or
otherwise, and the exercise or beginning of the exercise by Landlord of any one
or more of such rights or remedies shall not operate as an election of remedies
or foreclose the exercise of any other such remedy.
16.9 LANDLORD AND TENANT WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDINGS OR
COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER ON ANY
MATTER WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS LEASE.
16.10 Tenant shall pay to Landlord all reasonable costs and expenses,
including reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred by Landlord in any action or
proceeding to which Landlord may be made a party by reason of Tenant's use and
occupancy of the Premises or otherwise related to Tenant's interest in this
Lease. Landlord shall pay to Tenant all reasonable costs and expenses, including
reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred by Tenant in any action or proceeding to
which Tenant may be made a party by reason of Landlord's interest in the
Premises and this Lease. In addition, each party shall pay to the other all
reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys fees, incurred by
the other in enforcing the covenants and provisions of this Lease.
-11-
<PAGE>
ARTICLE 17. Right to Cure Defaults
If either party fails to perform any of its obligations under this Lease,
the other may, after giving ten (10) days written notice (or without notice in
the event of any emergency), perform such obligation, and may enter upon the
Premises for such purpose. All sums paid and all expenses reasonably incurred by
either party in connection with such performance shall be due and payable by the
non-performing party within five days of presentation of a statement of such
charges, and any such unpaid amounts shall accrue interest at 10% per annum from
the due date.
ARTICLE 18. No Waiver
No failure by either party to insist upon strict performance of any
agreement, term, covenant or condition hereof, or to exercise any right or
remedy consequent upon a breach thereof, and no acceptance of full or partial
rental during the continuance of any such breach, shall constitute a present or
future waiver of any such breach, agreement, term, covenant or condition. No
waiver by either party of any breach by the other under this Lease shall affect
or alter this Lease in any way whatsoever, nor shall constitute a waiver of any
future breach of any provision hereof.
ARTICLE 19. End of Term
The Tenant shall surrender and deliver up the Premises at the expiration of
the term of this Lease or sooner termination of the term, in good repair and
condition, reasonable wear and tear thereof excepted, free and clear of all
liens and encumbrances, other than those, if any, existing as of the date of
this Lease or consented to or created by Landlord.
ARTICLE 20. Holdover Rent
20.1 If Tenant shall be in possession of the Premises at the end of the
term with the prior written consent of Landlord, the tenancy under this Lease
shall become month-to-month, terminable by either party on thirty (30) days'
written notice.
20.2 During and for any holdover period in which Tenant occupies the
Premises after expiration or Termination of the Lease, without the prior written
consent of Landlord, the monthly rental of fixed and additional rent shall be
double the monthly rental for the month immediately preceding the holdover
period. Tenant shall be .answerable in damages for any and all losses incurred
by Landlord as a result of a holdover tenancy.
-12-
<PAGE>
ARTICLE 21. Exhibiting Premises
Throughout the term of the Lease, upon reasonable advance oral notice to
Tenant, Landlord shall have access to the Premises for the purpose of showing
the premises to prospective Tenants and/or Purchasers, and Landlord may place
signs at the Premises advertising for sale or rent.
ARTICLE 22. [INTENTIONALLY DELETED]
ARTICLE 23. Real Estate Broker
Landlord and Tenant each warrant and represent to the other that they dealt
with no real estate brokers or other intermediary, in connection with any aspect
of this transaction or the consummation of this Lease except for Bill Sitar,
whose fees shall be paid by Landlord. Landlord and Tenant each agree to
indemnify and hold the other harmless from all costs, expenses, claims, and
judgments incurred by the other including, but not limited to, attorneys fees
resulting from breach by the other of the foregoing warranty and representation.
ARTICLE 24. Estoppel Certificates
Landlord and Tenant each agree for the convenience of the other that upon
not less than twenty (20) days notice to execute, acknowledge and deliver to the
requesting party a written statement certifying (i) that this Lease is
unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications,
that the Lease is in full force and effect as modified and specifying the
modifications), (ii) whether or not there are then existing any off-sets or
defenses against the enforcement of any of terms, covenants, or conditions
hereof to be performed by either Landlord or Tenant (and if so, specifying the
same), (iii) the dates to which the rent and additional rent have been paid in
advance, if any, (iv) whether or not Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, is
in default in performance of any covenant, agreement or condition contained in
this Lease (and, if so, specifying each such default, (v) the amount of rent
currently payable under the Lease, (vi) the Commencement Date and Expiration
Dates of the term of the Lease; and (vii) such other information as Landlord or
Tenant or Landlord's mortgagee may reasonably request with respect to the Lease.
ARTICLE 25. Notices
Any notice, approval, consent or other communication required to be given
in writing under this Lease shall be delivered as follows:
-13-
<PAGE>
(a) If to Landlord, to:
105 Sylvania Place, L.L.C.
c/o Silverline Building Products, Inc.
207 Pond Avenue
P.O. Box 3010
Middlesex, NJ 08856
Tel: (908) 752-8600
Fax: (908) 752-5348
With a copy to:
Alan R. Hammer, Esq.
Brach, Eichler, Rosenberg, Silver,
Bernstein, Hammer & Gladstone
101 Eisenhower Parkway
Roseland, NJ 07068-1067
Tel.: (201) 228-5700
Fax: (201) 228-7852
(b) If to Tenant, to:
Community Distributors, Incorporated
251 Industrial Parkway
Somerville, NJ 08876
Tel.: 908/722-8701
Fax.: 908/722-2902
With a copy to:
Jack Goldstein, Esq.
233 Broadway
New York, NY
Tel.: 212/267-0700
Fax.: 212/227-6534
Any such notice, approval, consent or other communication shall be deemed given
(i) when delivered personally, or (ii) two (2) days after deposited in a
regularly maintained postal service receptacle and mailed by certified mail,
return receipt requested, or (iii) when transmitted by telecopier to the
respective number specified above and written confirmation of receipt has been
received. A party may change its notice address or fax numbers by giving notice
as provided herein to the other parties hereto.
ARTICLE 26. Quiet Enjoyment
Landlord covenants that so long as this Lease is in full force and effect
and Tenant is not in default hereunder beyond any applicable cure period, Tenant
shall and may peaceably and quietly
-14-
<PAGE>
have, hold, and enjoy the Premises for the term hereby granted without
disturbance by or from Landlord.
ARTICLE 27. Subordination and Attornment
27.1 The Lease shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease or
mortgage which at any time may be placed on the Premises by Landlord and any
renewal, replacement, extension or consolidation thereof, and the Tenant shall
promptly execute and deliver such further instruments confirming such
subordination of this Lease as may be desired by the holder of any such ground
lease or mortgage, and Tenant hereby appoints Landlord its attorney-in-fact for
the purpose of executing such instruments, provided however, that such ground
lease, mortgage, or subordination agreement shall provide that Tenant shall not
be disturbed in its tenancy under the Lease, as long as Tenant is not in default
thereunder. Neither this Lease nor any memorandum thereof may be recorded by
Tenant and any such recording shall be deemed an Event of Default hereunder.
27.2 Tenant shall attorn to any successor or assignee of Landlord,
including Landlord's Mortgagee or to a purchaser at foreclosure, in the event
the Mortgagee, by foreclosure or otherwise, terminates Landlord's interest in
the Premises.
ARTICLE 28. Miscellaneous
28.1 The construction and enforcement of this Lease shall be governed by
the laws of the State of New Jersey.
28.2 This Lease contains the entire agreement between the parties and
cannot be changed or terminated orally, but only by instrument in writing signed
by the parties hereto.
28.3 Any prior agreement of the parties is superseded by this Lease.
28.4 The agreements, terms, covenants, and conditions herein shall bind and
inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant and their respective heirs, personal
representatives, successors, mortgagees and their assigns.
28.5 This Lease shall be construed as an instrument jointly drafted by
parties, having comparable bargaining power, with no presumption in favor of or
against either party.
-15-
<PAGE>
ARTICLE 29. Limitation of Liability
Landlord, and in case Landlord shall be a joint venture, partnership,
tenancy-in-common, association or other form of joint ownership, the members of
any such joint venture, partnership, tenancy-in-common, association or other
such form of joint ownership, shall have absolutely no personal liability with
respect to any provision of this Lease or any obligation or liability arising
from this Lease or in connection with this Lease in the event of a breach or
default by Landlord of any of its obligations. Tenant shall look solely to the
equity of the Landlord in the Premises at the time of the breach or default (or
if the interest of the Landlord is a leasehold interest at that time, Tenant
shall look solely to such leasehold interest) for the satisfaction of any
remedies of Tenant.
ARTICLE 30. Interruption in Utilities
The stoppage or reduction of any utilities or services shall not excuse the
Tenant from paying fixed rent and additional rent and the Landlord shall not be
liable for any loss or expense resulting from such stoppage or reduction.
ARTICLE 31. Environmental Law Compliance
Tenant does hereby covenant for itself, its successors and assigns, that it
shall, at its own cost and expense, do everything necessary so that its use and
occupancy of the Premises complies with every law, statute, rule, ordinance,
regulation, directive, order and notice of any municipal, county, state, federal
or other authority, concerning the protection of the environment. Tenant agrees
to indemnify and hold harmless the Landlord, its successors and assigns from any
and all costs, charges, fines and penalties imposed on the Landlord, its
successors and assigns, by reason of the failure, neglect or refusal of the
Tenant to comply with the foregoing sentence. Tenant shall not be responsible
for any cost, claim or expense arising from a suspected or actual violation of
an Environmental Law, if such violation was not committed by Tenant, its
employees, licensees, agents and invitees, or does not otherwise result from
Tenant's use and occupancy of the Premises.
ARTICLE 32. No Option
The submission of this Lease for execution does not constitute a
reservation, offer or option for the Premises and this Lease becomes effective
as a Lease only upon execution and delivery thereof by Landlord and Tenant.
-16-
<PAGE>
ARTICLE 34. Authority to Enter This Lease
Landlord warrants and represents to the Tenant that it is the fee owner of
the Premises. Landlord and Tenant warrant and represent to each other that each
has the authority to enter into this Lease. Upon the execution of this Lease,
Landlord and Tenant shall deliver to the other a true copy of an resolution or
authorization, of the Tenant and Landlord, certified by a duly authorized
officer or representative of Tenant and Landlord, authorizing execution,
delivery and performance of this Lease.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease of the day
and year first above written.
ATTEST: COMMUNITY DISTRIBUTORS, INCORPORATED
Tenant
/s/ William Gilligan By: /s/ Frank Marfino
- ------------------------------ -----------------------------
WITNESS: 105 SYLVANIA PLACE, L.L.C.
Landlord
/s/ Frank J. Agolio By: /s/ ILLEGIBLE
- ------------------------------ -----------------------------
-17-
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT A
DESCRIPTION
<PAGE>
[FLOORPLAN]
This Lease Agreement, made the 5th day of May 1983,
Between JAM REALTY COMPANY, a partnership consisting of Jules J. Siegel,
Arlene Siegel and Martin D. Daffner,
Landlord
located at 251 Industrial Parkway in the Township of Branchburg in the County of
Somerset and State of New Jersey, herein designated as the Landlord,
And COMMUNITY DISTRIBUTORS, INC., a New Jersey corporation,
Tenant
located at 251 Industrial Parkway in the Township of Branchburg in the County of
Somerset and the State of New Jersey, herein designated as the Tenant;
Witnesseth that, the Landlord does hereby lease to the Tenant and the
Tenant does hereby rent from the Landlord, the following premises:
Premises
All of the buildings, improvements and realty commonly known as 251 Industrial
Parkway, Branchburg Township (Somerville), New Jersey (a/k/a Block 17, Lot 1-A
on the Branchburg Township Tax Map), and more particularly described or shown on
"Schedule A" annexed hereto.
Term
for a term of fifteen (15) years commencing and terminating on the dates set
forth in the annexed Rider,
Use
to be used and occupied only and for no other purpose than as a distribution
center, warehouse and administrative offices for retail drug and variety stores,
and as offices for affiliated and related companies.
Upon the following Conditions and Covenants:
Payment of Rent
1st: The Tenant covenants and agrees to pay to the Landlord, as rent for
and during the term hereof, the sum of $3,032,100.00 (Three Million Thirty-Two
Thousand One Hundred and No/100 Dollars) in the following manner: Said rental is
payable in equal monthly installments of $16,845.00 (Sixteen Thousand Eight
Hundred Forty-Five and No/100 Dollars) on or before the first day of each month
during the term of the lease.
Repairs and Care
2nd: The Tenant has examined the premises and has entered into this lease
without any representation on the part of the Landlord as to the condition
thereof. The Tenant shall take good care of the premises and shall at the
Tenant's own cost and expense, make all repairs, including painting and
decorating, and shall maintain the premises in good condition and state of
repair, and at the end or other expiration of the term hereof, shall deliver up
the rented premises in good order and condition, wear and tear from a reasonable
use thereof, and damage by the elements not resulting from the neglect or fault
of the Tenant, excepted. The Tenant shall neither encumber nor obstruct the
sidewalks, driveways, yards, entrances, hallways and stairs, but shall keep and
maintain the same in a clean condition, free from debris, trash, refuse, snow
and ice.
Glass, Etc.
Damage Repairs
3rd: In case of the destruction of or any damage to the glass in the leased
premises, or the destruction of or damage of any kind whatsoever to the said
premises, caused by the carelessness, negligence or improper conduct on the part
of the Tenant or the Tenant's agents, employees, guests, licensees, invitees,
subtenants, assignees or successors, the Tenant shall repair the said damage or
replace or restore any destroyed parts of the premises, as speedily as possible,
at the Tenant's own cost and expense.
Alterations
Improvements
4th: No alterations, additions or improvements shall be made, and no
climate regulating, air conditioning, cooling, heating or sprinkler systems,
television or radio antennas, heavy equipment, apparatus and fixtures, shall be
installed in or attached to the leased premises, without the written consent of
the Landlord. Unless otherwise provided herein, all such alterations, additions
or improvements and systems, when made, installed in or attached to the said
premises, shall belong to and become the property of the Landlord and shall be
surrendered with the premises and as part thereof upon the expiration or sooner
termination of this lease, without hindrance, molestation or injury.
Signs
5th: The Tenant shall not place nor allow to be placed any signs of any
kind whatsoever, upon, in or about the said premises or any part thereof, except
of a design and structure and in or at such places as may be indicated and
consented to by the Landlord in writing. In case the Landlord or the Landlord's
agents, employees or representatives shall deem it necessary to remove any such
signs in order to paint or make any repairs, alterations or improvements in or
upon said premises or any part thereof, they may be so removed, but shall be
replaced at the Landlord's expense when the said repairs, alterations or
improvements shall have been completed. Any signs permitted by the Landlord
shall at all times conform with all municipal ordinances or other laws and
regulations applicable thereto.
Utilities
6th: The Tenant shall pay when due all the rents or charges for water or
other utilities used by the Tenant, which are or may be assessed or imposed upon
the leased premises or which are or may be charged to the Landlord by the
suppliers thereof during the term hereof, and if not paid, such rents or charges
shall be added to and become payable as additional rent with the installment of
rent next due or within 30 days of demand therefor, whichever occurs sooner.
Compliance with Laws etc.
7th: The Tenant shall promptly comply with all laws, ordinances, rules,
regulations, requirements and directives of the Federal, State and Municipal
Governments or Public Authorities and of all their departments, bureaus and
subdivisions, applicable to and affecting the said premises, their use and
occupancy, for the correction, prevention and abatement of nuisances, violations
or other grievances in, upon or connected with the said premises, during the
term hereof; and shall promptly comply with all orders, regulations,
requirements and directives of the Board of Fire Underwriters or similar
authority and of any insurance companies which have issued or are about to issue
policies of insurance covering the said premises and its contents, for the
prevention of fire or other casualty, damage or injury, at the Tenant's own cost
and expense.
Liability Insurance
Indemnification
8th: The Tenant, at Tenant's own cost and expense, shall obtain or provide
and keep in full force for the benefit of the Landlord, during the term hereof,
general public liability insurance, insuring the Landlord against any and all
liability or claims of liability arising out of, occasioned by or resulting from
any accident or otherwise in or about the leased premises, for injuries to any
person or persons, for limits of not less than $5,000,000.00 for injuries to one
person and $25,000,000.00 for injuries to more than one person, in any one
accident or occurrence, and for loss or damage to the property of any person or
persons, for not less than $500,000.00. The policy or policies of insurance
shall be of a company or companies authorized to do business in this State and
shall be delivered to the Landlord, together with evidence of the payment of the
premiums therefor, not less than fifteen days prior to the commencement of the
term hereof or of the date when the Tenant shall enter into possession,
whichever occurs sooner. At least fifteen days prior to the expiration or
termination date of any policy, the Tenant shall deliver a renewal or
replacement policy with proof of the payment of the premium therefor. The Tenant
also agrees to and shall save, hold and keep harmless and indemnify the Landlord
from and for any and all payments, expenses, costs, attorney fees and from and
for any and all claims and liability for losses or damage to property or
injuries to persons occasioned wholly or in part by or resulting from any acts
or omissions by the Tenant or the Tenant's agents, employee's, guests,
licensees, invitees, subtenants, assignees or successors, or for any cause
[ILLEGIBLE]
<PAGE>
Assignment
9th: The Tenant shall not, without the written consent of the Landlord,
assign, mortgage or hypothecate this lease, Assignment nor sublet or sublease
the premises or any part thereof.
Restriction of use
10th: The Tenant shall not occupy or use the leased premises or any part
thereof, nor permit or suffer the same to be occupied or used for any purposes
other than as herein limited, nor for any purpose deemed unlawful, disreputable,
or extra hazardous, on account of fire or other casualty.
Mortgage Priority
11th: This lease shall not be a lien against the said premises in respect
to any mortgages that may hereafter be placed upon said premises. The recording
of such mortgage or mortgages shall have preference and precedence and be
superior and prior in lien to this lease, irrespective of the date of recording
and the Tenant agrees to execute any instruments, without cost, which may be
deemed necessary or desirable, to further effect the subordination of this lease
to any such mortgage or mortgages. A refusal by the Tenant to execute such
instruments shall entitle the Landlord to the option of cancelling this lease,
and the term hereof is hereby expressly limited accordingly.
Condemnation
Eminent Domain
12th: If the land and premises leased herein, or of which the leased
premises are a part, or any portion thereof, shall be taken under eminent domain
or condemnation proceedings, or if suit or other action shall be instituted for
the taking or condemnation thereof, or if in lieu of any formal condemnation
proceedings or actions, the Landlord shall grant an option to purchase and or
shall sell and convey the said premises or any portion thereof, to the
governmental or other public authority, agency, body or public utility, seeking
to take said land and premises or any portion thereof, then this lease, at the
option of the Landlord, shall terminate, and the term hereof shall end as of
such date as the Landlord shall fix by notice in writing; and the Tenant shall
have no claim or right to claim or be entitled to any portion of any amount
which may be awarded as damages or paid as the result of such condemnation
proceedings or paid as the purchase price for such option, sale or conveyance in
lieu of formal condemnation proceedings; and all rights of the Tenant to
damages, if any, are hereby assigned to the Landlord. The Tenant agrees to
execute and deliver any instruments, at the expense of the Landlord, as may be
deemed necessary or required to expedite any condemnation proceedings or to
effectuate a proper transfer of title to such governmental or other public
authority, agency, body or public utility seeking to take or acquire the said
lands and premises or any portion thereof. The Tenant covenants and agrees to
vacate the said premises, remove all the Tenant's personal property therefrom
and deliver up peaceable possession thereof to the Landlord or to such other
party designated by the Landlord in the aforementioned notice. Failure by the
Tenant to comply with any provisions in this clause shall subject the Tenant to
such costs, expenses, damages and losses as the Landlord may incur by reason of
the Tenant's breach hereof.
Fire and other Casualty
13th: In case of fire or other casualty, the Tenant shall give immediate
notice to the Landlord. If the premises shall be partially damaged by fire, the
elements or other casualty, the Landlord shall repair the same as speedily as
practicable, but the Tenant's obligation to pay the rent hereunder shall not
cease. If, in the opinion of the Landlord, the premises be so extensively and
substantially damaged as to render them untenantable, then the rent shall cease
until such time as the premises shall be made tenantable by the Landlord.
However, if, in the opinion of the Landlord, the premises be totally destroyed
or so extensively and substantially damaged as to require practically a
rebuilding thereof, then the rent shall be paid up to the time of such
destruction and then and from thenceforth this lease shall come to an end. In no
event however, shall the provisions of this clause become effective or be
applicable, if the fire or other casualty and damage shall be the result of the
carelessness, negligence or improper conduct of the Tenant or the Tenant's
agents, employees, guests, licensees, invitees, subtenants, assignees or
successors. In such case, the Tenant's liability for the payment of the rent and
the performance of all the covenants, conditions and terms hereof on the
Tenant's part to be performed shall continue and the Tenant shall be liable to
the Landlord for the damage and loss suffered by the Landlord. If the Tenant
shall have been insured against any of the risks herein covered, then the
proceeds of such insurance shall be paid over to the Landlord to the extent of
the Landlord's costs and expenses to make the repairs hereunder, and such
insurance carriers shall have no recourse against the Landlord for
reimbursement.
Reimbursement of Landlord
14th: If the Tenant shall fail or refuse to comply with and perform any
conditions and covenants of the within lease, the Landlord may, if the Landlord
so elects, carry out and perform such conditions and covenants, at the cost and
expense of the Tenant, and the said cost and expense shall be payable on demand,
or at the option of the Landlord shall be added to the installment of rent due
immediately thereafter but in no case later than one month after such demand,
whichever occurs sooner, and shall be due and payable as such. This remedy shall
be in addition to such other remedies as the Landlord may have hereunder by
reason of the breach by the Tenant of any of the covenants and conditions in
this lease contained.
Inspection and Repair
15th: The Tenant agrees that the Landlord and the Landlord's agents,
employees or other representatives, shall have the right to enter into and upon
the said premises or any part thereof, at all reasonable hours, for the purpose
of examining the same or making such repairs or alterations therein as may be
necessary for the safety and preservation thereof. This clause shall not be
deemed to be a covenant by the Landlord nor be construed to create an obligation
on the part of the Landlord to make such inspection or repairs.
Right to Exhibit
16th: The Tenant agrees to permit the Landlord and the Landlord's agents,
employees or other representatives to show the premises to persons wishing to
rent or purchase the same, and Tenant agrees that on and after one (1) year next
preceding the expiration of the term hereof, the Landlord or the Landlord's
agents, employees or other representatives shall have the right to place notices
on the front of said premises or any part thereof, offering the premises for
rent or for sale; and the Tenant hereby agrees to permit the same to remain
thereon without hindrance or molestation.
Increase of Insurance Rates
17th: If for any reason it shall be impossible to obtain fire and other
hazard insurance on the buildings and improvements on the leased premises, in an
amount and in the form and in insurance companies acceptable to the Landlord,
the Landlord may, if the Landlord so elects at any time thereafter, terminate
this lease and the term hereof, upon giving to the Tenant fifteen days notice in
writing of the Landlord's intention so to do, and upon the giving of such
notice, this lease and the term thereof shall terminate. If by reason of the use
to which the premises are put by the Tenant or character of or the manner in
which the Tenant's business is carried on, the insurance rates for fire and
other hazards shall be increased, the Tenant shall upon demand, pay to the
Landlord, as rent, the amounts by which the premiums for such insurance are
increased. Such payment shall be paid with the next installment of rent but in
no case later than one month after such demand, whichever occurs sooner.
Removal of Tenant's Property
18th: Any equipment, fixtures, goods or other property of the Tenant, not
removed by the Tenant upon the termination of this lease, or upon any quitting,
vacating or abandonment of the premises by the Tenant, or upon the Tenant's
eviction, shall be considered as abandoned and the Landlord shall have the
right, without any notice to the Tenant, to sell or otherwise dispose of the
same, at the expense of the Tenant, and shall not be accountable to the Tenant
for any part of the proceeds of such sale, if any.
Remedies upon Tenant's Default
19th: If there should occur any default on the part of the Tenant in the
performance of any conditions and covenants herein contained, or if during the
term hereof the premises or any part thereof shall be or become abandoned or
deserted, vacated or vacant, or should the Tenant be evicted by summary
proceedings or otherwise, the Landlord, in addition to any other remedies herein
contained or as may be permitted by law, may either by force or otherwise,
without being liable for prosecution therefor, or for damages, re-enter the said
premises and the same have and again possess and enjoy; and as agent for the
Tenant or otherwise, re-let the premises and receive the rents therefor and
apply the same, first to the payment of such expenses, reasonable attorney fees
and costs, as the Landlord may have been put to in re-entering and repossessing
the same and in making such repairs and alterations as may be necessary; and
second to the payment of the rents due hereunder. The Tenant shall remain liable
for such rents as may be in arrears and also the rents as may accrue subsequent
to the re-entry by the Landlord, to the extent of the difference between the
rents reserved hereunder and the rents, if any, received by the Landlord during
the remainder of the unexpired term hereof, after deducting the aforementioned
expenses, fees and costs; the same to be paid as such deficiencies arise and are
ascertained each month.
Termination on Default
20th: Upon the occurrence of any of the contingencies set forth in the
preceding clause, or should the Tenant be adjudicated a bankrupt, insolvent or
placed in receivership, or should proceedings be instituted by or against the
Tenant for bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, agreement of composition or
assignment for the benefit of creditors, or if this lease or the estate of the
Tenant hereunder shall pass to another by virtue of any court proceedings, writ
of execution, levy, sale, or by operation of law, the Landlord may, if the
Landlord so elects, at any time thereafter, terminate this lease and the term
hereof, upon giving to the Tenant or to any trustee, receiver, assignee or other
person in charge of or acting as custodian of the assets or property of the
Tenant, five days notice in writing, of the Landlord's intention so to do. Upon
the giving of such notice, this lease and the term hereof shall end on the date
fixed in such notice as if the said date was the date originally fixed in this
lease for the expiration hereof; and the Landlord shall have the right to remove
all persons, goods, fixtures and chattels therefrom, by force or otherwise,
without liability for damages.
Non-Liability of Landlord
21st: The Landlord shall not be liable for any damage or injury which may
be sustained by the Tenant or any other person, as a consequence of the failure,
breakage, leakage or obstruction of the water, plumbing, steam, sewer, waste or
soil pipes, roof, drains, leaders, gutters, valleys, downspouts or the like or
of the electrical, gas, power, conveyor, refrigeration, sprinkler,
airconditioning or heating systems, elevators or hoisting equipment; or by
reason of the elements; or resulting from the carelessness, negligence or
improper conduct on the part of any other Tenant or of the Landlord or the
Landlord's or this or any other Tenant's agents, employees, guests, licensees,
invitees, subtenants, assignees or successors; or attributable to any
interference with, interruption of or failure, beyond the control of the
landlord, of any services to be furnished or supplied by the Landlord.
Non-Waiver by Landlord
22nd: The various rights, remedies, options and elections of the Landlord,
expressed herein, are cumulative, and the failure of the Landlord to enforce
strict performance by the Tenant of the conditions and covenants of this lease
or to exercise any election or option or to resort or have recourse to any
remedy herein conferred or the acceptance by the Landlord of any installment of
rent after any breach by the Tenant, in any one or more instances, shall not be
construed or deemed to be a waiver or a relinquishment for the future by the
Landlord of any such conditions and covenants, options, elections or remedies,
but the same shall continue in full force and effect.
<PAGE>
Non-Performance by Landlord
23rd: This lease and the obligation of the Tenant to pay the rent hereunder
and to comply with the covenants and conditions hereof, shall not be affected,
curtailed, impaired or excused because of the Landlord's inability to supply any
service or material called for herein, by reason of any rule, order, regulation
or preemption by any governmental entity, authority, department, agency or
subdivision or for any delay which may arise by reason of negotiations for the
adjustment of any fire or other casualty loss or because of strikes or other
labor trouble or for any cause beyond the control of the Landlord.
Validity of Lease
24th: The terms, conditions, covenants and provisions of this lease shall
be deemed to be severable. If any clause or provision herein contained shall be
adjudged to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction or
by operation of any applicable law, it shall not affect the validity of any
other clause or provision herein, but such other clauses or provisions shall
remain in full force and effect.
Notices
25th: All notices required under the terms of this lease shall be given and
shall be complete by personal delivery or by mailing such notices by certified
or registered mail, return receipt requested, to the address of the parties as
shown at the head of this lease, or to such other address as may be designated
in writing, which notice of change of address shall be given in the same manner.
Title and Quiet Enjoyment
26th: The Landlord covenants and represents that the Landlord is the owner
of the premises herein leased and has the right and authority to enter into,
execute and deliver this lease; and does further covenant that the Tenant on
paying the rent and performing the conditions and covenants herein contained,
shall and may peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the leased premises for
the term aforementioned.
Entire Contract
27th: This lease contains the entire contract between the parties. No
representative, agent or employee of the Landlord has been authorized to make
any representations or promises with reference to the within letting or to vary,
alter or modify the terms hereof. No additions, changes or modifications,
renewals or extensions hereof, shall be binding unless reduced to writing and
signed by the Landlord and the Tenant.
Recapture upon Sale
28th: If the premises leased hereunder or of which the leased premises are
a part, shall be sold during the term hereof, then if the Landlord so elects the
Tenant agrees to vacate the premises, remove all the Tenant's property and
deliver up peaceable possession thereof to the Landlord, within thirty (30) days
of written demand therefor, and the term hereof and this lease shall terminate
upon the date fixed in said demand.
Tax Increase
[This Clause "29th" stricken from Agreement]
Mechanics' Liens
30th: If any mechanics' or other liens shall be created or filed against
the leased premises by reason of labor performed or materials furnished for the
Tenant in the erection, construction, completion, alteration, repair or addition
to any building or improvement, the Tenant shall within ten (l0) days
thereafter, at the Tenant's own cost and expense, cause such lien or liens to be
satisfied and discharged of record together with any Notices of Intention that
may have been filed. Failure so to do, shall entitle the Landlord to resort to
such remedies as are provided herein in the case of any default of this lease,
in addition to such as are permitted by law.
Waiver of Subrogation Rights
31st: The Tenant waives all rights of recovery against the Landlord or
Landlord's agents, employees or other representatives, for any loss, damages or
injury of any nature whatsoever to property or persons for which the Tenant is
insured. The Tenant shall obtain from the Tenant's insurance carriers and will
deliver to the Landlord, waivers of the subrogation rights under the respective
policies.
Security
[This Clause "32nd" stricken from Agreement]
SEE RIDER ANNEXED HERETO AND INCORPORATED HEREIN.
Conformation with Laws and Regulations
The Landlord may pursue the relief or remedy sought in any invalid clause,
by conforming the said clause with the provisions of the statutes or the
regulations of any governmental agency in such case made and provided as if the
particular provisions of the applicable statutes or regulations were set forth
herein at length.
In all references herein to any parties, persons, entities or corporations
the use of any particular gender or the plural or singular number is intended to
include the appropriate gender or number as the text of the within instrument
may require. All the terms, covenants and conditions herein contained shall be
for and shall inure to the benefit of and shall bind the respective parties
hereto, and their heirs, executors, administrators, personal or legal
representatives, successors and assigns.
In Witness Whereof, the parties hereto have hereunto set their hands and
seals, or caused these presents to be signed by their proper corporate officers
and their proper corporate seal to be hereto affixed, the day and year first
above written.
Signed, Sealed and Delivered JAM REALTY COMPANY
in the presence of by: /s/ Arlene L. Siegel
or Attested by ---------------------------------
ARLENE SIEGEL, Partner (Landlord)
/s/ Beulah P. Burke
- -------------------------------
COMMUNITY DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
Witness as to Landlord
ATTEST:
/s/ Jules J. Siegel
/s/ Martin G. Daffner -------------------------------------
- ------------------------------- JULES J. SIEGEL President
MARTIN G. DAFFNER, Secretary (Tenant)
<PAGE>
State of New Jersey, County of ss.: Be it Remembered,
that on 19 , before me, subscriber,
personally appeared
who, I am satisfied, the person named in and who executed the within
Instrument,and thereupon acknowledged that signed, sealed and delivered the same
as act and deed, for the uses and purposes therein expressed.
------------------------------------------------------------
State of New Jersey, County of ss.: Be it Remembered,
that on 19 , before me, subscriber,
personally appeared
who, being by me duly sworn on h oath, deposes and makes proof to my
satisfaction, that he is the Secretary of
the Corporation named in the within Instrument;
that is the President of said Corporation; that the execution, as well as the
making of this Instrument, has been duly authorized by a proper resolution of
the Board of Directors of the said Corporation; that deponent well knows the
corporate seal of said Corporation; and that the seal affixed to said Instrument
is the proper corporate seal and was thereto affixed and said Instrument signed
and delivered by said President as and for the voluntary act and deed of said
Corporation, in presence of deponent, who thereupon subscribed h name thereto as
attesting witness.
Sworn to and subscribed before me, the date aforesaid.
================================================================================
Lease.
JAM REALTY COMPANY, a partnership
consisting of Jules J. Siegel,
Arlene Siegel
and Martin G. Daffner
TO
COMMUNITY DISTRIBUTOR, INC.,
a New Jersey Corporation
================================================================================
Dated, May 5, 1983
================================================================================
Term: Fifteen (15) years
Expires: As set forth in Lease and Rider
Rent, $16,845 per month
Prepared by:
BERNSTEIN, HOFFMAN & CLARK, ESQS.
336 Park Avenue
Scotch Plains, New Jersey 07076
ASSIGNMENT OF LEASE
For one dollar and other good and valuable consideration, the Tenant as
Assignor, assigns this Lease and all the Assignor's rights and privileges
therein, including any and all monies deposited with the Landlord as security,
subject to all the terms, covenants and conditions contained therein; and the
Assignee accepts this Assignment of Lease and assumes and agrees to comply with
and be bound by the terms, covenants and conditions in said Lease contained. The
signature of the Landlord hereto is evidence of the Landlord's consent to and
acceptance of this Assignment of Lease.
- ----------------------------------- -------------------------------------
Assignee Assignor
-------------------------------------
Landlord
<PAGE>
RIDER ANNEXED TO AND INCORPORATED WITHIN
LEASE AGREEMENT DATED May 5, 1983 BETWEEN
JAM REALTY COMPANY, LANDLORD, AND
COMMUNITY DISTRIBUTORS, INC., TENANT.
The Landlord and the Tenant in the annexed Lease Agreement do further
agree, on this 5th day of May, 1983, by and between themselves, as follows:
1. The Lease Agreement shall commence as of the date that Landlord acquires
title to the demised premises referred to in said Lease Agreement; and,
providing that same is the first day of a month, the term of the Lease Agreement
shall run for a period of fifteen (15) years from the commencement date. In the
event that the commencement date is a date other than the first day of a month,
the term of the Lease Agreement shall run for a period consisting of (a) the
balance of the month in which the commencement date occurs, plus (b) a period of
fifteen (15) years beginning as of the first day of the following month. If the
provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall apply, then the Landlord
and the Tenant shall pro-rate the first fractional month's rental based upon the
number of days in that month. The parties agree to confirm in writing the exact
commencement and termination dates of the Lease Agreement as soon as same are
known.
2. In addition to its insurance obligations set forth in the Lease
Agreement, the Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall keep the demised
premises insured for the mutual benefit of Landlord, any mortgagee requested by
Landlord and Tenant during the term of this Lease Agreement, for the following:
(a) Against loss or damage by fire and against loss or damage by other
risks now or hereafter embraced by "Extended Coverage", so-called, with
replacement cost (depreciation) endorsement, in amounts sufficient to prevent
Landlord or Tenant from becoming a co-insurer under the terms of the applicable
policies, but in any event in an amount not less than the then "full replacement
cost" without any deduction for physical depreciation of the Improvements. Such
"full replacement cost" shall be determined at Tenant's sole cost and expense
from time to time (but not more frequently than once in any twenty-four (24)
calendar months) at the request of Landlord, by an appraiser, engineer,
architect or contractor designated by Tenant and approved in writing by Landlord
(such approval not to be unreasonably withheld). No omission on the part of
Landlord to request any such determination shall relieve Tenant of any of its
obligations under this paragraph; and
(b) Against such other risks, and for such amounts and on such terms, as
the Landlord may reasonably designate from time to time.
The policy or policies of insurance for the foregoing shall be of a company
or companies authorized to do business in this State and shall be delivered to
the Landlord, together with evidence of the payment of the premiums therefor,
not less than fifteen days prior to the commencement of the term hereof or of
the date when the Tenant shall enter into possession, whichever occurs sooner.
At least fifteen days prior to the expiration or termination date of any policy,
the Tenant shall deliver a renewal or replacement policy with proof of the
payment of the premium therefor.
3. The Tenant shall pay fully, and on or before the dates when same are
due, directly to the governmental authority or authorities or agency or agencies
involved, all real estate taxes, duties, assessments (special or otherwise),
water and sewer rents, whether ordinary or extraordinary, general or special,
<PAGE>
foreseen or unforeseen, of any kind and nature whatsoever, which at any time
during the term of this Lease Agreement shall be assessed, levied, confirmed,
imposed upon or grow out of, or become due and payable in respect of, or become
a lien on or be attributable in any manner to the demised premises, or the rents
receivable therefrom, or any part thereof or any use thereon or any facility
located therein or used in connection therewith or any charge or other payment
required to be paid to any governmental authority, whether or not any of the
foregoing shall be a so-called "real estate tax" (all of which are hereinafter
referred to as "Impositions"). All Impositions or installments thereof payable
with respect to the tax year in which this Lease Agreement shall commence, and
all Impositions or installments thereof with respect to the tax year in which
this Lease Agreement shall terminate, shall be apportioned, except any
Imposition which becomes a lien during the term, which Landlord shall elect to
pay in installments as may be provided by law, shall, to the extent otherwise
payable pursuant to this Lease, be paid in full prior to the expiration of the
Term of this Lease as if the Landlord had not elected to pay the same in
installments. The Tenant shall, promptly following its payment of all of the
foregoing Impositions, furnish the Landlord with proof of payment of same.
4. It is the intention of the Landlord and the Tenant that the rent herein
specified shall be net to the Landlord in each year during the term of this
Lease Agreement, that all costs, expenses and obligations of every kind relating
to the demised premises which may arise or become due during the term of this
Lease Agreement, shall be paid by the Tenant, and that the Landlord shall be
indemnified by the Tenant against all such costs, expenses and obligations. The
net rent shall be paid to the Landlord without notice or demand and without any
abatement, deduction, or setoff.
5. This Lease Agreement shall be interpreted and construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of New Jersey.
6. In the event of any inconsistencies between the provisions of this Lease
Agreement and the provisions of this Rider, the provisions of the Rider shall
govern.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunto set their hands and
seals, or caused these presents to be signed by their proper corporate officers
and their proper corporate seal to be hereto affixed, the day and year first
above written.
Signed, Sealed and Delivered JAM REALTY COMPANY
in the presence of or
attested by By: /s/ Arlene L. Siegel
-----------------------------------
Arlene Siegel, Partner (Landlord)
/s/ Beulah P. Burke
- -------------------------------
Witness as to Landlord COMMUNITY DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
Attest: By: /s/ Jules J. Siegel
-----------------------------------
Jules J. Siegel, President (Tenant)
/s/ Martin G. Daffner
- -------------------------------
Martin G. Daffner, Secretary
EMPLOYMENT AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT
Frank Marfino
This EMPLOYMENT AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), dated
as of January 30, 1995, is between Newrxco, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"Employer"), and Frank Marfino (the "Employee").
WHEREAS, the Employer intends to purchase all of the stock (the
"Stock") of Community Distributors, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"), pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 26, 1994
(the "Stock Purchase Agreement"), among the Employer, Jules Siegel, Arlene
Siegel and Martin Daffner;
WHEREAS, the Employee is currently employed as an executive officer of
the Company and the Employer desires that the Employee continue to work as an
executive officer of the Company;
WHEREAS, immediately after the purchase of the Stock, the Employer will
merge with and into the Company with the Company as the surviving corporation,
and after such merger the term "Employer" shall be deemed to mean and refer to
the Company; and
WHEREAS, in connection with the foregoing, the Employer wishes to
employ the Employee as an executive officer of the Employer, and the Employee
wishes to work as an executive officer of the Employer, on the terms set forth
below.
NOW, THEREFORE, it is hereby agreed as follows:
ss.1. EMPLOYMENT. The Employer hereby employs the Employee, and the
Employee hereby accepts employment, upon the terms and subject to the conditions
hereinafter set forth.
ss.2. DUTIES. The Employee shall be employed as the President and Chief
Executive Officer of the Employer. In such capacity, the Employee shall have
such executive responsibilities and duties as are assigned by the Employer's
Board of Directors (the "Board") and are consistent with the position of
President and Chief Executive Officer of the Employer. The Employee agrees to
devote his full time and best efforts to the performance of his duties to the
Employer.
<PAGE>
-2-
ss.3. TERM. The initial term of employment of the Employee hereunder
shall commence on the closing date of the acquisition under the Stock Purchase
Agreement (the "Commencement Date") and shall continue until the fifth
anniversary of the Commencement Date (the "Initial Term"), unless earlier
terminated pursuant to ss.6, and shall be renewed automatically for additional
one (1) year terms thereafter unless terminated by either party by written
notice to the other given at least ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of
the then current term.
ss.4. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS. Until the termination of the
Employee's employment hereunder, in consideration for the services of the
Employee hereunder, the Employer shall compensate the Employee as follows:
(a) Base Salary. The Employer shall pay the Employee, in accordance
with the Employer's then current payroll practices, a base salary (the "Base
Salary"). The Base Salary will be paid at an annual rate of $400,000, and shall
be increased annually during the term of the Employee's employment hereunder by
the percentage increase in the consumer price index for urban wage earners for
the New York and Northeastern New Jersey area for the preceding four (4)
calendar quarters for which information has been published by the U.S.
Department of Labor over the consumer price index for the comparable prior four
(4) calendar quarters.
(b) Minimum Bonus. The Employee shall be eligible to receive from the
Employer, for each of the fiscal years of the Employer ended after the date
hereof, a minimum bonus (the "Minimum Bonus") equal to $50,000; provided, that
the Minimum Bonus payable for the fiscal year of the Employer ended July 31,
1995 shall be prorated based on the number of days elapsed from the Commencement
Date until the end of such fiscal year. The Minimum Bonus for each fiscal year
shall be paid within 30 days after the completion of the Employer's audited
financial statements for such fiscal year; provided, that the Minimum Bonus
shall not be payable for any fiscal year of the Employer ending after July 31,
1996 if Actual EBITA (as defined in Section 4(c)) for each of the previous two
consecutive fiscal years of the Employer was less than 90% of Budgeted EBITA (as
defined in Section 4(c)) for such fiscal year (it being understood that if the
Minimum Bonus is not paid for any such fiscal year as a result thereof, and
subsequent thereto Actual EBITA of the Employer exceeds 90% of Budgeted EBITA
for such fiscal year, the Minimum Bonus shall be payable for such succeeding
fiscal year).
(c) Management Incentive Bonus. The Employee shall also be eligible to
receive from the Employer, for each of the fiscal years of the
<PAGE>
-3-
Employer ended after the date hereof, a management incentive bonus (the
"Incentive Bonus") equal to the amount, if any, by which the Annual Bonus
Calculation (as defined below) for such fiscal year exceeds the Minimum Bonus
for such fiscal year; provided, that the Incentive Bonus payable for the fiscal
year of the Employer ended July 31, 1995 shall be prorated based on the number
of days elapsed from the Commencement Date until the end of such fiscal year.
The Incentive Bonus for each fiscal year shall be paid within thirty (30) days
after the completion of the Employer's audited financial statements for such
fiscal year. As used in this Agreement, (a) "Actual EBITA" means, with respect
to any fiscal year of the Employer, EBITA for such fiscal year calculated on the
basis of the Employer's audited financial statements for such fiscal year; (b)
"Actual EBITA Percentage" means the percentage obtained by multiplying (i) the
quotient of Actual EBITA divided by Budgeted EBITA by (ii) 100; (c) "Annual
Bonus Calculation" means, (i) with respect to each fiscal year of the Employer
in which the Actual EBITA Percentage for such fiscal year exceeds 90% but does
not exceed 100%, an amount equal to the product of (A) 50% of the Employee's
Base Salary for such fiscal year multiplied by (B) a fraction, the numerator of
which is the amount by which the Actual EBITA Percentage for such fiscal year
exceeds 90% and the denominator of which is 10%, and (ii) with respect to each
fiscal of the Employer in which the Actual EBITA Percentage for such fiscal year
exceeds 100%, an amount equal to the sum of (A) 50% of the Employee's Base
Salary for such fiscal year plus (B) 2% of the amount by which Actual EBITA for
such fiscal year exceeds Budgeted EBITA for such fiscal year; (d) "Budgeted
EBITA" means, with respect to any fiscal year of the Employer, the EBITA
projected in the Employer's business plan for such fiscal year as approved by
the Board; and (e) "EBITA" means, with respect to any fiscal year, the sum of
the consolidated net income (or loss) of the Employer for such fiscal year,
calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
consistently applied but excluding therefrom any extraordinary items of income
or loss, plus all amounts deducted in the computation thereof on account of (i)
income taxes, (ii) interest expense, (iii) amortization, (iv) the amount of the
Minimum Bonus and any Incentive Bonus paid to the Employee hereunder and (v)
management fees paid to any shareholder of CDI Group, Inc. or any affiliates of
such shareholders during such year.
(d) Vacation. The Employee shall be entitled to three (3) weeks
vacation each calendar year. Any vacation shall be taken at the reasonable and
mutual convenience of the Employer and the Employee. Accrued vacation not taken
in any calendar year will not be carried forward or used in any subsequent
calendar year.
(e) Insurance; Other Benefits. Accident, disability, life and health
insurance for the Employee shall be provided by the Employer under
<PAGE>
-4-
group accident, life and health insurance plans maintained by the Employer for
its full-time, salaried employees as such employment benefits may be modified
from time to time by the Board for all full-time, salaried employees. In
addition, the Employer shall either continue the Employee's current individual
disability policy or arrange for coverage under an alternative disability
insurance policy which is no less favorable. The amount and extent of such
coverage shall be subject to the discretion of the Board, provided, that the
amount and extent of such coverage shall be no less favorable than such coverage
provided by the Employer to the Employee immediately prior to the date hereof.
(f) Car Allowance. In connection with the Employee's employment, the
Employee shall from time to time be required to travel by automobile on the
Employer's business. Accordingly, the Employer will lease for the Employee every
three years a new Lexus 400S or other suitable automobile which is substantially
equivalent in value thereto and will pay all maintenance and insurance costs
with respect thereto until the termination of the Employee's employment with the
Employer.
(g) Stock Options. The Employee shall be entitled to purchase
additional shares of the common stock of the Employer's parent subject to the
terms and conditions set forth in the Incentive Stock Option Agreement attached
hereto as Exhibit A and the Disposition Event Stock Option Agreement attached
hereto as Exhibit B.
ss.5. EXPENSES. The Employee shall be entitled to incur, and receive
reimbursement from the Employer of, discretionary expenses in an amount up to
$20,000 per annum in connection with the performance by the Employee of his
duties hereunder. The Employee shall comply with such reporting requirements
with respect to expenses as the Employer may establish from time to time. In
addition to the foregoing, the Employer shall pay or reimburse the Employee for
all other reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Employee in the
performance of his duties hereunder, including without limitation, the
attendance by the Employee and his spouse of one trade conference each year
which is related to the industry of the Employer.
ss.6. TERMINATION. The Employee's employment hereunder shall commence
on the Commencement Date and continue until the expiration of the Initial Term,
and any extension of such term pursuant to ss.3, except that the employment of
the Employee hereunder shall earlier terminate:
(a) Death or Disability. Upon the death of the Employee during the term
of his employment hereunder or, at the option of the Employer, in the event of
the Employee's disability, upon thirty (30) days' written notice
<PAGE>
-5-
from the Employer. The Employee shall be deemed disabled if he meets the
criteria for disability under the Employer's disability insurance policy for 180
days, consecutive or non-consecutive, in any twelve (12) month period. Any
refusal by the Employee to submit to a medical examination for the purpose of
certifying disability under this ss.6(a) shall be deemed to constitute
conclusive evidence of the Employee's disability.
(b) For Cause. For "Cause" immediately upon written notice by the
Employer to the Employee; provided, that the Employer may not terminate the
Employee for Cause unless (i) such termination has been approved by the
affirmative vote or consent of a majority of the directors on the Board
(excluding the Employee) at the time of such termination and (ii) not later than
30 days following the date of such termination, the Employee shall be given the
opportunity to appear before the Board, represented by counsel, to address the
grounds for such termination. For purposes of this Agreement, a termination
shall be for Cause if the Board shall determine that any one or more of the
following has occurred:
(i) the Employee shall have committed an act of fraud,
embezzlement, misappropriation or breach of fiduciary duty against the
Employer, including, but not limited to, the offer, payment,
solicitation or acceptance of any unlawful bribe or kickback with
respect to the Employer's business; or
(ii) the Employee shall have been convicted by a court of
competent jurisdiction of, or pleaded guilty or nolo contendere to, any
felony which the Board determines in its discretion would detrimentally
affect or impair in any way (A) the Employee's ability to perform his
duties hereunder or (B) the reputation or operation of the Employer's
business or (C) the relationship between the Employer and its
suppliers, customers or employees; or
(iii) the Employee shall have committed a breach of any of the
covenants, terms and provisions of ss.9 hereof or material breach of
any of the covenants, terms and provisions of ss.8 hereof; or
(iv) the Employee shall have breached any one or more of the
provisions of this Agreement (excluding ss.ss.8 and 9 hereof) or any
one or more of the provisions of the Stockholder Agreement of even date
herewith among CDI Group, Inc. and its stockholders, and such breach
shall have continued for a period of twenty (20) days after written
notice to the Employee specifying such breach in reasonable detail; or
<PAGE>
-6-
(v) the Employee shall have refused, after explicit written
notice, to obey any lawful resolution of or direction by the Board
which is consistent with his duties hereunder.
(c) Resignation or Termination Without Cause. Upon ninety (90) days'
written notice by either the Employee or the Employer to the other party hereto.
For purposes of this Agreement, the Employee shall be deemed to have been
terminated without Cause if the Employee terminates his employment hereunder for
Good Reason upon ninety (90) days' written notice to the Employer. The Employee
shall be entitled to terminate his employment for Good Reason if any of the
following occur:
(i) the Employee is assigned duties which are materially
inconsistent with the position or responsibilities associated with his
position as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Employer; or
(ii) the Employer requires the Employee to perform his duties
hereunder principally at any location outside the State of New Jersey
and he notifies the Employer within 30 days after such relocation that
he is unwilling to continue his employment hereunder at such location.
(d) Rights and Remedies on Termination. (i) If the Employer shall
terminate the Employee's employment hereunder pursuant to ss.6(c) hereof, then
(A) the Employee shall be entitled to receive, as severance pay, payment, in
accordance with the Employer's then current payroll practices, of his Base
Salary in effect at the time of his termination for (1) the remainder of the
Initial Term or (2) if such termination occurs subsequent to the Initial Term,
the remainder of the then current one-year extension thereof; provided, however
that the Employee shall be required to mitigate his damages during such period
by using his best efforts to search for alternative employment of similar status
with an employer of comparable or better financial resources to the Employer and
to accept such employment if offered and the Employer shall be entitled to
reduce the amount payable by the Employer under this ss.6(d)(i) by an amount
equal to the income received by the Employee pursuant to such new employment,
and (B) the Employee shall be entitled to receive, within 30 days following the
completion of the Employer's audited financial statements for the fiscal year
during which such termination occurs, a prorated portion of the Minimum Bonus
and the Incentive Bonus (if any) for the fiscal year in which his termination
occurs
<PAGE>
-7-
determined by multiplying (1) the full amount of the Minimum Bonus and the
Incentive Bonus (if any) that would have been payable to the Employee pursuant
to ss.4(c) hereof if his employment hereunder had not been terminated by (2) a
fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days elapsed during such
fiscal year prior to the Employee's termination and the denominator of which is
365.
(ii) If the Employee's employment hereunder is terminated pursuant to
ss.6(a) hereof, then the Employee (or his estate, as applicable) shall be
entitled to receive (A) payment, in accordance with the Employer's then current
payroll practices, of the Employee's Base Salary in effect at the time of such
termination for one year following such termination and (B) within 30 days
following the completion of the Employer's audited financial statements for the
fiscal year during which such termination occurs, a prorated portion of the
Minimum Bonus and the Incentive Bonus (if any) for the fiscal year in which his
termination occurs determined by multiplying (1) the full amount of the Minimum
Bonus and the Incentive Bonus (if any) that would have been payable to the
Employee pursuant to ss.4(c) hereof if his employment hereunder had not been
terminated by (2) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days
elapsed during such fiscal year prior to the Employee's termination and the
denominator of which is 365.
(iii) If the Employee's employment hereunder is terminated by the
Company pursuant to Section 3 without Cause at the end of the Initial Term or at
the end of any one-year term thereafter, the Employee shall be entitled to
receive, within 30 days following the completion of the Employer's audited
financial statements for the fiscal year during which such termination occurs, a
prorated portion of the Minimum Bonus and the Incentive Bonus (if any) for the
fiscal year in which his termination occurs determined by multiplying (1) the
full amount of the Minimum Bonus and the Incentive Bonus (if any) that would
have been payable to the Employee pursuant to ss.4(c) hereof if his employment
hereunder had not been terminated by (2) a fraction, the numerator of which is
the number of days elapsed during such fiscal year prior to the Employee's
termination and the denominator of which is 365.
(iv) Except as otherwise set forth in this ss.6(d), the Employee shall
not be entitled to any severance or other compensation after termination other
than payment of any portion of his Base Salary through the date of his
termination and any expense reimbursements under ss.5 hereof for expenses
incurred in the performance of his duties prior to termination.
ss.7. INVENTIONS; ASSIGNMENT. All rights to discoveries, inventions,
improvements and innovations (including all data and records pertaining thereto)
related to the Employer's business, whether or not patentable, copyrightable,
registrable as a trademark, or reduced to writing,
<PAGE>
-8-
that the Employee may discover, invent or originate during the term of his
employment hereunder, and for a period of twelve (12) months thereafter, either
alone or with others and whether or not during working hours or by the use of
the facilities of the Employer ("Inventions"), shall be the exclusive property
of the Employer. The Employee shall promptly disclose all Inventions to the
Employer, shall execute at the request of the Employer any assignments or other
documents the Employer may deem necessary to protect or perfect its rights
therein, and shall assist the Employer, at the Employer's expense, in obtaining,
defending and enforcing the Employer's rights therein. The Employee hereby
appoints the Employer as his attorney-in-fact to execute on his behalf any
assignments or other documents deemed necessary by the Employer to protect or
perfect its rights to any Inventions.
ss.8. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. The Employee recognizes and
acknowledges that certain assets of the Employer, including without limitation
information regarding customers, pricing policies, methods of operation,
proprietary computer programs, sales, products, profits, costs, markets, key
personnel, formulae, product applications, technical processes, and trade
secrets (hereinafter called "Confidential Information") are valuable, special,
and unique assets of the Employer and its affiliates. The Employee shall not,
during or after his term of employment, disclose any or any part of the
Confidential Information to any person, firm, corporation, association, or any
other entity for any reason or purpose whatsoever, directly or indirectly,
except as may be required pursuant to his employment hereunder, provided, that
Confidential Information shall in no event include (a) Confidential Information
which was generally available to the public at the time of disclosure by the
Employer or (b) Confidential Information which becomes publicly available other
than as a consequence of the breach by the Employee of his confidentiality
obligations hereunder. In the event of the termination of his employment,
whether voluntary or involuntary and whether by the Employer or the Employee,
the Employee shall deliver to the Employer all documents and data pertaining to
the Confidential Information and shall not take with him any documents or data
of any kind or any reproductions (in whole or in part) or extracts of any items
relating to the Confidential Information.
ss.9. NON-COMPETITION. During the term of the Employee's employment
hereunder and until two (2) years after termination of the Employee's employment
hereunder, the Employee will not (a) anywhere within New Jersey, New York or
Pennsylvania or anywhere within 100 miles of any store operated by the Employer
at the time of the Employee's termination, engage, directly or indirectly, alone
or as a shareholder (other than as a holder of less than five percent (5%) of
the common stock of any
<PAGE>
-9-
publicly traded corporation), partner, officer, director, employee or consultant
of any other business organization that is engaged or becomes engaged in the
operation of retail drug stores or in any other business activity that the
Employer is conducting at the time of the Employee's termination or has notified
the Employee that it proposes to conduct and for which the Employer has, prior
to the time of such termination, expended substantial resources (the "Designated
Industry"), (b) divert to any competitor of the Employer any customer of the
Employer, or (c) solicit or encourage any officer, key employee or consultant of
the Employer to leave its employ for alternative employment or hire or offer
employment to, any person to whom the Employer has offered employment. The
Employee will continue to be bound by the provisions of this ss.9 until their
expiration and shall not be entitled to any compensation from the Employer with
respect thereto except as provided in ss.6(d) hereof. If at any time the
provisions of this ss.9 shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable, by
reason of being vague or unreasonable as to area, duration or scope of activity,
this ss.9 shall be considered divisible and shall become and be immediately
amended to only such area, duration and scope of activity as shall be determined
to be reasonable and enforceable by the court or other body having jurisdiction
over the matter; and the Employee agrees that this ss.9 as so amended shall be
valid and binding as though any invalid or unenforceable provision had not been
included herein.
ss.10. GENERAL.
(a) Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in
writing or by written telecommunication, and shall be deemed to have been duly
given if delivered personally or if mailed by certified mail, return receipt
requested, postage prepaid or sent by written telecommunication or telecopy, to
the relevant address set forth below, or to such other address as the recipient
of such notice or communication shall have specified to the other party hereto
in accordance with this ss.10(a):
If to the Employer, to:
Community Distributors, Inc.
251 Industrial Parkway
Somerville, New Jersey 08876
<PAGE>
-10-
With a copy to:
Robert M. Wolf, Esq.
Bingham, Dana & Gould
150 Federal Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02110-1726
If to the Employee, to:
Mr. Frank Marfino
McKay Drive
Bridgewater, New Jersey 08807
(b) Equitable Remedies. Each of the parties hereto acknowledges and
agrees that upon any breach by the Employee of his obligations under ss.ss.7, 8
and 9 hereof, the Employer will have no adequate remedy at law, and accordingly
will be entitled to specific performance and other appropriate injunctive and
equitable relief.
(c) Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes
invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any law, the validity,
legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof shall not in any
way be affected or impaired.
(d) Waivers. No delay or omission by either party hereto in exercising
any right, power or privilege hereunder shall impair such right, power or
privilege, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or
privilege preclude any further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other
right, power or privilege.
(e) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
(f) Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of the heirs and successors of each of the parties hereto, including any
entity which acquires substantially all of the assets or stock of the Employer.
(g) Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire understanding
of the parties, supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to
the subject matter hereof and shall not be amended except by a written
instrument hereafter signed by each of the parties hereto.
<PAGE>
-11-
(h) Governing Law. This Agreement and the performance hereof shall be
construed and governed in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey.
<PAGE>
-12-
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the
parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date and
year first above written.
NEWRXCO, INC.
By: /s/ Mark H. DeBlois
-----------------------------
Title: President
/s/ Frank Marfino
---------------------------------
Frank Marfino
COMMUNITY DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
251 Industrial Parkway
Somerville, New Jersey 08876
October 16, 1997
Mr. Frank Marfino
Community Distributors, Inc.
251 Industrial Parkway
Somerville, NJ 08876
Re: Performance Bonus
-----------------
Dear Frank:
Based upon your performance as President and Chief Executive Officer of
Community Distributors, Inc. (the "Company"), the Company will pay you a bonus
(the "Bonus") within twelve months of the date hereof in the aggregate amount of
$1,200,000. The Company will withhold an amount equal to $540,000 from the Bonus
in respect of federal, state, Social Security and Medicare withholding tax
requirements and the balance of $660,000 will be paid to you.
Very truly yours,
COMMUNITY DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
By: /s/ Todd H. Pluymers
--------------------------------
Title: Chief Financial Officer
-----------------------------
Accepted and agreed:
/s/ Frank Marfino
- ---------------------
Frank Marfino
EMPLOYMENT AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT
Todd H. Pluymers
This EMPLOYMENT AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), dated
as of January 30, 1995, is between Newrxco, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"Employer"), and Todd H. Pluymers (the "Employee").
WHEREAS, the Employer intends to purchase all of the stock (the
"Stock") of Community Distributors, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"), pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 26, 1994
(the "Stock Purchase Agreement"), among the Employer, Jules Siegel, Arlene
Siegel and Martin Daffner;
WHEREAS, the Employee is currently employed as an executive officer of
the Company and the Employer desires that the Employee continue to work as an
executive officer of the Company;
WHEREAS, immediately after the purchase of the Stock, the Employer will
merge with and into the Company with the Company as the surviving corporation,
and after such merger the term "Employer" shall be deemed to mean and refer to
the Company; and
WHEREAS, in connection with the foregoing, the Employer wishes to
employ the Employee as an executive officer of the Employer, and the Employee
wishes to work as an executive officer of the Employer, on the terms set forth
below.
NOW, THEREFORE, it is hereby agreed as follows:
ss.1. EMPLOYMENT. The Employer hereby employs the Employee, and the
Employee hereby accepts employment, upon the terms and subject to the conditions
hereinafter set forth.
ss.2. DUTIES. The Employee shall be employed as the Chief Financial
Officer of the Employer. In such capacity, the Employee shall have such
executive responsibilities and duties as are assigned by the Employer's Board of
Directors (the "Board") or the President of the Employer. The Employee agrees to
devote his full time and best efforts to the performance of his duties to the
Employer.
<PAGE>
-2-
ss.3. TERM. The initial term of employment of the Employee hereunder
shall commence on the closing date of the acquisition under the Stock Purchase
Agreement (the "Commencement Date") and shall continue until the third
anniversary of the Commencement Date (the "Initial Term"), unless earlier
terminated pursuant to ss.6, and shall be renewed automatically for additional
one (1) year terms thereafter unless terminated by either party by written
notice to the other given at least ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of
the then current term.
ss.4. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS. Until the termination of the
Employee's employment hereunder, in consideration for the services of the
Employee hereunder, the Employer shall compensate the Employee as follows:
(a) Base Salary. The Employer shall pay the Employee, in accordance
with the Employer's then current payroll practices, a base salary (the "Base
Salary"). The Base Salary will be paid at an annual rate of $125,000. Such Base
Salary may be increased from time to time at the sole discretion of the Board
and is in addition to the other benefits set forth herein.
(b) Vacation. The Employee shall be entitled to three (3) weeks
vacation each calendar year. Any vacation shall be taken at the reasonable and
mutual convenience of the Employer and the Employee. Accrued vacation not taken
in any calendar year will not be carried forward or used in any subsequent
calendar year.
(c) Insurance; Other Benefits. Accident, disability, life and health
insurance for the Employee shall be provided by the Employer under group
accident, life and health insurance plans maintained by the Employer for its
full-time, salaried employees as such employment benefits may be modified from
time to time by the Board for all full-time, salaried employees. In addition,
the Employer shall either continue the Employee's current individual disability
insurance policy or arrange for coverage under an alternative disability
insurance policy which is no less favorable. The amount and extent of such
coverage shall be subject to the discretion of the Board; provided that the
amount and extent of such coverage shall be no less favorable than such coverage
provided by the Employer to the Employee immediately prior to the date hereof.
ss.5. EXPENSES. The Employer shall reimburse the Employee for all
reasonable expenses of types authorized by the Employer and incurred by the
Employee in the performance of his duties hereunder. The Employee shall comply
with such budget limitations and approval and reporting
<PAGE>
-3-
requirements with respect to expenses as the Employer may establish from time to
time.
ss.6. TERMINATION. The Employee's employment hereunder shall commence
on the Commencement Date and continue until the expiration of the Initial Term,
and any extension of such term pursuant to ss.3, except that the employment of
the Employee hereunder shall earlier terminate:
(a) Death or Disability. Upon the death of the Employee during the term
of his employment hereunder or, at the option of the Employer, in the event of
the Employee's disability, upon thirty (30) days' written notice from the
Employer. The Employee shall be deemed disabled if an independent medical doctor
(selected by the Employer's health or disability insurer) certifies that the
Employee has for 180 days, consecutive or non-consecutive, in any twelve (12)
month period been disabled in a manner which seriously interferes with his
ability to perform his responsibilities under this Agreement. Any refusal by the
Employee to submit to a medical examination for the purpose of certifying
disability under this ss.6(a) shall be deemed to constitute conclusive evidence
of the Employee's disability.
(b) For Cause. For "Cause" immediately upon written notice by the
Employer to the Employee. For purposes of this Agreement, a termination shall be
for Cause if the Board shall determine that any one or more of the following has
occurred:
(i) the Employee shall have committed an act of fraud,
embezzlement, misappropriation or breach of fiduciary duty against the
Employer, including, but not limited to, the offer, payment,
solicitation or acceptance of any unlawful bribe or kickback with
respect to the Employer's business; or
(ii) the Employee shall have been convicted by a court of
competent jurisdiction of, or pleaded guilty or nolo contendere to,
any felony; or
(iii) the Employee shall have committed a breach of any of
the covenants, terms and provisions of ss.ss.8 or 9 hereof; or
(iv) the Employee shall have breached any one or more of the
provisions of this Agreement (excluding ss.ss.8 and 9 hereof) or any
one or more of the provisions of the Stockholder Agreement of even date
herewith among CDI Group, Inc. and its stockholders, and such breach
shall have continued for a period of ten (10) days after written notice
to the Employee specifying such breach in reasonable detail; or
<PAGE>
-4-
(v) the Employee shall have refused, after explicit written
notice, to obey any lawful resolution of or direction by the Board
which is consistent with his duties hereunder.
(c) Resignation or Termination Without Cause. Upon ninety (90) days'
written notice by either the Employee or the Employer to the other party hereto.
(d) Rights and Remedies on Termination. (i) If the Employee's
employment hereunder is terminated pursuant to ss.6(a) or by the Employer
pursuant to ss.6(c), then the Employee (or his estate, as applicable) shall be
entitled to receive payment, in accordance with the Employer's then current
payroll practices, of the Employee's Base Salary in effect at the time of such
termination for one year following such termination; provided, however, that in
the case of a termination by the Employer pursuant to ss.6(c), the Employee
shall be required to mitigate his damages by accepting other suitable employment
during such period and the Employer shall be entitled to reduce the amount
payable by the Employer under this ss.6(d)(i) by an amount equal to the income
received by the Employee pursuant to such new employment.
(ii) Except as otherwise set forth in this ss.6(d), the Employee shall
not be entitled to any severance or other compensation after termination other
than payment of any portion of his Base Salary through the date of his
termination and any expense reimbursements under ss.5 hereof for expenses
incurred in the performance of his duties prior to termination.
ss.7. INVENTIONS; ASSIGNMENT. All rights to discoveries, inventions,
improvements and innovations (including all data and records pertaining thereto)
related to the Employer's business, whether or not patentable, copyrightable,
registrable as a trademark, or reduced to writing, that the Employee may
discover, invent or originate during the term of his employment hereunder, and
for a period of twelve (12) months thereafter, either alone or with others and
whether or not during working hours or by the use of the facilities of the
Employer ("Inventions"), shall be the exclusive property of the Employer. The
Employee shall promptly disclose all Inventions to the Employer, shall execute
at the request of the Employer any assignments or other documents the Employer
may deem necessary to protect or perfect its rights therein, and shall assist
the Employer, at the Employer's expense, in obtaining, defending and enforcing
the Employer's rights therein. The Employee hereby appoints the Employer as his
attorney-in-fact to execute on his behalf any assignments or other documents
deemed necessary by the Employer to protect or perfect its rights to any
Inventions.
<PAGE>
-5-
ss.8. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. The Employee recognizes and
acknowledges that certain assets of the Employer, including without limitation
information regarding customers, pricing policies, methods of operation,
proprietary computer programs, sales, products, profits, costs, markets, key
personnel, formulae, product applications, technical processes, and trade
secrets (hereinafter called "Confidential Information") are valuable, special,
and unique assets of the Employer and its affiliates. The Employee shall not,
during or after his term of employment, disclose any or any part of the
Confidential Information to any person, firm, corporation, association, or any
other entity for any reason or purpose whatsoever, directly or indirectly,
except as may be required pursuant to his employment hereunder; provided that
Confidential Information shall in no event include (a) Confidential Information
which was generally available to the public at the time of disclosure by the
Employer or (b) Confidential Information which becomes publicly available other
than as a consequence of the breach by the Employee of his confidentiality
obligations hereunder. In the event of the termination of his employment,
whether voluntary or involuntary and whether by the Employer or the Employee,
the Employee shall deliver to the Employer all documents and data pertaining to
the Confidential Information and shall not take with him any documents or data
of any kind or any reproductions (in whole or in part) or extracts of any items
relating to the Confidential Information.
ss.9. NON-COMPETITION. During the term of the Employee's employment
hereunder and until one year after termination of the Employee's employment
hereunder, the Employee will not (a) anywhere within New Jersey, New York or
Pennsylvania or anywhere within 100 miles of any store operated by the Employer
at the time of the Employee's termination, engage, directly or indirectly, alone
or as a shareholder (other than as a holder of less than five percent (5%) of
the common stock of any publicly traded corporation), partner, officer,
director, employee or consultant of any other business organization that is
engaged or becomes engaged in a business involving or relating to the operation
of retail drug stores or in any other business activity that the Employer is
conducting at the time of the Employee's termination or has notified the
Employee that it proposes to conduct and for which the Employer has, prior to
the time of such termination, expended substantial resources (the "Designated
Industry"), (b) divert to any competitor of the Employer any customer of the
Employer, or (c) solicit or encourage any officer, key employee or consultant of
the Employer to leave its employ for alternative employment or hire or offer
employment to, any person to whom the Employer has offered employment. The
Employee will continue to be bound by the provisions of this ss.9 until their
expiration and shall not be entitled to any compensation from the Employer with
respect thereto except as provided in ss.6(d) hereof. If at any time the
provisions of
<PAGE>
-6-
this ss.9 shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable, by reason of being
vague or unreasonable as to area, duration or scope of activity, this ss.9 shall
be considered divisible and shall become and be immediately amended to only such
area, duration and scope of activity as shall be determined to be reasonable and
enforceable by the court or other body having jurisdiction over the matter; and
the Employee agrees that this ss.9 as so amended shall be valid and binding as
though any invalid or unenforceable provision had not been included herein.
ss.10. GENERAL.
(a) Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in
writing or by written telecommunication, and shall be deemed to have been duly
given if delivered personally or if mailed by certified mail, return receipt
requested, postage prepaid or sent by written telecommunication or telecopy, to
the relevant address set forth below, or to such other address as the recipient
of such notice or communication shall have specified to the other party hereto
in accordance with this ss.10(a):
If to the Employer, to:
Community Distributors, Inc.
251 Industrial Parkway
Somerville, New Jersey 08876
Attention: President
With a copy to:
Robert M. Wolf, Esq.
Bingham, Dana & Gould
150 Federal Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02110-1726
If to the Employee, to:
Mr. Todd H. Pluymers
c/o Community Distributors, Inc.
251 Industrial Parkway
Somerville, New Jersey 08876
(b) Equitable Remedies. Each of the parties hereto acknowledges and
agrees that upon any breach by the Employee of his obligations under ss.ss.7, 8
and 9 hereof, the Employer will have no adequate remedy at law, and accordingly
will be entitled to specific performance and other appropriate injunctive and
equitable relief.
<PAGE>
-7-
(c) Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes
invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any law, the validity,
legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof shall not in any
way be affected or impaired.
(d) Waivers. No delay or omission by either party hereto in exercising
any right, power or privilege hereunder shall impair such right, power or
privilege, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or
privilege preclude any further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other
right, power or privilege.
(e) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
(f) Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of the heirs and successors of each of the parties hereto, including any
entity which acquires substantially all of the assets or stock of the Employer.
(g) Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire understanding
of the parties, supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to
the subject matter hereof and shall not be amended except by a written
instrument hereafter signed by each of the parties hereto.
(h) Governing Law. This Agreement and the performance hereof shall be
construed and governed in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey.
<PAGE>
-8-
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the
parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date and
year first above written.
NEWRXCO, INC.
By: /s/ Mark H. DeBlois
-------------------------------
Title: President
By: /s/ Todd H. Pluymers
--------------------------------
Todd H. Pluymers
COMMUNITY DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
251 Industrial Parkway
Somerville, New Jersey 08876
October 16, 1997
Mr. Todd Pluymers
Community Distributors, Inc.
251 Industrial Parkway
Somerville, NJ 08876
Re: Performance Bonus
-----------------
Dear Todd:
Based upon your performance as Chief Financial Officer of Community
Distributors, Inc. (the "Company"), the Company will pay you a bonus (the
"Bonus") on the date hereof in the aggregate amount of $200,000. The Company
will withhold an amount equal to $90,000 from the Bonus in respect of federal,
state, Social Security and Medicare withholding tax requirements and the balance
of $110,000 will be paid to you.
Very truly yours,
COMMUNITY DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
By: /s/ Frank Marfino
--------------------------------
Title: President & CEO
-----------------------------
Accepted and agreed:
/s/ Todd Pluymers
- -----------------------------------
Todd Pluymers
EMPLOYMENT AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT
Lynn L. Shallcross
This EMPLOYMENT AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), dated
as of January 30, 1995, is between Newrxco, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"Employer"), and Lynn L. Shallcross (the "Employee").
WHEREAS, the Employer intends to purchase all of the stock (the
"Stock") of Community Distributors, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"), pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 26, 1994
(the "Stock Purchase Agreement"), among the Employer, Jules Siegel, Arlene
Siegel and Martin Daffner;
WHEREAS, the Employee is currently employed as an executive officer of
the Company and the Employer desires that the Employee continue to work as an
executive officer of the Company;
WHEREAS, immediately after the purchase of the Stock, the Employer will
merge with and into the Company with the Company as the surviving corporation,
and after such merger the term "Employer" shall be deemed to mean and refer to
the Company; and
WHEREAS, in connection with the foregoing, the Employer wishes to
employ the Employee as an executive officer of the Employer, and the Employee
wishes to work as an executive officer of the Employer, on the terms set forth
below.
NOW, THEREFORE, it is hereby agreed as follows:
ss.1. EMPLOYMENT. The Employer hereby employs the Employee, and the
Employee hereby accepts employment, upon the terms and subject to the conditions
hereinafter set forth.
ss.2. DUTIES. The Employee shall be employed as the President of the
Cost Cutters division of the Employer. In such capacity, the Employee shall have
such executive responsibilities and duties as are assigned by the Employer's
Board of Directors (the "Board") or the President of the Employer. The Employee
agrees to devote his full time and best efforts to the performance of his duties
to the Employer.
<PAGE>
-2-
ss.3. TERM. The initial term of employment of the Employee hereunder
shall commence on the closing date of the acquisition under the Stock Purchase
Agreement (the "Commencement Date") and shall continue until the third
anniversary of the Commencement Date (the "Initial Term"), unless earlier
terminated pursuant to ss.6, and shall be renewed automatically for additional
one (1) year terms thereafter unless terminated by either party by written
notice to the other given at least ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of
the then current term.
ss.4. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS. Until the termination of the
Employee's employment hereunder, in consideration for the services of the
Employee hereunder, the Employer shall compensate the Employee as follows:
(a) Base Salary. The Employer shall pay the Employee, in accordance
with the Employer's then current payroll practices, a base salary (the "Base
Salary"). The Base Salary will be paid at an annual rate of $157,500. Such Base
Salary may be increased from time to time at the sole discretion of the Board
and is in addition to the other benefits set forth herein.
(b) Vacation. The Employee shall be entitled to three (3) weeks
vacation each calendar year. Any vacation shall be taken at the reasonable and
mutual convenience of the Employer and the Employee. Accrued vacation not taken
in any calendar year will not be carried forward or used in any subsequent
calendar year.
(c) Insurance; Other Benefits. Accident, disability, life and health
insurance for the Employee shall be provided by the Employer under group
accident, life and health insurance plans maintained by the Employer for its
full-time, salaried employees as such employment benefits may be modified from
time to time by the Board for all full-time, salaried employees. In addition,
the Employer shall either continue the Employee's current individual disability
insurance policy or arrange for coverage under an alternative disability
insurance policy which is no less favorable. The amount and extent of such
coverage shall be subject to the discretion of the Board; provided, that the
amount and extent of such coverage shall be no less favorable than such coverage
provided by the Employer to the Employee immediately prior to the date hereof.
ss.5. EXPENSES. The Employer shall reimburse the Employee for all
reasonable expenses of types authorized by the Employer and incurred by the
Employee in the performance of his duties hereunder. The Employee shall comply
with such budget limitations and approval and reporting
<PAGE>
-3-
requirements with respect to expenses as the Employer may establish from time to
time.
ss.6. TERMINATION. The Employee's employment hereunder shall commence
on the Commencement Date and continue until the expiration of the Initial Term,
and any extension of such term pursuant to ss.3, except that the employment of
the Employee hereunder shall earlier terminate:
(a) Death or Disability. Upon the death of the Employee during the term
of his employment hereunder or, at the option of the Employer, in the event of
the Employee's disability, upon thirty (30) days' written notice from the
Employer. The Employee shall be deemed disabled if an independent medical doctor
(selected by the Employer's health or disability insurer) certifies that the
Employee has for 180 days, consecutive or non-consecutive, in any twelve (12)
month period been disabled in a manner which seriously interferes with his
ability to perform his responsibilities under this Agreement. Any refusal by the
Employee to submit to a medical examination for the purpose of certifying
disability under this ss.6(a) shall be deemed to constitute conclusive evidence
of the Employee's disability.
(b) For Cause. For "Cause" immediately upon written notice by the
Employer to the Employee. For purposes of this Agreement, a termination shall be
for Cause if the Board shall determine that any one or more of the following has
occurred:
(i) the Employee shall have committed an act of fraud,
embezzlement, misappropriation or breach of fiduciary duty against the
Employer, including, but not limited to, the offer, payment,
solicitation or acceptance of any unlawful bribe or kickback with
respect to the Employer's business; or
(ii) the Employee shall have been convicted by a court of
competent jurisdiction of, or pleaded guilty or nolo contendere to,
any felony; or
(iii) the Employee shall have committed a breach of any of
the covenants, terms and provisions of ss.ss.8 or 9 hereof; or
(iv) the Employee shall have breached any one or more of the
provisions of this Agreement (excluding ss.ss.8 and 9 hereof) or any
one or more of the provisions of the Stockholder Agreement of even date
herewith among CDI Group, Inc. and its stockholders, and such breach
shall have continued for a period of ten (10) days after written notice
to the Employee specifying such breach in reasonable detail; or
<PAGE>
-4-
(v) the Employee shall have refused, after explicit written
notice, to obey any lawful resolution of or direction by the Board
which is consistent with his duties hereunder.
(c) Resignation or Termination Without Cause. Upon ninety (90) days'
written notice by either the Employee or the Employer to the other party hereto.
(d) Rights and Remedies on Termination. (i) If the Employee's
employment hereunder is terminated pursuant to ss.6(a) or by the Employer
pursuant to ss.6(c), then the Employee (or his estate, as applicable) shall be
entitled to receive payment, in accordance with the Employer's then current
payroll practices, of the Employee's Base Salary in effect at the time of such
termination for one year following such termination; provided, however, that in
the case of a termination by the Employer pursuant to ss.6(c), the Employee
shall be required to mitigate his damages by accepting other suitable employment
during such period and the Employer shall be entitled to reduce the amount
payable by the Employer under this ss.6(d)(i) by an amount equal to the income
received by the Employee pursuant to such new employment.
(ii) Except as otherwise set forth in this ss.6(d), the Employee shall
not be entitled to any severance or other compensation after termination other
than payment of any portion of his Base Salary through the date of his
termination and any expense reimbursements under ss.5 hereof for expenses
incurred in the performance of his duties prior to termination.
ss.7. INVENTIONS; ASSIGNMENT. All rights to discoveries, inventions,
improvements and innovations (including all data and records pertaining thereto)
related to the Employer's business, whether or not patentable, copyrightable,
registrable as a trademark, or reduced to writing, that the Employee may
discover, invent or originate during the term of his employment hereunder, and
for a period of twelve (12) months thereafter, either alone or with others and
whether or not during working hours or by the use of the facilities of the
Employer ("Inventions"), shall be the exclusive property of the Employer. The
Employee shall promptly disclose all Inventions to the Employer, shall execute
at the request of the Employer any assignments or other documents the Employer
may deem necessary to protect or perfect its rights therein, and shall assist
the Employer, at the Employer's expense, in obtaining, defending and enforcing
the Employer's rights therein. The Employee hereby appoints the Employer as his
attorney-in-fact to execute on his behalf any assignments or other documents
deemed necessary by the Employer to protect or perfect its rights to any
Inventions.
<PAGE>
-5-
ss.8. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. The Employee recognizes and
acknowledges that certain assets of the Employer, including without limitation
information regarding customers, pricing policies, methods of operation,
proprietary computer programs, sales, products, profits, costs, markets, key
personnel, formulae, product applications, technical processes, and trade
secrets (hereinafter called "Confidential Information") are valuable, special,
and unique assets of the Employer and its affiliates. The Employee shall not,
during or after his term of employment, disclose any or any part of the
Confidential Information to any person, firm, corporation, association, or any
other entity for any reason or purpose whatsoever, directly or indirectly,
except as may be required pursuant to his employment hereunder; provided, that
Confidential Information shall in no event include (a) Confidential Information
which was generally available to the public at the time of disclosure by the
Employer or (b) Confidential Information which becomes publicly available other
than as a consequence of the breach by the Employee of his confidentiality
obligations hereunder. In the event of the termination of his employment,
whether voluntary or involuntary and whether by the Employer or the Employee,
the Employee shall deliver to the Employer all documents and data pertaining to
the Confidential Information and shall not take with him any documents or data
of any kind or any reproductions (in whole or in part) or extracts of any items
relating to the Confidential Information.
ss.9. NON-COMPETITION. During the term of the Employee's employment
hereunder and until one year after termination of the Employee's employment
hereunder, the Employee will not (a) anywhere within New Jersey, New York or
Pennsylvania or anywhere within 100 miles of any store operated by the Employer
at the time of the Employee's termination, engage, directly or indirectly, alone
or as a shareholder (other than as a holder of less than five percent (5%) of
the common stock of any publicly traded corporation), partner, officer,
director, employee or consultant of any other business organization that is
engaged or becomes engaged in a business involving or relating to the operation
of retail drug stores or in any other business activity that the Employer is
conducting at the time of the Employee's termination or has notified the
Employee that it proposes to conduct and for which the Employer has, prior to
the time of such termination, expended substantial resources (the "Designated
Industry"), (b) divert to any competitor of the Employer any customer of the
Employer, or (c) solicit or encourage any officer, key employee or consultant of
the Employer to leave its employ for alternative employment or hire or offer
employment to, any person to whom the Employer has offered employment. The
Employee will continue to be bound by the provisions of this ss.9 until their
expiration and shall not be entitled to any compensation from the Employer with
respect thereto except as provided in ss.6(d) hereof. If at any time the
<PAGE>
-6-
provisions of this ss.9 shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable, by
reason of being vague or unreasonable as to area, duration or scope of activity,
this ss.9 shall be considered divisible and shall become and be immediately
amended to only such area, duration and scope of activity as shall be determined
to be reasonable and enforceable by the court or other body having jurisdiction
over the matter; and the Employee agrees that this ss.9 as so amended shall be
valid and binding as though any invalid or unenforceable provision had not been
included herein.
ss.10. GENERAL.
(a) Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in
writing or by written telecommunication, and shall be deemed to have been duly
given if delivered personally or if mailed by certified mail, return receipt
requested, postage prepaid or sent by written telecommunication or telecopy, to
the relevant address set forth below, or to such other address as the recipient
of such notice or communication shall have specified to the other party hereto
in accordance with this ss.10(a):
If to the Employer, to:
Community Distributors, Inc.
251 Industrial Parkway
Somerville, New Jersey 08876
Attention: Mr. Frank Marfino, President
With a copy to:
Robert M. Wolf, Esq.
Bingham, Dana & Gould
150 Federal Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02110-1726
If to the Employee, to:
Mr. Lynn L. Shallcross
c/o Community Distributors, Inc.
251 Industrial Parkway
Somerville, New Jersey 08876
(b) Equitable Remedies. Each of the parties hereto acknowledges and
agrees that upon any breach by the Employee of his obligations under ss.ss.7, 8
and 9 hereof, the Employer will have no adequate remedy at law, and accordingly
will be entitled to specific performance and other appropriate injunctive and
equitable relief.
<PAGE>
-7-
(c) Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes
invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any law, the validity,
legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof shall not in any
way be affected or impaired.
(d) Waivers. No delay or omission by either party hereto in exercising
any right, power or privilege hereunder shall impair such right, power or
privilege, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or
privilege preclude any further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other
right, power or privilege.
(e) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
(f) Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of the heirs and successors of each of the parties hereto, including any
entity which acquires substantially all of the assets or stock of the Employer.
(g) Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire understanding
of the parties, supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to
the
<PAGE>
-8-
subject matter hereof and shall not be amended except by a written instrument
hereafter signed by each of the parties hereto.
(h) Governing Law. This Agreement and the performance hereof shall be
construed and governed in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the
parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date and
year first above written.
NEWRXCO, INC.
By: /s/ Mark H. DeBlois
--------------------------------
Title: President
--------------------------
/s/ Lynn L. Shallcross
-----------------------------------
Lynn L. Shallcross
EMPLOYMENT AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT
William F. Gilligan
This EMPLOYMENT AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), dated
as of January 30, 1995, is between Newrxco, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"Employer"), and William F. Gilligan (the "Employee").
WHEREAS, the Employer intends to purchase all of the stock (the
"Stock") of Community Distributors, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"), pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 26, 1994
(the "Stock Purchase Agreement"), among the Employer, Jules Siegel, Arlene
Siegel and Martin Daffner;
WHEREAS, the Employee is currently employed as an executive officer of
the Company and the Employer desires that the Employee continue to work as an
executive officer of the Company;
WHEREAS, immediately after the purchase of the Stock, the Employer will
merge with and into the Company with the Company as the surviving corporation,
and after such merger the term "Employer" shall be deemed to mean and refer to
the Company; and
WHEREAS, in connection with the foregoing, the Employer wishes to
employ the Employee as an executive officer of the Employer, and the Employee
wishes to work as an executive officer of the Employer, on the terms set forth
below.
NOW, THEREFORE, it is hereby agreed as follows:
ss.1. EMPLOYMENT. The Employer hereby employs the Employee, and the
Employee hereby accepts employment, upon the terms and subject to the conditions
hereinafter set forth.
ss.2. DUTIES. The Employee shall be employed as the Vice President -
Distribution of the Employer. In such capacity, the Employee shall have such
executive responsibilities and duties as are assigned by the Employer's Board of
Directors (the "Board") or the President of the Employer. The Employee agrees to
devote his full time and best efforts to the performance of his duties to the
Employer.
<PAGE>
-2-
ss.3. TERM. The initial term of employment of the Employee hereunder
shall commence on the closing date of the acquisition under the Stock Purchase
Agreement (the "Commencement Date") and shall continue until the third
anniversary of the Commencement Date (the "Initial Term"), unless earlier
terminated pursuant to ss.6, and shall be renewed automatically for additional
one (1) year terms thereafter unless terminated by either party by written
notice to the other given at least ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of
the then current term.
ss.4. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS. Until the termination of the
Employee's employment hereunder, in consideration for the services of the
Employee hereunder, the Employer shall compensate the Employee as follows:
(a) Base Salary. The Employer shall pay the Employee, in accordance
with the Employer's then current payroll practices, a base salary (the "Base
Salary"). The Base Salary will be paid at an annual rate of $100,000. Such Base
Salary may be increased from time to time at the sole discretion of the Board
and is in addition to the other benefits set forth herein.
(b) Vacation. The Employee shall be entitled to three (3) weeks
vacation each calendar year. Any vacation shall be taken at the reasonable and
mutual convenience of the Employer and the Employee. Accrued vacation not taken
in any calendar year will not be carried forward or used in any subsequent
calendar year.
(c) Insurance; Other Benefits. Accident, disability, life and health
insurance for the Employee shall be provided by the Employer under group
accident, life and health insurance plans maintained by the Employer for its
full-time, salaried employees as such employment benefits may be modified from
time to time by the Board for all full-time, salaried employees. In addition,
the Employer shall either continue the Employee's current individual disability
insurance policy or arrange for coverage under an alternative disability
insurance policy which is no less favorable. The amount and extent of such
coverage shall be subject to the discretion of the Board; provided, that the
amount and extent of such coverage shall be no less favorable than such coverage
provided by the Employer to the Employee immediately prior to the date hereof.
ss.5. EXPENSES. The Employer shall reimburse the Employee for all
reasonable expenses of types authorized by the Employer and incurred by the
Employee in the performance of his duties hereunder. The Employee shall comply
with such budget limitations and approval and reporting
<PAGE>
-3-
requirements with respect to expenses as the Employer may establish from time to
time.
ss.6. TERMINATION. The Employee's employment hereunder shall commence
on the Commencement Date and continue until the expiration of the Initial Term,
and any extension of such term pursuant to ss.3, except that the employment of
the Employee hereunder shall earlier terminate:
(a) Death or Disability. Upon the death of the Employee during the term
of his employment hereunder or, at the option of the Employer, in the event of
the Employee's disability, upon thirty (30) days' written notice from the
Employer. The Employee shall be deemed disabled if an independent medical doctor
(selected by the Employer's health or disability insurer) certifies that the
Employee has for 180 days, consecutive or non-consecutive, in any twelve (12)
month period been disabled in a manner which seriously interferes with his
ability to perform his responsibilities under this Agreement. Any refusal by the
Employee to submit to a medical examination for the purpose of certifying
disability under this ss.6(a) shall be deemed to constitute conclusive evidence
of the Employee's disability.
(b) For Cause. For "Cause" immediately upon written notice by the
Employer to the Employee. For purposes of this Agreement, a termination shall be
for Cause if the Board shall determine that any one or more of the following has
occurred:
(i) the Employee shall have committed an act of fraud,
embezzlement, misappropriation or breach of fiduciary duty against the
Employer, including, but not limited to, the offer, payment,
solicitation or acceptance of any unlawful bribe or kickback with
respect to the Employer's business; or
(ii) the Employee shall have been convicted by a court of
competent jurisdiction of, or pleaded guilty or nolo contendere to,
any felony; or
(iii) the Employee shall have committed a breach of any of
the covenants, terms and provisions of ss.ss.8 or 9 hereof; or
(iv) the Employee shall have breached any one or more of the
provisions of this Agreement (excluding ss.ss.8 and 9 hereof) or any
one or more of the provisions of the Stockholder Agreement of even date
herewith among CDI Group, Inc. and its stockholders, and such breach
shall have continued for a period of ten (10) days after written notice
to the Employee specifying such breach in reasonable detail; or
<PAGE>
-4-
(v) the Employee shall have refused, after explicit written
notice, to obey any lawful resolution of or direction by the Board
which is consistent with his duties hereunder.
(c) Resignation or Termination Without Cause. Upon ninety (90) days'
written notice by either the Employee or the Employer to the other party hereto.
(d) Rights and Remedies on Termination. (i) If the Employee's
employment hereunder is terminated pursuant to ss.6(a) or by the Employer
pursuant to ss.6(c), then the Employee (or his estate, as applicable) shall be
entitled to receive payment, in accordance with the Employer's then current
payroll practices, of the Employee's Base Salary in effect at the time of such
termination for one year following such termination; provided, however, that in
the case of a termination by the Employer pursuant to ss.6(c), the Employee
shall be required to mitigate his damages by accepting other suitable employment
during such period and the Employer shall be entitled to reduce the amount
payable by the Employer under this ss.6(d)(i) by an amount equal to the income
received by the Employee pursuant to such new employment.
(ii) Except as otherwise set forth in this ss.6(d), the Employee shall
not be entitled to any severance or other compensation after termination other
than payment of any portion of his Base Salary through the date of his
termination and any expense reimbursements under ss.5 hereof for expenses
incurred in the performance of his duties prior to termination.
ss.7. INVENTIONS; ASSIGNMENT. All rights to discoveries, inventions,
improvements and innovations (including all data and records pertaining thereto)
related to the Employer's business, whether or not patentable, copyrightable,
registrable as a trademark, or reduced to writing, that the Employee may
discover, invent or originate during the term of his employment hereunder, and
for a period of twelve (12) months thereafter, either alone or with others and
whether or not during working hours or by the use of the facilities of the
Employer ("Inventions"), shall be the exclusive property of the Employer. The
Employee shall promptly disclose all Inventions to the Employer, shall execute
at the request of the Employer any assignments or other documents the Employer
may deem necessary to protect or perfect its rights therein, and shall assist
the Employer, at the Employer's expense, in obtaining, defending and enforcing
the Employer's rights therein. The Employee hereby appoints the Employer as his
attorney-in-fact to execute on his behalf any assignments or other documents
deemed necessary by the Employer to protect or perfect its rights to any
Inventions.
<PAGE>
-5-
ss.8. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. The Employee recognizes and
acknowledges that certain assets of the Employer, including without limitation
information regarding customers, pricing policies, methods of operation,
proprietary computer programs, sales, products, profits, costs, markets, key
personnel, formulae, product applications, technical processes, and trade
secrets (hereinafter called "Confidential Information") are valuable, special,
and unique assets of the Employer and its affiliates. The Employee shall not,
during or after his term of employment, disclose any or any part of the
Confidential Information to any person, firm, corporation, association, or any
other entity for any reason or purpose whatsoever, directly or indirectly,
except as may be required pursuant to his employment hereunder; provided, that
Confidential Information shall in no event include (a) Confidential Information
which was generally available to the public at the time of disclosure by the
Employer or (b) Confidential Information which becomes publicly available other
than as a consequence of the breach by the Employee of his confidentiality
obligations hereunder. In the event of the termination of his employment,
whether voluntary or involuntary and whether by the Employer or the Employee,
the Employee shall deliver to the Employer all documents and data pertaining to
the Confidential Information and shall not take with him any documents or data
of any kind or any reproductions (in whole or in part) or extracts of any items
relating to the Confidential Information.
ss.9. NON-COMPETITION. During the term of the Employee's employment
hereunder and until one year after termination of the Employee's employment
hereunder, the Employee will not (a) anywhere within New Jersey, New York or
Pennsylvania or anywhere within 100 miles of any store operated by the Employer
at the time of the Employee's termination, engage, directly or indirectly, alone
or as a shareholder (other than as a holder of less than five percent (5%) of
the common stock of any publicly traded corporation), partner, officer,
director, employee or consultant of any other business organization that is
engaged or becomes engaged in a business involving or relating to the operation
of retail drug stores or in any other business activity that the Employer is
conducting at the time of the Employee's termination or has notified the
Employee that it proposes to conduct and for which the Employer has, prior to
the time of such termination, expended substantial resources (the "Designated
Industry"), (b) divert to any competitor of the Employer any customer of the
Employer, or (c) solicit or encourage any officer, key employee or consultant of
the Employer to leave its employ for alternative employment or hire or offer
employment to, any person to whom the Employer has offered employment. The
Employee will continue to be bound by the provisions of this ss.9 until their
expiration and shall not be entitled to any compensation from the Employer with
respect thereto except as provided in ss.6(d) hereof. If at any time the
<PAGE>
-6-
provisions of this ss.9 shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable, by
reason of being vague or unreasonable as to area, duration or scope of activity,
this ss.9 shall be considered divisible and shall become and be immediately
amended to only such area, duration and scope of activity as shall be determined
to be reasonable and enforceable by the court or other body having jurisdiction
over the matter; and the Employee agrees that this ss.9 as so amended shall be
valid and binding as though any invalid or unenforceable provision had not been
included herein.
ss.10. GENERAL.
(a) Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in
writing or by written telecommunication, and shall be deemed to have been duly
given if delivered personally or if mailed by certified mail, return receipt
requested, postage prepaid or sent by written telecommunication or telecopy, to
the relevant address set forth below, or to such other address as the recipient
of such notice or communication shall have specified to the other party hereto
in accordance with this ss.10(a):
If to the Employer, to:
Community Distributors, Inc.
251 Industrial Parkway
Somerville, New Jersey 08876
Attention: Mr. Frank Marfino, President
With a copy to:
Robert M. Wolf, Esq.
Bingham, Dana & Gould
150 Federal Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02110-1726
If to the Employee, to:
Mr. William F. Gilligan
c/o Community Distributors, Inc.
251 Industrial Parkway
Somerville, New Jersey 08876
(b) Equitable Remedies. Each of the parties hereto acknowledges and
agrees that upon any breach by the Employee of his obligations under ss.ss.7, 8
and 9 hereof, the Employer will have no adequate remedy at law, and accordingly
will be entitled to specific performance and other appropriate injunctive and
equitable relief.
<PAGE>
-7-
(c) Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes
invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any law, the validity,
legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof shall not in any
way be affected or impaired.
(d) Waivers. No delay or omission by either party hereto in exercising
any right, power or privilege hereunder shall impair such right, power or
privilege, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or
privilege preclude any further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other
right, power or privilege.
(e) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
(f) Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of the heirs and successors of each of the parties hereto, including any
entity which acquires substantially all of the assets or stock of the Employer.
(g) Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire understanding
of the parties, supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to
the
<PAGE>
-8-
subject matter hereof and shall not be amended except by a written instrument
hereafter signed by each of the parties hereto.
(h) Governing Law. This Agreement and the performance hereof shall be
construed and governed in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the
parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date and
year first above written.
NEWRXCO, INC.
By: /s/ Mark H. DeBlois
--------------------------------
Title: President
-------------------------
/s/ William F. Gilligan
-----------------------------------
William F. Gilligan
EMPLOYMENT AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT
Barrie Levine
This EMPLOYMENT AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), dated
as of February 17, 1995, is between Community Distributors, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the "Employer"), and Barrie Levine (the "Employee").
WHEREAS, the Employer wishes to employ the Employee as an executive
officer of the Employer, and the Employee wishes to work as an executive officer
of the Employer, on the terms set forth below.
NOW, THEREFORE, it is hereby agreed as follows:
ss.1. EMPLOYMENT. The Employer hereby employs the Employee, and the
Employee hereby accepts employment, upon the terms and subject to the conditions
hereinafter set forth.
ss.2. DUTIES. The Employee shall be employed as the Vice President-
Pharmacy Operations. In such capacity, the Employee shall have such executive
responsibilities and duties as are assigned by the Employer's Board of Directors
(the "Board") or the President of the Employer. The Employee agrees to devote
his full time and best efforts to the performance of his duties to the Employer.
ss.3. TERM. The initial term of employment of the Employee hereunder
shall commence on the date hereof (the "Commencement Date") and shall continue
until the third anniversary of the Commencement Date (the "Initial Term"),
unless earlier terminated pursuant to ss.6, and shall be renewed automatically
for additional one (1) year terms thereafter unless terminated by either party
by written notice to the other given at least ninety (90) days prior to the
expiration of the then current term.
ss.4. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS. Until the termination of the
Employee's employment hereunder, in consideration for the services of the
Employee hereunder, the Employer shall compensate the Employee as follows:
(a) Base Salary. The Employer shall pay the Employee, in accordance
with the Employer's then current payroll practices, a base salary (the "Base
Salary"). The Base Salary will be paid at an annual rate of
<PAGE>
-2-
$116,000. Such Base Salary may be increased from time to time at the sole
discretion of the Board and is in addition to the other benefits set forth
herein.
(b) Vacation. The Employee shall be entitled to three (3) weeks
vacation each calendar year. Any vacation shall be taken at the reasonable and
mutual convenience of the Employer and the Employee. Accrued vacation not taken
in any calendar year will not be carried forward or used in any subsequent
calendar year.
(c) Insurance; Other Benefits. Accident, disability, life and health
insurance for the Employee shall be provided by the Employer under group
accident, life and health insurance plans maintained by the Employer for its
full-time, salaried employees as such employment benefits may be modified from
time to time by the Board for all full-time, salaried employees. In addition,
the Employer shall either continue the Employee's current individual disability
insurance policy or arrange for coverage under an alternative disability
insurance policy which is no less favorable. The amount and extent of such
coverage shall be subject to the discretion of the Board; provided, that the
amount and extent of such coverage shall be no less favorable than such coverage
provided by the Employer to the Employee immediately prior to the date hereof.
ss.5. EXPENSES. The Employer shall reimburse the Employee for all
reasonable expenses of types authorized by the Employer and incurred by the
Employee in the performance of his duties hereunder. The Employee shall comply
with such budget limitations and approval and reporting requirements with
respect to expenses as the Employer may establish from time to time.
ss.6. TERMINATION. The Employee's employment hereunder shall commence
on the Commencement Date and continue until the expiration of the Initial Term,
and any extension of such term pursuant to ss.3, except that the employment of
the Employee hereunder shall earlier terminate:
(a) Death or Disability. Upon the death of the Employee during the term
of his employment hereunder or, at the option of the Employer, in the event of
the Employee's disability, upon thirty (30) days' written notice from the
Employer. The Employee shall be deemed disabled if an independent medical doctor
(selected by the Employer's health or disability insurer) certifies that the
Employee has for 180 days, consecutive or non-consecutive, in any twelve (12)
month period been disabled in a manner which seriously interferes with his
ability to perform his responsibilities under this Agreement. Any refusal by the
Employee to submit to a medical
<PAGE>
-3-
examination for the purpose of certifying disability under this ss.6(a) shall be
deemed to constitute conclusive evidence of the Employee's disability.
(b) For Cause. For "Cause" immediately upon written notice by the
Employer to the Employee. For purposes of this Agreement, a termination shall be
for Cause if the Board shall determine that any one or more of the following has
occurred:
(i) the Employee shall have committed an act of fraud,
embezzlement, misappropriation or breach of fiduciary duty against the
Employer, including, but not limited to, the offer, payment,
solicitation or acceptance of any unlawful bribe or kickback with
respect to the Employer's business; or
(ii) the Employee shall have been convicted by a court of
competent jurisdiction of, or pleaded guilty or nolo contendere to, any
felony; or
(iii) the Employee shall have committed a breach of any of the
covenants, terms and provisions of ss.ss.8 or 9 hereof; or
(iv) the Employee shall have breached any one or more of the
provisions of this Agreement (excluding ss.ss.8 and 9 hereof) or any
one or more of the provisions of the Stockholder Agreement dated as of
January 30, 1995 among CDI Group, Inc. and its stockholders, and such
breach shall have continued for a period of ten (10) days after written
notice to the Employee specifying such breach in reasonable detail; or
(v) the Employee shall have refused, after explicit written
notice, to obey any lawful resolution of or direction by the Board
which is consistent with his duties hereunder.
(c) Resignation or Termination Without Cause. Upon ninety (90) days'
written notice by either the Employee or the Employer to the other party hereto.
(d) Rights and Remedies on Termination. (i) If the Employee's
employment hereunder is terminated pursuant to ss.6(a) or by the Employer
pursuant to ss.6(c), then the Employee (or his estate, as applicable) shall be
entitled to receive payment, in accordance with the Employer's then current
payroll practices, of the Employee's Base Salary in effect at the time of such
termination for one year following such termination; provided, however, that in
the case of a termination by the Employer pursuant to ss.6(c), the Employee
shall be required to mitigate his damages by accepting other suitable
<PAGE>
-4-
employment during such period and the Employer shall be entitled to reduce the
amount payable by the Employer under this ss.6(d)(i) by an amount equal to the
income received by the Employee pursuant to such new employment.
(ii) Except as otherwise set forth in this ss.6(d), the Employee shall
not be entitled to any severance or other compensation after termination other
than payment of any portion of his Base Salary through the date of his
termination and any expense reimbursements under ss.5 hereof for expenses
incurred in the performance of his duties prior to termination.
ss.7. INVENTIONS; ASSIGNMENT. All rights to discoveries, inventions,
improvements and innovations (including all data and records pertaining thereto)
related to the Employer's business, whether or not patentable, copyrightable,
registrable as a trademark, or reduced to writing, that the Employee may
discover, invent or originate during the term of his employment hereunder, and
for a period of twelve (12) months thereafter, either alone or with others and
whether or not during working hours or by the use of the facilities of the
Employer ("Inventions"), shall be the exclusive property of the Employer. The
Employee shall promptly disclose all Inventions to the Employer, shall execute
at the request of the Employer any assignments or other documents the Employer
may deem necessary to protect or perfect its rights therein, and shall assist
the Employer, at the Employer's expense, in obtaining, defending and enforcing
the Employer's rights therein. The Employee hereby appoints the Employer as his
attorney-in-fact to execute on his behalf any assignments or other documents
deemed necessary by the Employer to protect or perfect its rights to any
Inventions.
ss.8. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. The Employee recognizes and
acknowledges that certain assets of the Employer, including without limitation
information regarding customers, pricing policies, methods of operation,
proprietary computer programs, sales, products, profits, costs, markets, key
personnel, formulae, product applications, technical processes, and trade
secrets (hereinafter called "Confidential Information") are valuable, special,
and unique assets of the Employer and its affiliates. The Employee shall not,
during or after his term of employment, disclose any or any part of the
Confidential Information to any person, firm, corporation, association, or any
other entity for any reason or purpose whatsoever, directly or indirectly,
except as may be required pursuant to his employment hereunder; provided, that
Confidential Information shall in no event include (a) Confidential Information
which was generally available to the public at the time of disclosure by the
Employer or (b) Confidential Information which becomes publicly available other
than as a consequence of the breach by the Employee of his confidentiality
obligations hereunder. In the event of the
<PAGE>
-5-
termination of his employment, whether voluntary or involuntary and whether by
the Employer or the Employee, the Employee shall deliver to the Employer all
documents and data pertaining to the Confidential Information and shall not take
with him any documents or data of any kind or any reproductions (in whole or in
part) or extracts of any items relating to the Confidential Information.
ss.9. NON-COMPETITION. During the term of the Employee's employment
hereunder and until one year after termination of the Employee's employment
hereunder, the Employee will not (a) anywhere within New Jersey, New York or
Pennsylvania or anywhere within 100 miles of any store operated by the Employer
at the time of the Employee's termination, engage, directly or indirectly, alone
or as a shareholder (other than as a holder of less than five percent (5%) of
the common stock of any publicly traded corporation), partner, officer,
director, employee or consultant of any other business organization that is
engaged or becomes engaged in a business involving or relating to the operation
of retail drug stores or in any other business activity that the Employer is
conducting at the time of the Employee's termination or has notified the
Employee that it proposes to conduct and for which the Employer has, prior to
the time of such termination, expended substantial resources (the "Designated
Industry"), (b) divert to any competitor of the Employer any customer of the
Employer, or (c) solicit or encourage any officer, key employee or consultant of
the Employer to leave its employ for alternative employment or hire or offer
employment to, any person to whom the Employer has offered employment. The
Employee will continue to be bound by the provisions of this ss.9 until their
expiration and shall not be entitled to any compensation from the Employer with
respect thereto except as provided in ss.6(d) hereof. If at any time the
provisions of this ss.9 shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable, by
reason of being vague or unreasonable as to area, duration or scope of activity,
this ss.9 shall be considered divisible and shall become and be immediately
amended to only such area, duration and scope of activity as shall be determined
to be reasonable and enforceable by the court or other body having jurisdiction
over the matter; and the Employee agrees that this ss.9 as so amended shall be
valid and binding as though any invalid or unenforceable provision had not been
included herein.
ss.10. GENERAL.
(a) Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in
writing or by written telecommunication, and shall be deemed to have been duly
given if delivered personally or if mailed by certified mail, return receipt
requested, postage prepaid or sent by written telecommunication or telecopy, to
the relevant address set forth below, or to such other address as
<PAGE>
-6-
the recipient of such notice or communication shall have specified to the other
party hereto in accordance with this ss.10(a):
If to the Employer, to:
Community Distributors, Inc.
251 Industrial Parkway
Somerville, New Jersey 08876
Attention: Mr. Frank Marfino, President
With a copy to:
Robert M. Wolf, Esq.
Bingham, Dana & Gould
150 Federal Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02110-1726
If to the Employee, to:
Mr. Barrie Levine
c/o Community Distributors, Inc.
251 Industrial Parkway
Somerville, New Jersey 08876
(b) Equitable Remedies. Each of the parties hereto acknowledges and
agrees that upon any breach by the Employee of his obligations under ss.ss.7, 8
and 9 hereof, the Employer will have no adequate remedy at law, and accordingly
will be entitled to specific performance and other appropriate injunctive and
equitable relief.
(c) Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes
invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any law, the validity,
legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof shall not in any
way be affected or impaired.
(d) Waivers. No delay or omission by either party hereto in exercising
any right, power or privilege hereunder shall impair such right, power or
privilege, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or
privilege preclude any further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other
right, power or privilege.
(e) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
<PAGE>
-7-
(f) Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of the heirs and successors of each of the parties hereto, including any
entity which acquires substantially all of the assets or stock of the Employer.
(g) Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire understanding
of the parties, supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to
the subject matter hereof and shall not be amended except by a written
instrument hereafter signed by each of the parties hereto.
(h) Governing Law. This Agreement and the performance hereof shall be
construed and governed in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the
parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date and
year first above written.
COMMUNITY DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
By: /s/ Frank Marfino
------------------------------
Title: President & CEO
---------------------
/s/ Barrie Levine, Vice President
----------------------------------
Barrie Levine
ARTHUR
ANDERSEN
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
-----------------------------------------
As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of our report
(and to all references to our Firm) included in or made a part of this
registration statement.
/s/ Arthur Andersen LLP
-------------------------------
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
Roseland, New Jersey
January 21, 1998
Coopers Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
& Lybrand a professional services firm
Consent of Independent Accountants
----------------------------------
We consent to the inclusion in this registration statement on Form S-4 (File No.
333-41281) of our report dated October 9, 1997, except for Note 9 for which the
date is October 16, 1997 on our audits of the financial statements of Community
Distributors, Inc.
/s/ Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
Parsippany, New Jersey
January 20, 1998
Coopers Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
& Lybrand a professional services firm
Consent of Independent Accountants
----------------------------------
We consent to the inclusion in this registration statement on Form S-4 (File No.
333-41281) of our report dated October 9, 1997 except for Note 11 for which the
date is October 16, 1997, on our audits of the consolidated financial statements
of CDI Group, Inc. and Subsidiary.
/s/ Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
Parsippany, New Jersey
January 20, 1998
Exhibit 99.1
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
Offer For Any and All Outstanding
10-1/4% Senior Notes Due 2004 of
Community Distributors, Inc.
in Exchange for
10-1/4% Senior Notes Due 2004, Series B of
Community Distributors, Inc.
Which Have Been Registered Under The Securities Act Of 1933
Pursuant to the Prospectus dated January ___, 1998
THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY
TIME, ON FEBRUARY ____, 1998, UNLESS THE OFFER IS EXTENDED. TENDERS MAY BE
WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE BUSINESS
DAY PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE.
The Exchange Agent For The Exchange Offer Is:
The Bank Of New York
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
By Hand Or Overnight Delivery Facsimile Transmissions: By Registered Or Certified Mail:
(Eligible Institutions Only)
</TABLE>
(212) 571-3080
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
The Bank of New York
101 Barclay Street To Confirm by Telephone The Bank of New York
Corporate Trust Services Window or for Information Call: 101 Barclay Street, 7E
Ground Level New York, New York 10286
Attention: Reorganization Section, Attention: Reorganization Section,
[Name] (212) 815-6333 [Name]
</TABLE>
Delivery of this letter of transmittal to an address other than as set
forth above or transmission of this letter of transmittal via facsimile to a
number other than as set forth above does not constitute a valid delivery.
The undersigned acknowledges that he or she has received the
Prospectus, dated January ____, 1998 (the "Prospectus"), of Community
Distributors, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("CDI") and this Letter of
Transmittal, which together constitute CDI's offer (the "Exchange Offer") to
exchange up to $80,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of CDI's 10-1/4% Senior
Notes due 2004, Series B, which have been registered under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") (the "Exchange Securities") of CDI for a
like principal amount of the issued and outstanding 10-1/4% Senior Notes due
2004 of CDI (the "Existing Securities") from the holders thereof.
<PAGE>
-2-
THE INSTRUCTIONS CONTAINED HEREIN SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE THIS
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS COMPLETED.
Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the same
meaning given them in the Prospectus (as defined below).
This Letter of Transmittal is to be completed by holders of Existing
Securities (as defined below) either if Existing Securities are to be forwarded
herewith or if tenders of Existing Securities are to be made by book-entry
transfer to an account maintained by The Bank of New York (the "Exchange Agent")
at The Depository Trust Company (the "Book-Entry Transfer Facility" or "DTC")
pursuant to the procedures set forth in "The Exchange Offer--Procedures for
Tendering Existing Notes" in the Prospectus.
Holders of Existing Securities whose certificates (the "Certificates")
for such Existing Securities are not immediately available or who cannot deliver
their Certificates and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent on or
prior to the Expiration Date (as defined in the Prospectus) or who cannot
complete the procedures for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, must tender
their Existing Securities according to the Guaranteed delivery procedures set
forth in "The Exchange Offer--Procedures for Tendering Existing Notes" in the
Prospectus.
DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS TO THE BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY DOES NOT
CONSTITUTE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT.
NOTE: SIGNATURES MUST BE PROVIDED BELOW
PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY
The undersigned has completed the appropriate boxes below and signed
this Letter of Transmittal to indicate the action the undersigned desires to
take with respect to the Exchange Offer.
<PAGE>
-3-
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING SECURITIES 1 2 3
Principal
Amount of
Aggregate Existing
Principal Securities
Amount of Tendered
Name(s) and Address(es) of Registered Holder(s): Certificate Existing (if less than
(Please fill in, if blank) Number(s)* Securities all)**
</TABLE>
Total
* Need not be completed if Existing Securities are being tendered by
book-entry holders.
** Existing Securities may be tendered in whole or in part in denominations of
$1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. See instruction
4. Unless otherwise indicated in the column, a holder will be deemed to
have tendered all Existing Securities represented by the Existing
Securities indicated in Column 2. See Instruction 4.
(BOXES BELOW TO BE CHECKED BY ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS ONLY)
[ ] CHECK HERE IF TENDERED EXISTING SECURITIES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY
BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE
AGENT WITH THE BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:
Name of Tendering Institution ________________________________________
Account Number _______________________________________________________
Transaction Code Number ______________________________________________
[ ] CHECK HERE AND ENCLOSE A PHOTOCOPY OF THE NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
IF TENDERED EXISTING SECURITIES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A
NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND
COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:
Name of Registered Holder(s) _________________________________________
Window Ticket Number (if any) ________________________________________
Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery ___________________
Name of Institution which Guaranteed Delivery ________________________
If Guaranteed Delivery is to be made By Book-Entry Transfer: ______
Name of Tendering Institution ________________________________________
Account Number _______________________________________________________
<PAGE>
-4-
Transaction Code Number ______________________________________________
[ ] CHECK HERE IF TENDERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER AND NONEXCHANGED EXISTING
SECURITIES ARE TO BE RETURNED BY CREDITING THE BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER
FACILITY ACCOUNT NUMBER SET FORTH ABOVE.
[ ] CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER WHO ACQUIRED THE EXISTING
SECURITIES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT AS A RESULT OF MARKET MAKING OR OTHER
TRADING ACTIVITIES (A "PARTICIPATING BROKER DEALER") AND WISH TO
RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY
AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.
Name: _________________________________________________________________________
Address: ______________________________________________________________________
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer, the
undersigned hereby tenders to CDI the above described aggregate principal amount
of CDI's 10-1/4% Senior Notes due 2004 (the "Existing Securities") in exchange
for a like aggregate principal amount of CDI's 10-1/4% Senior Notes due 2004,
Series B (the "Exchange Securities") which have been registered under the
Securities Act upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the
Prospectus dated January ___, 1998 (as the same may be amended or supplemented
from time to time, the "Prospectus"), receipt of which is acknowledged, and in
this Letter of Transmittal (which, together with the Prospectus, constitute the
"Exchange Offer").
Subject to and effective upon the acceptance for exchange of all or any
portion of the Existing Securities tendered herewith in accordance with the
terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including, if the Exchange Offer is
extended or amended, the terms and conditions of any such extension or
amendment), the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers to or upon the
order of CDI all right, title and interest in and to such Existing Securities as
are being tendered herewith. The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and
appoints the Exchange Agent as its agent and attorney-in-fact (with full
knowledge that the Exchange Agent is also acting as agent of CDI in connection
with the Exchange Offer) with respect to the tendered Existing Securities, with
full power of substitution (such power of attorney being deemed to be an
irrevocable power coupled with an interest) subject only to the right of
withdrawal described in the Prospectus, to (i) deliver Certificates for Existing
Securities to CDI together with all accompanying evidences of transfer and
authenticity to, or upon the order of, CDI, upon receipt by the Exchange Agent,
as the undersigned's agent, of the Exchange Securities to be issued in exchange
for such Existing Securities, (ii) present Certificates for such Existing
Securities for transfer, and to transfer the Existing Securities on the books of
CDI, and (iii) receive for the account of CDI all benefits and other-wise
exercise all rights of beneficial ownership of such Existing Securities, all in
accordance with the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer.
<PAGE>
-5-
THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT THE UNDERSIGNED HAS
FULL POWER AND AUTHORITY TO TENDER, EXCHANGE, SELL, ASSIGN AND TRANSFER THE OLD
CAPITAL SECURITIES TENDERED HEREBY AND THAT, WHEN THE SAME ARE ACCEPTED FOR
EXCHANGE, CDI WILL ACQUIRE GOOD, MARKETABLE AND UNENCUMBERED TITLE THERETO, FREE
AND CLEAR OF ALL LIENS, RESTRICTIONS, CHARGES AND ENCUMBRANCES, AND THAT THE
EXISTING SECURITIES TENDERED HEREBY ARE NOT SUBJECT TO ANY ADVERSE CLAIMS OR
PROXIES. THE UNDERSIGNED WILL, UPON REQUEST, EXECUTE AND DELIVER ANY ADDITIONAL
DOCUMENTS DEEMED BY CDI OR THE EXCHANGE AGENT TO BE NECESSARY OR DESIRABLE TO
COMPLETE THE EXCHANGE, ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSFER OF THE EXISTING SECURITIES
TENDERED HEREBY, AND THE UNDERSIGNED WILL COMPLY WITH ITS OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT DATED AS OF OCTOBER 16, 1997, AMONG CDI, COMMUNITY
DISTRIBUTORS, INC. AND THE INITIAL PURCHASERS OF THE EXISTING SECURITIES (THE
"REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT"). THE UNDERSIGNED HAS READ AND AGREES TO ALL OF
THE TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER.
The name(s) and address(es) of the registered holder(s) of the Existing
Securities tendered hereby should be printed above, if they are not already set
forth above, as they appear on the Certificates representing such Existing
Securities. The Certificate number(s) and the Existing Securities that the
undersigned wishes to tender should be indicated in the appropriate boxes above.
If any tendered Existing Securities are not exchanged pursuant to the
Exchange Offer for any reason, or if Certificates are submitted for more
Existing Securities than arc tendered or accepted for exchange, Certificates for
such nonexchanged or nontendered Existing Securities will be returned (or, in
the case of Existing Securities tendered by book-entry transfer, such Existing
Securities will be credited to an account maintained at DTC), without expense to
the tendering holder, promptly following the expiration or termination of the
Exchange Offer.
The undersigned understands that tenders of Existing Securities
pursuant to any one of the procedures described in "The Exchange
Offer--Procedures for Tendering Existing Notes" in the Prospectus and in the
instruction, attached hereto will, upon CDI's acceptance for exchange of such
tendered Existing Securities, constitute a binding agreement between the
undersigned and CDI upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange
Offer. The undersigned recognizes that, under certain circumstances set forth in
the Prospectus, CDI may not be required to accept for exchange any of the
Existing Securities tendered hereby.
Unless otherwise indicated herein in the box entitled "Special Issuance
Instructions" below, the undersigned hereby directs that the Existing Securities
be issued in the name(s) of the undersigned or, in the case of a book-entry
transfer of Existing Securities, that such Existing Securities be credited to
the account indicated above maintained at DTC. If applicable, substitute
Certificates representing Existing Securities not exchanged or not accepted for
exchange will be issued to the undersigned or, in the case of a book-entry
transfer of Existing Securities, will be credited to the account indicated above
maintained at DTC. Similarly, unless otherwise indicated under "Special Delivery
Instructions," please deliver Existing Securities to the undersigned at the
address shown below the undersigned's signature.
<PAGE>
-6-
BY TENDERING EXISTING SECURITIES AND EXECUTING THIS LETTER OF
TRANSMITTAL, THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY REPRESENTS AND AGREES THAT (I) THE
UNDERSIGNED IS NOT AN "AFFILIATE" OF CDI, (II) ANY EXCHANGE SECURITIES TO BE
RECEIVED BY THE UNDERSIGNED ARE BEING ACQUIRED IN THE ORDINARY COURSE OF ITS
BUSINESS, (III) THE UNDERSIGNED HAS NO ARRANGEMENT OR UNDERSTANDING WITH ANY
PERSON TO PARTICIPATE IN A DISTRIBUTION (WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE SECURITIES
ACT) OF EXCHANGE SECURITIES TO BE RECEIVED IN THE EXCHANGE OFFER, AND (IV) IF
THE UNDERSIGNED IS NOT A BROKER-DEALER, THE UNDERSIGNED IS NOT ENGAGED IN, AND
DOES NOT INTEND TO ENGAGE IN, A DISTRIBUTION (WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE
SECURITIES ACT) OF SUCH EXCHANGE SECURITIES. BY TENDERING EXISTING SECURITIES
PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND EXECUTING THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, A
HOLDER OF EXISTING SECURITIES WHICH IS A BROKER-DEALER REPRESENTS AND AGREES,
CONSISTENT WITH CERTAIN INTERPRETIVE LETTERS ISSUED BY THE STAFF OF THE DIVISION
OF CORPORATION FINANCE OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION TO THIRD
PARTIES, THAT (A) SUCH EXISTING SECURITIES HELD BY THE BROKER-DEALER ARE HELD
ONLY AS A NOMINEE, OR (B) SUCH EXISTING SECURITIES WERE ACQUIRED BY SUCH
BROKER-DEALER FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT AS A RESULT OF MARKET-MAKING ACTIVITIES OR
OTHER TRADING ACTIVITIES AND IT WILL DELIVER THE PROSPECTUS (AS AMENDED OR
SUPPLEMENTED FROM TIME TO TIME) MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT
IN CONNECTION WITH ANY RESALE OF SUCH EXCHANGE SECURITIES (PROVIDED THAT, BY SO
ACKNOWLEDGING AND BY DELIVERING A PROSPECTUS, SUCH BROKER-DEALER WILL NOT BE
DEEMED TO ADMIT THAT IT IS AN "UNDERWRITER" WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE SECURITIES
ACT). CDI HAS AGREED THAT, SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE REGISTRATION RIGHTS
AGREEMENT, THE PROSPECTUS, AS IT MAY BE AMENDED OR SUPPLEMENTED FROM TIME TO
TIME, MAY BE USED BY A PARTICIPATING BROKER-DEALER (AS DEFINED BELOW) IN
CONNECTION WITH RESALES OF EXCHANGE SECURITIES RECEIVED IN EXCHANGE FOR EXISTING
SECURITIES, WHERE SUCH EXISTING SECURITIES WERE ACQUIRED BY SUCH PARTICIPATING
BROKER-DEALER FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT AS A RESULT OF MARKET-MAKING ACTIVITIES OR
OTHER TRADING ACTIVITIES, FOR A PERIOD ENDING 90 DAYS AFTER THE EXPIRATION DATE
(SUBJECT TO EXTENSION UNDER CERTAIN LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE
PROSPECTUS) OR, IF EARLIER, WHEN ALL SUCH EXCHANGE SECURITIES HAVE BEEN DISPOSED
OF BY SUCH PARTICIPATING BROKER-DEALER. IN THAT REGARD, EACH BROKER-DEALER WHO
ACQUIRED EXISTING SECURITIES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT AS A RESULT OF MARKET-MAKING OR
OTHER TRADING ACTIVITIES (A "PARTICIPATING BROKER-DEALER"), BY TENDERING SUCH
EXISTING SECURITIES AND EXECUTING THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, AGREES THAT, UPON
RECEIPT OF NOTICE FROM CDI OF THE OCCURRENCE OF ANY EVENT OR THE DISCOVERY OF
ANY FACT WHICH MAKES ANY STATEMENT CONTAINED OR INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE IN THE
PROSPECTUS UNTRUE IN ANY MATERIAL RESPECT OR WHICH CAUSES THE PROSPECTUS TO OMIT
TO STATE A MATERIAL FACT NECESSARY IN ORDER TO MAKE THE STATEMENTS CONTAINED OR
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE THEREIN, IN LIGHT OF THE CIRCUMSTANCES UNDER WHICH
THEY WERE MADE, NOT MISLEADING OR OF THE OCCURRENCE OF CERTAIN OTHER EVENTS
SPECIFIED IN THE REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, SUCH PARTICIPATING BROKER-DEALER
WILL SUSPEND THE SALE OF EXCHANGE SECURITIES PURSUANT TO THE
<PAGE>
-7-
PROSPECTUS UNTIL CDI HAS AMENDED OR SUPPLEMENTED THE PROSPECTUS TO CORRECT SUCH
MISSTATEMENT OR OMISSION AND HAS FURNISHED COPIES OF THE AMENDED OR SUPPLEMENTED
PROSPECTUS TO THE PARTICIPATING BROKER-DEALER OR CDI HAS GIVEN NOTICE THAT THE
SALE OF THE EXCHANGE SECURITIES MAY BE RESUMED, AS THE CASE MAY BE. IF CDI GIVES
SUCH NOTICE TO SUSPEND THE SALE OF THE EXCHANGE SECURITIES, THEY SHALL EXTEND
THE 90-DAY PERIOD REFERRED TO ABOVE DURING WHICH PARTICIPATING BROKER DEALERS
ARE ENTITLED TO USE THE PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH THE RESALE OF EXCHANGE
SECURITIES BY THE NUMBER OF DAYS DURING THE PERIOD FROM AND INCLUDING THE DATE
OF THE GIVING OF SUCH NOTICE TO AND INCLUDING THE DATE WHEN PARTICIPATING
BROKER-DEALERS SHALL HAVE RECEIVED COPIES OF THE SUPPLEMENTED OR AMENDED
PROSPECTUS NECESSARY TO PERMIT RESALES OF THE EXCHANGE SECURITIES OR TO AND
INCLUDING THE DATE ON WHICH CDI HAS GIVEN NOTICE THAT THE SALE OF EXCHANGE
SECURITIES MAY BE RESUMED, AS THE CASE MAY BE.
Holders of Existing Securities whose Existing Securities are accepted
for exchange will not receive accrued interest on such Existing Securities for
any period from and after the last Interest Payment Date to which interest has
been paid or duly provided for on such Existing Securities prior to the original
issue date of the Exchange Securities or, if no such interest has been paid or
duly provided for, will not receive any accrued interest on such Existing
Securities, and the undersigned waives the right to receive any interest on such
Existing Securities accrued from and after such Interest Payment Date or, if no
such interest has been paid or duly provided for, from and after October 16,
1997.
The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional
documents deemed by CDI to be necessary or desirable to complete the sale,
assignment and transfer of the Existing Securities tendered hereby. All
authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred in this Letter of
Transmittal shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned and any
obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs,
executors, administrators, personal representatives, trustees in bankruptcy,
legal representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned. Except as
stated in the Prospectus, this tender is irrevocable.
THE UNDERSIGNED, BY COMPLETING THE BOX ENTITLED "DESCRIPTION OF
EXISTING SECURITIES" ABOVE AND SIGNING THIS LETTER, WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE
TENDERED THE EXISTING SECURITIES AS SET FORTH IN SUCH BOX.
HOLDER(S) SIGN HERE
(SEE INSTRUCTIONS 2, 5 AND 6)
(PLEASE COMPLETE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 ON PAGE 7)
(NOTE: SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED IF REQUIRED BY INSTRUCTION 2)
Must be signed by registered holder(s) exactly as name(s) appear(s) on
Certificate(s) for the Existing Securities hereby tendered or on the register of
holders maintained by CDI, or by any person(s) authorized to become the
registered holder(s) by endorsements and documents transmitted herewith
(including such opinions of counsel,
<PAGE>
-8-
certifications and other information as may be required by CDI or the Trustee
for the Existing Securities to comply with the restrictions on transfer
applicable to the Existing Securities). If signature is by an attorney-in-fact,
executor, administrator, trustee, guardian, officer of a corporation or another
acting in a fiduciary capacity or representative capacity, please set forth the
signer's full title. See Instruction 5.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(SIGNATURE(S) OF HOLDER(S))
Date: _____________, 199_
Name(s) _______________________________________________________________________
(PLEASE PRINT)
Capacity (full title) _________________________________________________________
Address _______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
(INCLUDE ZIP CODE)
Area Code Telephone Number ____________________________________________________
(TAX IDENTIFICATION OR SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER(S))
GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURE(S)
(SEE INSTRUCTIONS 2 AND 5)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE)
Date: ______________, 199_
Name of Firm __________________________________________________________________
Capacity (full title) ___________________________________________________
(PLEASE PRINT)
Address _______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
(INCLUDE ZIP CODE)
Area Code and Telephone Number ________________________________________________
<PAGE>
-9-
SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS
(SEE INSTRUCTIONS 1, 5 AND 6)
To be completed ONLY if the Exchange Securities or Existing Securities not
tendered are to be issued in the name of someone other than the registered
holder of the Existing Securities whose name(s) appear(s) above.
Issue
[ ] Existing Securities not tendered to:
[ ] Exchange Securities, to:
Name(s) _______________________________________________________________________
Address _______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
(INCLUDE ZIP CODE)
Area Code and Telephone Number ________________________________________________
(TAX IDENTIFICATION OR SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER(S))
SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS
(SEE INSTRUCTIONS 1, 5 AND 6)
To be completed ONLY if Exchange Securities or Existing Securities not tendered
are to be sent to someone other than the registered-holder of the Existing
Securities whose name(s) appear(s) above, or such registered holder(s) at an
address other than that shown above.
Mail
[ ] Existing Securities not tendered to:
[ ] Exchange Securities, to:
Name(s) _______________________________________________________________________
Address _______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
(INCLUDE CODE)
Area Code and Telephone Number ________________________________________________
<PAGE>
-10-
(TAX IDENTIFICATION OR SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER(S))
INSTRUCTIONS FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE
OFFER
1. DELIVERY OF LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND CERTIFICATES; GUARANTEED
DELIVERY PROCEDURES. This Letter of Transmittal is to be completed either if (a)
Certificates are to be forwarded herewith or (b) tenders are to be made pursuant
to the procedures for tender by book-entry transfer set forth in "The Exchange
Offer--Procedures for Tendering Existing Notes" in the Prospectus. Certificates,
or timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of such Existing Securities into
the Exchange Agent's account at DTC, as well as this Letter of Transmittal (or
facsimile thereof), properly completed and duly executed, with any required
signature guarantees, and any other documents required by this Letter of
Transmittal, must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth
herein on or prior to the Expiration Date. Existing Securities may be tendered
in whole or in part in the principal amount of $1,000 and integral multiples of
$1,000 in excess thereof, provided that, if any Existing Securities are tendered
for exchange in part, the untendered principal amount thereof must be $1,000 or
any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.
Holders who wish to tender their Existing Securities and (i) whose
Existing Securities are not immediately available or (ii) who cannot deliver
their Existing Securities, this Letter of Transmittal and all other required
documents to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date or (iii) who
cannot complete the procedures for delivery by book-entry transfer on a timely
basis, may tender their Existing Securities by properly completing and duly
executing a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery pursuant to the guaranteed delivery
procedures set forth in "The Exchange Offer--Procedures for Tendering Existing
Notes" in the Prospectus. Pursuant to such procedures: (i) such tender must be
made by or through an Eligible Institution (as defined below); (ii) a properly
completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, substantially, in the
form made available by the Company, must be received by the Exchange Agent on or
prior to the Expiration Date; and (iii) the Certificates (or a book-entry
confirmation (as defined in the Prospectus)) representing all tendered Existing
Securities, in proper form for transfer, together with a Letter of Transmittal
(or facsimile thereof), properly completed and duly executed, with any required
signature guarantees and any other documents required by this Letter of
Transmittal, must be received by the Exchange Agent within three business days
after the date of execution of such Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, all as
provided in "The Exchange Offer--Procedures for Tendering Existing Notes" in the
Prospectus.
The Notice of Guaranteed Delivery may be delivered by hand or
transmitted by facsimile or mail to the Exchange Agent, and must include a
guarantee by an Eligible Institution in the form set forth in such Notice. For
Existing Securities to be properly tendered pursuant to the guaranteed delivery
procedure, the Exchange Agent must receive a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery on or
prior to the Expiration Date. As used herein and in the Prospectus, "Eligible
Institution" means a firm or other entity identified in Rule 17Ad-15 under the
Exchange Act as "an eligible guarantor institution," including (as such terms
are defined therein) (i) a bank; (ii) a broker, dealer, municipal securities
broker or dealer or government securities broker or dealer; (iii) a credit
union;
<PAGE>
-11-
(v) a national securities exchange, registered securities association or
clearing agency; or a savings association that is a participant in a Securities
Transfer Association.
THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF CERTIFICATES, THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND
ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS IS AT THE OPTION AND SOLE RISK OF THE TENDERING
HOLDER AND THE DELIVERY WILL BE DEEMED MADE ONLY WHEN ACTUALLY RECEIVED BY THE
EXCHANGE AGENT. IF DELIVERY IS BY MAIL, REGISTERED MAIL WITH RETURN RECEIPT
REQUESTED, PROPERLY INSURED, OR OVERNIGHT DELIVERY SERVICE IS RECOMMENDED. IN
ALL CASES. SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE ALLOWED TO ENSURE TIMELY DELIVERY.
CDI will not accept any alternative, conditional or contingent tenders.
Each tendering holder, by execution of a Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile
thereof), waives any right to receive any notice of the acceptance of such
tender.
2. GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURES. No signature guarantee on this Letter of
Transmittal is required if:
(1) this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder
(which term, for purposes of this document, shall include any
participant in DTC whose name appears on the register of
holders maintained by CDI as the owner of the Existing
Securities) of Existing Securities tendered herewith, unless
such holder(s) has completed either the box entitled "Special
Issuance Instructions" or the box entitled "Special Delivery
Instructions" above, or
(ii) such Existing Securities are tendered for the account of a
firm that is an Eligible Institution.
In all other cases, an Eligible Institution must guarantee the
signatures on this Letter of Transmittal. See Instruction 5.
3. INADEQUATE SPACE. If the space provided in the box captioned
"Description of Existing Securities" is inadequate, the Certificate number(s)
and/or the principal amount of Existing Securities and any other required
information should be listed on a separate signed schedule which is attached to
this Letter of Transmittal.
4. PARTIAL TENDERS AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS. Tenders of Existing
Securities will be accepted only in the principal amount of $1,000 and integral
multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, provided that if any Existing Securities
are tendered for exchange in part, the untendered principal amount thereof must
be $1,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. If less than all
the Existing Securities evidenced by any Certificate submitted are to be
tendered, fill in the principal amount of Existing Securities which are to be
tendered in the box entitled "Principal Amount of Existing Securities Tendered
(if less than all)." In such case, new Certificate(s) for the remainder of the
Existing Securities that were evidenced by your old Certificate(s) will only be
sent to the holder of the Existing Security, promptly after the Expiration Date.
All Existing Securities represented by Certificates delivered to the Exchange
Agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise indicated.
Except as otherwise provided herein, tenders of Existing Securities may
be withdrawn at any time on or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
business day
<PAGE>
-12-
prior to the Expiration Date. In order for a withdrawal to be effective on or
prior to that time, a written, telegraphic, telex or facsimile transmission of
such notice of withdrawal must be timely received by the Exchange Agent at one
of its addresses set forth above or in the Prospectus on or prior to the
Expiration Date. Any such notice of withdrawal must (i) specify the name of the
person having tendered the Existing Securities to be withdrawn (the
"Depositor"), (ii) identify the Existing Securities to be withdrawn (including
the certificate number or numbers of the certificate or certificates
representing such Existing Securities and the aggregate principal amount of such
Existing Securities), (iii) be signed by the holder in the same manner as the
original signature on the Letter of Transmittal by which such Existing
Securities were tendered (including any required signature guarantees) or be
accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to permit the Transfer Agent of
such Existing Securities to register the transfer of such Existing Securities
into the name of the person withdrawing the tender and (iv) specify the name in
which any such Existing Securities are to be registered, if different from the
Depositor. If Existing Securities have been tendered pursuant to the procedures
for book-entry, transfer set forth in the Prospectus under "The Exchange
Offer--Procedures for Tendering Existing Notes," the notice of withdrawal must
specify the name and number of the account at DTC to be credited with the
withdrawal of Existing Securities, in which case a notice of withdrawal will be
effective if delivered to the Exchange Agent by written, telegraphic, telex or
facsimile transmission. Withdrawals of tenders of Existing Securities may not be
rescinded. Existing Securities properly withdrawn will not be deemed validly
tendered for purposes of the Exchange Offer, but may be retendered at any
subsequent time on or prior to the Expiration Date by following any of the
procedures described in the Prospectus under "The Exchange Offer--Procedures for
Tendering Existing Notes."
All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time
of receipt) of such withdrawal notices will be determined by CDI, in its sole
discretion, whose determination shall be final and binding on all parties. None
of CDI, any affiliates or assigns of CDI, the Exchange Agent or any other person
shall be under any duty to give any notification of any irregularities in any
notice of withdrawal or incur any liability for failure to give any such
notification. Any Existing Securities which have been tendered but which are
withdrawn will be returned to the holder thereof without cost to such holder
promptly after withdrawal.
5. SIGNATURES ON LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, ASSIGNMENTS AND ENDORSEMENTS.
If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of the
Existing Securities tendered hereby, the signatures) must correspond exactly
with the name(s) as written on the face of the Certificate(s) without
alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.
If any of the Existing Securities tendered hereby are owned of record
by two or more joint owners, all such owners must sign this Letter of
Transmittal.
If any tendered Existing Securities are registered in different name(s)
on several Certificates, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as
many separate Letters of Transmittal (or facsimiles thereof) as there are
different registrations of Certificates.
If this Letter of Transmittal or any Certificates or bond powers are
signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact,
officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary, or representative
capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing and must submit proper
evidence satisfactory, to CDI, in its sole discretion, of each such person's
authority so to act.
<PAGE>
-13-
When this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered owner(s) of
the Existing Securities listed and transmitted hereby, no endorsement(s) of
Certificate(s) or separate bond power(s) are required unless Exchange Securities
are to be issued in the name of a person other than the registered holder(s).
Signature(s) on such Certificate(s) or bond power(s) must be guaranteed by an
Eligible Institution.
If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the
registered owner(s) of the Existing Securities listed, the Certificates must be
endorsed or accompanied by appropriate bond powers, signed exactly as the name
or names of the registered owner(s) appear(s) on the Certificates, and also must
be accompanied by such opinions of counsel, certifications and other information
as CDI or the Trustee for the Existing Securities may require in accordance with
the restrictions on transfer applicable to the Existing Securities. Signatures
on such Certificates or bond powers must be guaranteed by an Eligible
Institution.
6. SPECIAL ISSUANCE AND DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS. If Exchange Securities
are to be issued in the name of a person other than the signer of this Letter of
Transmittal, or if Exchange Securities are to be sent to someone other than the
signer of this Letter of Transmittal or to an address other than that shown
above, the appropriate boxes on this Letter of Transmittal should be completed.
Certificates for Existing Securities not exchanged will be returned by mail or,
if tendered by book-entry transfer, by crediting the account indicated above
maintained at DTC. See Instruction 4.
7. IRREGULARITIES. CDI will determine, in its sole discretion, all
questions as to the form of documents, validity, eligibility (including time of
receipt) and acceptance for exchange of any tender of Existing Securities, which
determination shall be final and binding on all parties. CDI reserves the
absolute right to reject any and all tenders that it determines are not in
proper form or the acceptance of which, or exchange for which, may, in the view
of counsel to CDI, be unlawful. CDI also reserves the absolute right, subject to
applicable law, to waive any of the conditions of the Exchange Offer set forth
in the Prospectus under "The Exchange Offer--Certain Conditions to the Exchange
Offer" or any conditions or irregularity in any tender of Existing Securities of
any particular holder whether or not similar conditions or irregularities are
waived in the case of other holders. CDI's interpretation of the terms and
conditions of the Exchange Offer (including this Letter of Transmittal and the
instructions hereto) will be final and binding. No tender of Existing
Securities, will be deemed to have been validly made until all irregularities
with respect to such tender have been cured or waived. Neither CDI, any
affiliates or assigns of CDI, the Exchange Agent, or any other person shall be
under any duty to give notification of any irregularities in tenders or incur
any liability for failure to give such notification.
8. QUESTIONS, REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE AND ADDITIONAL COPIES. Questions
and requests for assistance may be directed to the Exchange Agent at its address
and telephone number set forth on the front of this Letter of Transmittal.
Additional copies of the Prospectus, the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and the
Letter of Transmittal may be obtained from the Exchange Agent or from your
broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee.
9. 31% BACKUP WITHHOLDING; SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9. Under U.S. Federal
income tax law, a holder whose tendered Existing Securities are accepted for
exchange is required to provide the Exchange Agent with such holder's correct
taxpayer identification number ("TIN") on Substitute Form W-9 below. If the
Exchange Agent is
<PAGE>
-14-
not provided with the correct TIN, the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") may
subject the holder or other payee to a $50 penalty. In addition, payments to
such holders or other payees with respect to Existing Securities exchanged
pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be subject to 31% backup withholding.
The box in Part 2 of the Substitute Form W-9 may be checked if the
tendering holder has not been issued a TIN and has applied for a TIN or intends
to apply for a TIN in the near future. If the box in Part 2 is checked, the
holder or other payee must also complete the Certificate of Awaiting Taxpayer
Identification Number below in order to avoid backup withholding.
Notwithstanding that the box in Part 2 is checked and the Certificate of
Awaiting Taxpayer Number is completed, the Exchange Agent will withhold 31% of
all payments made prior to the time a properly certified TIN is provided to the
Exchange Agent. The Exchange Agent will retain such amounts, withheld during the
60 day period following the date of the Substitute Form W-9. If the holder
furnishes the Exchange Agent with its TIN within 60 days after the date of the
Substitute Form W-9, the amounts retained during the 60 day period will be
remitted to the holder and no further amounts shall be retained or withheld from
payments made to the holder thereafter. If, however, the holder has not provided
the Exchange Agent with its TIN within such 60 day period, amounts withheld will
be remitted to the IRS as backup withholding. In addition, 31% of all payments
made thereafter will be withheld and remitted to the IRS until a correct TIN is
provided.
The holder is required to give the Exchange Agent the TIN (e.g., social
security number or employer identification number) of the registered owner of
the Existing Securities or of the last transferal appearing, on the transfers
attached to, or endorsed on, the Existing Securities. If the Existing Securities
are registered in more than one name or are not in the name of the actual owner,
consult the enclosed "Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification
Number on Substitute Form W-9" for additional guidance on which number to
report.
Certain holders (including, among others, corporations, financial
institutions and certain foreign persons) may not be subject to these backup
withholding and reporting requirements. Such holders should nevertheless
complete the attached Substitute Form W-9 below, and write "exempt" on the face
thereof, to avoid possible erroneous backup withholding. A foreign person may
qualify as an exempt recipient by submitting a properly completed IRS Form W-8,
signed under penalties of perjury, attesting to that holder's exempt status.
Please consult the enclosed "Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer
Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9" for additional guidance on which
holders are exempt from backup withholding.
Backup Withholding is not an additional U.S. Federal income tax.
Rather, the U.S. Federal income tax liability of a person subject to backup
withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding
results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained.
10. WAIVER OF CONDITIONS. CDI reserves the absolute right to waive
satisfaction of any or all conditions enumerated in the Prospectus.
11. NO CONDITIONAL TENDERS. No alternative, conditional, irregular or
contingent tenders will be accepted. All tendering holders of Existing
Securities, by execution of this Letter of Transmittal, shall waive any right to
receive notice of the acceptance of their Existing Securities for exchanges.
<PAGE>
-15-
Neither CDI, any affiliates or assigns of CDI, the Exchange Agent nor
any other person is obligated to give notice of any defect or irregularity with
respect to any tender of Existing Securities nor shall any of them incur any
liability for failure to give any such notice.
12. LOST, DESTROYED OR STOLEN CERTIFICATES. If any Certificate(s)
representing Existing Securities have been lost, destroyed or stolen, the holder
should promptly notify the Exchange Agent. The holder will then be instructed as
to the steps that must be taken in order to replace the Certificate(s). This
Letter of Transmittal and related documents cannot be processed until the
procedures for replacing lost, destroyed or stolen Certificate(s) have been
followed.
13. SECURITY TRANSFER TAXES. Holders who tender their Existing
Securities for exchange will not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes in
connection therewith. If, however, Existing Securities are to be delivered to,
or are to be issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder
of the Existing Securities tendered, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any
reason other than the exchange of Existing Securities in connection with the
Exchange Offer, then the amount of any such transfer tax (whether imposed on the
registered holder or any other persons) will be payable by the tendering holder.
If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not
submitted with the Letter of Transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will
be billed directly to such tendering holder.
IMPORTANT: THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL (OR FACSIMILE THEREOF) AND
ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE
AGENT ON OR PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE.
TO BE COMPLETED BY ALL TENDERING SECURITYHOLDERS
(See Instruction 9)
<PAGE>
-16-
PAYER'S NAME: THE BANK OF NEW YORK
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PART 1 - PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TIN TIN: _________________
ON THE LINE AT RIGHT AND CERTIFY Social Security Number or
BY SIGNING AND DATING BELOW Employer Identification Number
----------------------------------------------------------------------
PART 2 - TIN APPLIED FOR [circle graphic]
----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUBSTITUTE CERTIFICATION - UNDER THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY, I CERTIFY THAT:
(1) the number shown on this form is my
Form W-9 correct taxpayer identification
Department of The Treasury number (or I am waiting for a
Internal Revenue Service number to be issued to me).
Payor's Request for Taxpayer (2) I am not subject to backup
Identification Number ("TIN") withholding either because (i) I am
and Certification exempt from backup withholding,
(ii) I have not been notified by
the Internal Revenue Service
("IRS") that I am subject to backup withholding
as a result of a failure to report
all interest or dividends, or (iii) the IRS has
notified me that I am no longer subject to backup
withholding, and
(3) any other information provided on this form is true and
correct.
Signature _______________________ Date___________, 1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
You must cross out item (iii) in Part (2) above if you have been notified by the
IRS that you are subject to backup withholding because of underreporting
interest or dividends on your tax return and you have not been notified by the
IRS that you are no longer subject to backup withholding.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS FORM MAY IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES
RESULT IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING OF 31% OF ANY AMOUNTS PAID TO YOU PURSUANT TO THE
EXCHANGE OFFER. PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF
TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS.
<PAGE>
-17-
YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATE IF YOU
CHECKED THE BOX IN PART 2 OF SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
I certify under penalties of perjury that a taxpayer identification number has
not been issued to me, and either (1) I have mailed or delivered an application
to receive a taxpayer identification number to the appropriate Internal Revenue
Service Center or Social Security Administration Office or (2) I intend to mail
or deliver an application in the near future. I understand that if I do not
provide a taxpayer identification number by the time of payment, 31% of all
payments made to me on account of the Existing Securities shall be retained
until I provide a taxpayer identification number to the Exchange Agent and that,
if I do not provide my taxpayer identification number within 60 days, such
retained amounts shall be remitted to the Internal Revenue Service as backup
withholding and 31% of all reportable payments made to me thereafter will be
withheld and remitted to the Internal Revenue Service until I provide a taxpayer
identification number.
Signature ____________________________ Date ______________________, 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Exhibit 99.2
NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
FOR TENDER OF
ANY AND ALL OUTSTANDING
10-1/4% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2004
OF
COMMUNITY DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
FULLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY GUARANTEED
BY __________________
This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, or one substantially equivalent to
this form, must be used to accept the Exchange Offer (as defined below) if (i)
certificates for CDI (as defined below) (the "Existing Securities") are not
immediately available, (ii) Existing Securities, the Letter of Transmittal and
all other required documents cannot be delivered to The Bank of New York (the
"Exchange Agent") on or prior to 5:00 P.M. New York City time, on the Expiration
Date (as defined in the Prospectus referred to below) or (iii) the procedures
for delivery by book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis. This
Notice of Guaranteed Delivery may be delivered by hand, overnight courier or
mail, or transmitted by facsimile transmission, to the Exchange Agent. See "The
Exchange Offer--Procedures for Tendering Existing Notes" in the Prospectus. In
addition, in order to utilize the guaranteed delivery procedure to tender
Existing Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer, a completed, signed and
dated Letter of Transmittal relating to the Existing Securities (or facsimile
thereof) must also be received by the Exchange Agent on or prior to 5:00 P.M.
New York City time, on the Expiration Date. Capitalized terms not defined herein
have the meanings assigned to them in the Prospectus.
The Exchange Agent For The Exchange Offer Is:
The Bank Of New York
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
By Registered or Certified Mail Facsimile Transmissions: By Hand Or Overnight Delivery
<S> <C> <C>
(212) 571-3080 The Bank of New York
101 Barclay Street
The Bank of New York Confirm By Telephone: Corporate Trust Services Window
101 Broadway Street, 7E (212) 815-6333 Ground Level
New York, New York 10286 New York, New York 10286
Attn: Reorganization Section, For Information Call: Attn: Reorganization Section,
[Name] (212) 815-6333 [Name]
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
Delivery of this Notice Of Guaranteed Delivery to an address other than
as set forth above or transmission of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery via
facsimile to a number other than as set forth above will not constitute a valid
delivery.
THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY IS NOT TO BE USED TO GUARANTEE
SIGNATURES. IF A SIGNATURE ON A LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS REQUIRED TO BE
GUARANTEED BY AN "ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION" UNDER THE INSTRUCTIONS THERETO, SUCH
SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MUST APPEAR IN THE APPLICABLE SPACE PROVIDED IN THE
SIGNATURE BOX ON THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned hereby tenders to Community Distributors, Inc., a
Delaware Corporation (the "Corporation") and to ______________ Capital Trust I,
a Delaware business trust (the "Trust"), upon the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth in the Prospectus dated January __, 1998 (as the same may
be amended or supplemented from time to time, the "Prospectus"), and the related
Letter of Transmittal (which together constitute the "Exchange Offer"), receipt
of which is hereby acknowledged, the aggregate principal amount of Existing
Securities set forth below pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set
forth in the Prospectus under the caption "The Exchange Offer--Procedures for
Tendering Existing Notes."
Aggregate Principal Amount Name(s) of Registered Holder(s):______________
Tendered: $______________ ______________________________________________
Certificate No(s)
if available):_____________________
- --------------------------------------
(Total Principal Amount Represented by
Existing Securities Certificate(s))
$
- --------------------------------
If Existing Securities will be tendered by book-entry transfer, provide the
following information:
DTC Account Number:______________________
Date:______________________________________
- -------------------------------------
Must be in denominations of a principal amount of $1,000 and any integral
multiple thereof, and _________.
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred shall survive
the death or incapacity of the undersigned and every obligation of the
undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs personal representatives,
successors and assigns of the undersigned.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PLEASE SIGN HERE
X_____________________________ _____________________
X_____________________________ _____________________
Signature(s) of Owner(s) Date
or Authorized Signatory
Area Code and Telephone Number:______________________________________
Must be signed by the holder(s) of the Existing Securities as their
name(s) appear(s) on certificates for Existing Securities or on a security
position listing, or by person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by
endorsement and documents transmitted with this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian,
attorney-in-fact, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or
representative capacity, such person must set forth his or her full title below.
Please print name(s) and address(es)
Name(s): __________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
Capacity: __________________________________________________________________
Address(es): __________________________________________________________________
<PAGE>
THE GUARANTEE ON THE REVERSE SIDE MUST BE COMPLETED
GUARANTEE
(NOT TO BE USED FOR SIGNATURE GUARANTEE)
The undersigned, a firm or other entity identified in Rule 17Ad-15
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as an "eligible guarantor
institution," including (as such terms are defined therein): (i) a bank; (ii) a
broker, dealer, municipal securities broker, municipal securities dealer,
government securities broker, government securities dealer; (iii) a credit
union; (iv) a national securities exchange, registered securities association or
learning agency; or (v) a savings association that is a participant in a
Securities Transfer Association recognized program (each of the foregoing being
referred to as an "Eligible Institution"), hereby guarantees to deliver to the
Exchange Agent, at one of its addresses set forth above, either the Existing
Securities tendered hereby in proper form for transfer, or confirmation of the
book-entry transfer of such Existing Securities to the Exchange Agent's account
at The Depositary Trust Company ("DTC"), pursuant to the procedures for
book-entry transfer set forth in the Prospectus, in either case together with
one or more properly completed and duly executed Letter(s) of Transmittal (or
facsimile thereof) and any other required documents within five business days
after the date of execution of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
The undersigned acknowledges that it must deliver the Letter(s) of
Transmittal and the Existing Securities tendered hereby to the Exchange Agent
within the time period set forth above and that failure to do so could result in
a financial loss to the undersigned.
- ------------------------------------- -----------------------------------
Name of Firm Authorized Signature
- ------------------------------------- -----------------------------------
Address Title
- ------------------------------------- -----------------------------------
Zip Code (Please Type or Print)
Area Code and Telephone No. _________ Dated: ____________________________
NOTE: DO NOT SEND CERTIFICATES FOR EXISTING SECURITIES WITH THIS FORM.
CERTIFICATES FOR EXISTING SECURITIES SHOULD ONLY BE SENT WITH YOUR LETTER OF
TRANSMITTAL.
Exhibit 99.4
------------
COMMUNITY DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
CDI GROUP, INC.
251 INDUSTRIAL PARKWAY
BRANCHBURG TOWNSHIP
SOMERVILLE, NEW JERSEY 08876
January 16, 1998
Securities and Exchange Commission
450 Fifth Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20549
Re: Form S-4 Registration Statement relating to the offer to
exchange up to $80,000,000 of 10-1/4% Senior Notes (the "Exchange
Notes") due 2004, Series B of Community Distributors, Inc., which
have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, for any and all of its outstanding 10-1/4% Senior Notes
due 2004
Dear Sir or Madam:
In connection with our above-captioned Registration Statement,
Community Distributors, Inc. and CDI Group, Inc. hereby represent that:
1. They are registering the Exchange Notes exchange offer registered
thereby in reliance on the Staff's position set forth in Exxon Capital Holdings
Corp., SEC No-Action Letter (April 13, 1989), Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc., SEC
No-Action Letter (June 2, 1993) and Shearman & Sterling, SEC No-Action Letter
(July 2, 1993).
2. They have not entered into any arrangement or understanding with any
person to distribute the Exchange Notes to be received in the exchange offer
and, to the best of their information and belief, each person participating in
the exchange offer is acquiring the Exchange Notes in its ordinary course of
business and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate
in the distribution of the Exchange Notes to be received in the exchange offer;
3. They will make each person participating in the exchange offer aware
that if such person is participating in the exchange offer for the purpose of
distributing the Exchange Notes to be acquired in the exchange offer, such
person (i) cannot rely on the staff position enunciated in Exxon Capital or
interpretive letters to similar effect and (ii) must comply with registration
and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 in connection
with a secondary resale transaction;
4. They acknowledge that such a secondary resale transaction by such
person participating in the exchange offer for the purpose of distributing the
Exchange Notes should be covered by an effective registration statement
containing the selling securityholder information required by Item 507 of
Regulation S-K; and
5. The preliminary prospectus included in the above-referenced
registration statement contains and the final prospectus included therein will
contain disclosures making persons participating in the exchange offer aware of
the limitations and obligations applicable to broker-dealers who participate in
the exchange offer.
Very truly yours,
COMMUNITY DISTRIBUTORS, INC. CDI GROUP, INC.
By: By:
------------------------- ------------------------
Todd H. Pluymers Todd H. Pluymers
Chief Financial Officer Chief Financial Officer
